How can I stop binge eating or emotional eating? Can I truly learn to love my body? I am addicted to food? How can I get and stay motivated to make changes to my habits? Welcome to the Motivation Made Easy podcast where we will answer all of these questions and so much more! I am Dr. Shawn Hondorp, clinical psychologist and health behavior expert. As a psychologist with years of research and clinical experience in the areas of eating disorders and weight management, I’ve got the insider’s view on understanding the field. As someone who struggled with the binge-diet cycle for 13 years, I understand that it can feel like an impossible problem. Each week, I will bring you science-backed information and actionable steps to improve your relationship to food, and ultimately yourself. Hit subscribe and tune in each week for motivation, inspiration, and tips to improve your relationship to your body so you can achieve all those incredible dreams you have for yourself!
Episode 132. Well this conversation has been a long time coming and it was sooo worth the wait. Elise Kutt is so creative, so authentic, and such an innovative trailblazer when it comes to photography as healing, building businesses that truly help people, and building diverse and supportive communities.
Elise shares so much knowledge as she shares her story with pursuing her creative passions, how she learned and continues to learn to listen to her body, and what has guided her along this journey.
She’s built a business and a life that involves traveling the world with her closest friends and doing what she loves, so that alone makes her someone I really want to listen and learn from.
I loved her quote about an early failure and what she learned after finding photography:
“I knew I wanted to do something creative every day for the rest of my life.” – Elise Kutt
If this isn’t a story about the power of creativity… I don’t know what would be.
Enjoy this incredible conversation with Elise Kutt of ModBettie!
What to Expect in this EpisodeWe cover the following:
Who is Elise Kutt?Multi-passionate entrepreneur, speaker, educator, photographer, boutique owner
With over 15 years experience behind the camera, Elise Kutt has established herself as a trailblazer of the industry, opening her portrait studio, Mod Bettie in 2014 followed by her lingerie boutique, Naughty Bettie in 2018. She’s co-hosted over 20 retreats around the world with entrepreneur bestie Wandering Roots, was named west Michigan’s Remarkable Woman of the Year in 2023, and continues to build community around her alternative wellness lifestyle brand. 💪🏼
You can join the free online community on Facebook called #SquadBettie here.
Wanting more support beyond these podcasts?* I am currently accepting new therapy clients if you live in one of these 40 states in the US * My rate for an intake session is $220 and for a 45 minute follow up is $195 * If interested in learning more, including my availability and details about my practice, email me at info@drshawnhondorp.com or call 616-227-0001 * Or if you are a therapist of helping professional looking to connect in community and learn more about or experience the IFS model, get on my email list here and/or email me at info@drshawnhondorp.com to introduce yourself!
Disclaimer: This blog and podcast is for informational and educational purposes only. It is not a substitute for individual professional advice or treatment, including medical or mental health advice. It does not constitute a provider-patient relationship.
Disclosure: Using the Bookshop.org links in this post means that I would get an affiliate fee if you purchase from the online bookshop (this supports my business, and local bookstores too!).
Episode 133. The 1st Annual Innovative Therapist Retreat is in the books! It’s been almost 3 weeks, and it’s time to share how it went. This episode is more about my experience hosting and some early reflections.
More later on the healing power of community, and other’s experiences.
If you are thinking of creating something innovative, this episode is for you!
What to Expect in this EpisodeI cover:
Wanting more support beyond these podcasts?* I am currently accepting new therapy clients if you live in one of these 40 states in the US * My rate for an intake session is $220 and for a 45 minute follow up is $195 * If interested in learning more, including my availability and details about my practice, email me at info@drshawnhondorp.com or call 616-227-0001 * Or if you are a therapist of helping professional looking to connect in community and learn more about or experience the IFS model, get on my email list here and/or email me at info@drshawnhondorp.com to introduce yourself!
Disclaimer: This blog and podcast is for informational and educational purposes only. It is not a substitute for individual professional advice or treatment, including medical or mental health advice. It does not constitute a provider-patient relationship.
Disclosure: Using the Bookshop.org links in this post means that I would get an affiliate fee if you purchase from the online bookshop (this supports my business, and local bookstores too!).
Episode 130. This episode is the first I’ve talked about my relationship to food in a while, but I woke up feeling compelled to share on this topic, so I went with it.
I cover how our relationship with food can have parallels to our relationship to money and how all of this can impact our ability to trust ourselves and pursue work that feels aligned and good to us.
I hope you find it helpful!
Without further ado, let’s dive in!
What to Expect in this EpisodeI cover:
Wanting more support beyond these podcasts?* I am currently accepting new therapy clients if you live in one of these 40 states in the US * My rate for an intake session is $220 and for a 45 minute follow up is $195 * If interested in learning more, including my availability and details about my practice, email me at info@drshawnhondorp.com or call 616-227-0001 * Or if you are a therapist of helping professional looking to connect in community and learn more about or experience the IFS model, get on my email list here and/or email me at info@drshawnhondorp.com to introduce yourself!
Disclaimer: This blog and podcast is for informational and educational purposes only. It is not a substitute for individual professional advice or treatment, including medical or mental health advice. It does not constitute a provider-patient relationship.
Disclosure: Using the Bookshop.org links in this post means that I would get an affiliate fee if you purchase from the online bookshop (this supports my business, and local bookstores too!).
Episode 129. I have loved this quote from Howard Thurman for years:
“Don’t ask yourself what the world needs. Ask yourself what makes you come alive, and go do that, because what the world needs is people who have come alive.”
The concept of Zone of Genius was introduced to me 2 years ago and I find it so incredibly helpful. So today, I’ll be sharing it with you.
Without further ado, let’s dive in!
What to Expect in this EpisodeI cover:
Wanting more support beyond these podcasts?* I am currently accepting new therapy clients if you live in one of these 40 states in the US * My rate for an intake session is $220 and for a 45 minute follow up is $195 * If interested in learning more, including my availability and details about my practice, email me at info@drshawnhondorp.com or call 616-227-0001 * Or if you are a therapist of helping professional looking to connect in community and learn more about or experience the IFS model, get on my email list here and/or email me at info@drshawnhondorp.com to introduce yourself!
Disclaimer: This blog and podcast is for informational and educational purposes only. It is not a substitute for individual professional advice or treatment, including medical or mental health advice. It does not constitute a provider-patient relationship.
Disclosure: Using the Bookshop.org links in this post means that I would get an affiliate fee if you purchase from the online bookshop (this supports my business, and local bookstores too!).
Episode 128. I’ve never been more convinced of the power of creativity in creating amazing things in the world, in our bodies, and in our businesses.
Today’s episode is a solo episode where I dive into my thoughts on this based on my conversation last episode with Marlys Woods, LMFT.
Check out that conversation here.
Without further ado, let’s dive in!
What to Expect in this EpisodeI cover the following:
Wanting more support beyond these podcasts?* I am currently accepting new therapy clients if you live in one of these 40 states in the US * My rate for an intake session is $220 and for a 45 minute follow up is $195 * If interested in learning more, including my availability and details about my practice, email me at info@drshawnhondorp.com or call 616-227-0001 * Or if you are a therapist of helping professional looking to connect in community and learn more about or experience the IFS model, get on my email list here and/or email me at info@drshawnhondorp.com to introduce yourself!
Disclaimer: This blog and podcast is for informational and educational purposes only. It is not a substitute for individual professional advice or treatment, including medical or mental health advice. It does not constitute a provider-patient relationship.
Disclosure: Using the Bookshop.org links in this post means that I would get an affiliate fee if you purchase from the online bookshop (this supports my business, and local bookstores too!).
Episode 127. Saddle up and get ready listeners! We are talking about music and healing today. Yes! I hope you are as excited as I am. I’ve been searching for the perfect guest to come on and talk about this, and let me tell you, I found her.
How Music Can Heal Us (But Also Can Cause Harm)Marlys Woods of Get In Tune Music Therapy is a board certified music therapist and also a licensed marriage and family therapist.
Without further ado, let’s dive in!
What to Expect in this EpisodeWe cover the following:
Who is Marlys Woods* Board-Certified Music Therapist and Licensed Marriage and Family Therapist * Provides a specialized approach to using music in mental health recovery settings including addiction, eating disorder, anxiety and depression * Passionate about using her knowledge of relationships, people, and music to help those struggling with mental health * Believes music therapy is an integral part of mental health recovery * Services include therapist and facility trainings, direct therapy services, and self-study programs * Serves treatment sites in Southern California and the Greater Denver Area, and offers virtual services worldwide
Watch Marlys’s video about how music can harm here.
Wanting more support beyond these podcasts?* I am currently accepting new therapy clients if you live in one of these 40 states in the US * My rate for an intake session is $220 and for a 45 minute follow up is $195 * If interested in learning more, including my availability and details about my practice, email me at info@drshawnhondorp.com or call 616-227-0001 * Or if you are a therapist of helping professional looking to connect in community and learn more about or experience the IFS model, get on my email list here and/or email me at info@drshawnhondorp.com to introduce yourself!
Disclaimer: This blog and podcast is for informational and educational purposes only. It is not a substitute for individual professional advice or treatment, including medical or mental health advice. It does not constitute a provider-patient relationship.
Disclosure: Using the Bookshop.org links in this post means that I would get an affiliate fee if you purchase from the online bookshop (this supports my business, and local bookstores too!).
Episode 126. Welcome to the first solo episode of an experiment I’m really excited about! I’ve done around 60 podcast interviews now (!!) and I LOVE it. So freaking much.
I want them to last forever and I have so much to say, but also I learn so much during and after the interviews.
So my new experiment, starting now is I will do a solo episode where I dive in to the topics that arose for me during the previous interview episode, where I can reflect on it, what I learned, and share more of my experiences related to the topic in a way that we didn’t have time for (without a 2 hour episode)!.
For today’s episode, I expand on my talk with Megan Gunnell. To here the initial interview, go here. I am setting these episodes up so that you don’t have to listen to the interview episode first, but you may want to go back to it after you listen to this episode.
What to Expect In This EpisodeTopics and questions covered:
To listen to my interview with Megan Gunnell, go here.
To get on the waitlist for the next retreat, sign up here!
Are you a therapist or helping looking to get connected with The Innovative Therapist Community? To sign up for online events for therapists, go here to sign up for our next virtual event. Even if you can’t make the date, you will be the first to know about future free or paid community virtual events.
If you are local to Michigan sign up here for details about local events!
Wanting more support beyond these podcasts?* I am currently accepting new therapy clients if you live in one of these 40 states in the US * My rate for an intake session is $220 and for a 45 minute follow up is $195 * If interested in learning more, including my availability and details about my practice, email me at info@drshawnhondorp.com or call 616-227-0001 * Or if you are a therapist of helping professional looking to connect in community and learn more about or experience the IFS model, get on my email list here and/or email me at info@drshawnhondorp.com to introduce yourself!
Disclaimer: This blog and podcast is for informational and educational purposes only. It is not a substitute for individual professional advice or treatment, including medical or mental health advice. It does not constitute a provider-patient relationship.
Disclosure: Using the Bookshop.org links in this post means that I would get an affiliate fee if you purchase from the online bookshop (this supports my business, and local bookstores too!).
Episode 125. This week’s podcast episode was so good.
I had been following Megan Gunnell’s work for a while.
And then unexpectedly, she reached out to me. (!!)
This sort of feels like what it might feel like for a celeb to reach out and ask to hang out.
She asked if I might want to meet up and talk about the potential for collaboration.
Umm… yes please!
We talked about potential for collaboration sometime next year (yay), but first, we decided to record this podcast.
A wealth of experience with THRIVINGMegan really is a representation of how I want to feel about my business and frankly, she’s doing a lot of things that look amazing, like hosting retreats in Costa Rica and Italy.
She’s such a model of what creative thinking can do for you, and how it can help you develop more healing modalities as a therapist in and out of the therapy room.
I think this is a model any human can follow. And we cover the simple, but not easy steps to tapping into her intuition and having the courage to follow her path.
Without further ado, let’s dive in!
What to Expect in this EpisodeWe cover the following:
Who is Megan Gunnell?Megan Gunnell, LMSW is Founder & Director of the Thriving Well Institute, psychotherapist, group practice owner, speaker, #1 bestselling author of “Thriving as a Therapist” and international retreat leader with over 25 years experience. She provides coaching, online courses, retreats and summits to therapists who want to learn how to build and scale their business. She’s the admin of the Thriving Therapists® FB group with over 20,000 members. Megan received the Meta Community Accelerator Award for 2022-2023 for having one of the highest engaged facebook communities in all of North America. She has presented and facilitated workshops and retreats globally and nationwide. A recovering perfectionist and recklessly brave, she’s not afraid of most challenges. You can find out more at: www.thrivingwellinstitute.com
Wanting more support beyond these podcasts? * I am currently accepting new therapy clients if you live in one of these 40 states in the US * My rate for an intake session is $220 and for a 45 minute follow up is $195 * If interested in learning more, including my availability and details about my practice, email me at info@drshawnhondorp.com or call 616-227-0001 * Or if you are a therapist of helping professional looking to connect in community and learn more about or experience the IFS model, get on my email list here and/or email me at info@drshawnhondorp.com to introduce yourself!
Disclaimer: This blog and podcast is for informational and educational purposes only. It is not a substitute for individual professional advice or treatment, including medical or mental health advice. It does not constitute a provider-patient relationship.
Disclosure: Using the Bookshop.org links in this post means that I would get an affiliate fee if you purchase from the online bookshop (this supports my business, and local bookstores too!).
Episode 124. I get a lot of podcast pitches. Many of them, it’s clear they’ve never listened to my podcast and have zero idea about my audience. Others are pitching people that have truly nothing to do with what a do (men’s hair removal expert, anyone? Just why?).
Someone reached out to me to introduce Ann though and I was intrigued (I mean, read the bullets below, wouldn’t you be?). I did my due diligence and listened to another podcast interview she did. And I immediately knew I had to have her on.
Her willingness to be open about her unique experiences growing up with her dad, his partner, and her mom all the in same house in the 80s is really fascinating. And her compassionate take on the evangelical conservative Christian approach to LGBTQ+ is really quite inspiring.
Without further ado, let’s dive in!
What to Expect in this EpisodeWe cover the following:
Who is Ann Russo?Ann Russo, is a business founder, psychotherapist, author, and mental health advocate with an MA in Theology from Loyola Marymount and an MSW from Long Beach State. In 2018, she founded AMR Therapy to provide culturally sensitive mental health services to queer communities and other underserved populations. Under her leadership, AMR Therapy has served over 1500 clients with a dedicated team of just 15 therapists and administrators.
Ann is a trained domestic violence and sexual assault advocate, specializing in trauma-informed care and first responder crisis management. She is currently developing specialized Continuing Education Units (CEUs) for therapists, focusing on critical topics such as ethical non-monogamy, sexual empowerment, religious trauma, and queerness. These CEUs are essential for professionals seeking to enhance their skills and better serve diverse populations. Ann also offers consulting services to mental health providers on these topics.
Her upcoming book, “Her Own Terms,” delves into modern female sexuality using cognitive behavioral therapy, sex-positive perspectives, and psychodynamic insights. Raised in a queer, non-monogamous household, Ann’s personal and professional experiences enrich her approach, making her a relatable and insightful figure in the mental health field.
Ann is a prominent advocate for mental health and sexual positivity, frequently featured in articles, podcasts, and interviews. You can work with a therapist at AMR Therapy or connect with Ann directly by visiting the websites below.
You can connect with Ann by joining her email list here.
Website for Ann’s group practice is: https://www.amrtherapy.com/
Ann’s website: https://www.annrusso.org
To work with Ann or a member of her team, email her at ann@amrtherapy.com and mention “Body” in the email to let her know how you heard about her work.
For 20% off CEU coursework, sign up here.
Wanting more support beyond these podcasts? * I am currently accepting new therapy clients if you live in one of these 40 states in the US * My rate for an intake session is $220 and for a 45 minute follow up is $195 * If interested in learning more, including my availability and details about my practice, email me at info@drshawnhondorp.com or call 616-227-0001 * Or if you are a therapist of helping professional looking to connect in community and learn more about or experience the IFS model, get on my email list here and/or email me at info@drshawnhondorp.com to introduce yourself!
Disclaimer: This blog and podcast is for informational and educational purposes only. It is not a substitute for individual professional advice or treatment, including medical or mental health advice. It does not constitute a provider-patient relationship.
Disclosure: Using the Bookshop.org links in this post means that I would get an affiliate fee if you purchase from the online bookshop (this supports my business, and local bookstores too!).
Episode 123. Today’s solo episode is all about my thoughts about Creativity. I’ve been thinking about this topic a LOT lately. And it’s been incredibly fun.
I read this book recently and already am re-listening to it. It’s Big Magic: Creative Living Beyond Fear by Elizabeth Gilbert and I’ve found it really inspiring. I have really been slowing down to think about how I can add creativity into my personal and professional life and how others can do the same.
So this podcast episode is all about my thoughts on creativity, including how I’ve evolved to use creativity as a psychologist and also in my personal life. I can’t wait to share it with you!
Words of WisdomQuote from Elizabeth Gilbert:
“You’re not required to save the world with your creativity. Your art not only doesn’t have to be original, in other words, it also doesn’t have to be important. For example, whenever anyone tells me that they want to write a book in order to help other people I always think ‘Oh, please don’t.”
Do it for Yourself?That quote actually really makes me laugh out loud.
So much of what I’ve learned in the online marketing world is about knowing your audience and speaking to their pain points.
In my training as a psychologist, I was taught to always focus on the other person and their needs, helping them to conceptualize their struggles, and from there, give suggestions to help.
None of these suggestions are bad, and yet, none of them teach us how to listen to our own bodies as we are marketing or delivering therapy.
And the more I do both of those things, the more I think that’s actually the most essential skill to learn…
“I’m not a creative person.”I’ve said this so many times. I still sometimes say it.
But now at least I’m catching myself.
We all have creativity in us. It maybe got shoved down, but it’s there. And re-engaging with it can be deeply healing.
In IFS it is said that when we can notice and get space and separation from our Parts, the 8 C qualities of self emerge: Creativity, Curiosity, Connection, Courage, Calm, Clarity, Compassion, and Confidence.
There are also 5 P words that can emerge, including, Presence, Persistence, Perspective, Playfulness, Patience.
Play and creativity are essential for how kids learn and I for one am excited to continue to rediscover this as an adult.
Why We Should Care About Creativity“A creative life is an amplified life. It’s a bigger life, a happier life, an expanded life, and a hell of a lot more interesting life. Living in this manner – continually and stubbornly bringing forth the jewels that are hidden within you – is a fine art, in and of itself.”
-Elizabeth Gilbert
I’ll be perfectly honest, I want to convince you that creativity is important.
I went online and started searching in Google Scholar. There are definitely some articles to support this. Liz Gilbert’s book has more ideas on this.
I come from a heavily science and math focused background. My dad was an engineer, and my mom taught math, and later computers, and then taught technology to other teachers.
I can’t say that I grew up truly understanding the immense value of creative works. When I did art at school, perfectionism was majorly on the scene. If it wasn’t perfect, I’d freak out (internally or externally, depending on my age).
Dancing as CreativityMy main exposure to the arts and creative expression was the fact that I danced from age 8 to 18, and the again for a few years in college on a college Pompon team.
I witnessed creativity, but I never felt creative. I struggled with choreography. I would just put together tricks I already knew, do a double turn into an axel jump, then jump forward and do a kick and a leap.
Ways I Engage in Creativity Today1. Podcasting 2. Blogging 3. Thinking of new ways to engage clients and therapists in innovative ways to heal themselves (while, creatively, healing myself too – see what I did there?) 4. Tap dancing (started as an adult 3 years ago) 5. Dance parties with my kids 6. Neighborhood book club where I read books I wouldn’t normally read and discuss them as a group
Ways to Engage Creativity In Psychotherapy (as a therapist or a client)1. Learn a new modality (e.g., really into ACT? Try IFS! Or other somatic based approaches) 2. Find a few person who teaches the same modality differently. Example, I found CBT pretty bland and non-relatable in grad school, but when my parent coach teaches CBT type skills, it clicks and I see more of the value. Ask around to friends on who they learn about a certain topic from and explore this. 3. Dive into a new topic area. Always wanted to learn about neurodivergence and how to make therapy more effective for various types of brains? What about sexual health and therapy (listen to my convo with Sharon Depcinski on this topic here), how do your incorporate that? How about exploring a deeply important (though admittedly intense) topic like decolonizing of therapy learning and how that’s impacted you (and how you might want to think differently now. 4. Incorporate art, music, or movement into the therapy room. I’ve been seeing more and more therapists do this. Obviously be aware of what training you need for this, but I definitely could see this be incredibly healing.
Note: If you are like me, you might have a Part of you that gets overwhelmed by all of this, especially if you have a part of you that wants to be the perfect and best therapist for everyone all the time. That part of you means well. And also, you bring tremendous healing and value already. So maybe we can appreciate that part for what it’s trying to do for you, and just know that you can choose 1 small area and that’s great. Or skip this whole section and just explore creativity outside of the therapy room!
Ways to Engage Creativity Outside of the Therapy Room1. Learn a new skill (especially one that has no secondary gain or value). I struggle with this! I have many creative hobbies I’ve explored where there’s a secondary gain (I can show off my tap dancing skills, I can speak Spanish while traveling, I can sell these painted sports logos on Etsy! lol). And that’s fine, but what about things you can do just for yourself. I read the book 4000 Weeks and the author talked to someone who had a hobby of creating a world with model trains. He couldn’t be “good” at it, he just did it for the love of it. For those of us who notice we are doing everything for secondary gain and/or accolades, this is something to consider for sure. 2. Find a community where they are doing creative things and join in on what sounds fun. I love Meetup.com and have been using it for many years. 3. Take a dance class. 4. Take an art class (in person or online) 5. Do a music challenge with a friend! (here is one example of some prompts, but they are everywhere on the internet, just search Music Challenge). My good friend Darius Randall and I are currently doing this for a second round as I record this, and I can’t tell you how much more creative at work I’ve felt because I don’t necessarily pause and listen to music on a regular basis otherwise. As a side note, Darius went into private practice recently and is an excellent therapist, would be a good fit for professionals, especially healthcare workers. If you are in the state of Michigan, check out his website at FreshSands.com here. This is actually part of the reason I’ve re-focused on offerings I want to create that harness the power of nature, movement, and/or music. I am most likely going to create some experiences locally in Michigan (Pickerel Lake half day retreat anyone?) and then also online in a way that helps us connect with our bodies, slow down, and engage in creativity and healing.
Wanting more support beyond these podcasts? * I am currently accepting new therapy clients if you live in one of these 40 states in the US * My rate for an intake session is $220 and for a 45 minute follow up is $195 * If interested in learning more, including my availability and details about my practice, email me at info@drshawnhondorp.com or call 616-227-0001 * Or if you are a therapist of helping professional looking to connect in community and learn more about or experience the IFS model, get on my email list here and/or email me at info@drshawnhondorp.com to introduce yourself!
Disclaimer: This blog and podcast is for informational and educational purposes only. It is not a substitute for individual professional advice or treatment, including medical or mental health advice. It does not constitute a provider-patient relationship.
Disclosure: Using the Bookshop.org links in this post means that I would get an affiliate fee if you purchase from the online bookshop (this supports my business, and local bookstores too!).
Episode 122. In deciding which episodes were worth replaying for you this summer, this one immediately came to mind for a few reasons.
First of all, I’ve referenced this conversation many times since I had it in July 2021 (3 years ago!!). I’ve talked about it on the podcast, and I’ve referenced it in my head.
To share how it’s impacted me, we have to review one of my favorite Maya Angelou quotes:
“I’ve learned that people will forget what you said, people will forget what you did, but people will never forget how you made them feel.”
– Dr. Maya Angelou
I’ll be honest, it’s been 3 years and my memory is not great. So I don’t remember exactly all the things Adia and I talked about (although I reviewed some of the topics in the lists below).
But I remember exactly how I felt when she was modeling how you might talk to yourself when you were feeling shame.
It felt like a gut punch. A big puzzle piece clue. Saying, “Hey Shawn, if you were wondering where else you need to look to take your next step in healing, it’s here!” Overall message: “You still have some shame to unpack and work out!”
What To Expect in This Interview:* Dr. Gooden opens up about how struggles with self-worth manifested in her life growing up. * How she learned the hard way that external validation of worth – be it a doctoral degree or losing 50 lbs – are common motivators, but don’t work long-term. * Her thoughts on the field of psychology and our training to not self-disclose, and how she’s shifted this and why * Common barriers to unconditional self-worth * Incredibly valuable language for shifting towards true self-compassion * And so much more!
Top Things to Remember While Cultivating Unconditional Self-Worth1. You are under-utilizing the skill of self-compassion. I can almost 100% guarantee it. Instead of beating yourself up, or just taking a practical approach (“you messed up, don’t dwell on it, move on.”) you can name and make space for your pain, while still holding yourself accountable. You can talk to yourself as you would a small child who is in pain. “I see you, you’re okay. I got you.” This shift alone, when mastered, can change everything. 2. Many of the ways we think about mental and emotional well-being are incredibly outdated. And often harmful when they further stigmatize struggle and have groups of us pretending that we don’t struggle, while our clients do. In the field of psychology, the precedent is not to share, to be a blank slate, to be objective and a suggestion or advice dispensary. And yet, when we question that, not only can we help people more effectively, we as professionals can also be more free to bring our full selves to work. This relates to our discussion in Episode 27 about 4 Reasons you should share your story (and why I shared mine). The reality is, we aren’t going to fall into categories or checkboxes. This person has depression and self-worth issues, this one does not. This one has developed self-compassion, this one hasn’t. It’s a journey that we are all on and we ALL have shame and self-doubt. We can all work on and benefit from the skills mentioned here. 3. The more you work on your relationship with yourself, the more you will be able to do vulnerable things, and pick yourself up when you inevitably fall. It does not need to be, “develop self-worth first, then do uncomfortable things,” OR “fake it until you make it, just do the hard thing no matter how you feel.” Your life is yours and yours alone. Don’t avoid things you value or get stuck in perfectionism, but don’t feel like you HAVE TO do something just because someone says so. You get to choose. 4. External boundaries can help behaviors with delayed gratification to become more intrinsically motivating, under the right conditions. Dr. Gooden talks about her initial resistance to meditation, and how being forced to teach it and practice it allowed her to gradually see the benefits. This relates to how we can sometimes guide ourselves to an exercise routine or an eating pattern we might feel really good doing eventually, but in the short term might be super uncomfortable (e.g., if you are learning a new cooking or meal prep skill, or if you are working new parts of your brain or muscles). Setting up external boundaries sometimes can help create space to explore if the behavior truly fits in our life (e.g., do I feel good on a plant-based eating plan? What about partially plant-based?), particularly when we explore it without all the shame, blame, and guilt. Just truly an experiment.
Wanting more support beyond these podcasts? * I am currently accepting new therapy clients if you live in one of these 40 states in the US * My rate for an intake session is $220 and for a 45 minute follow up is $195 * If interested in learning more, including my availability and details about my practice, email me at info@drshawnhondorp.com or call 616-227-0001 * Or if you are a therapist of helping professional looking to connect in community and learn more about or experience the IFS model, get on my email list here and/or email me at info@drshawnhondorp.com to introduce yourself!
Disclaimer: This blog and podcast is for informational and educational purposes only. It is not a substitute for individual professional advice or treatment, including medical or mental health advice. It does not constitute a provider patient relationship.
Disclosure: Using the Bookshop.org links in this post means that I would get an affiliate fee if you purchase from the online bookshop (this supports my business, and local bookstores too!).
Episode 121. One of the questions I get most often from people when they learn that I’m aligned with the Health at Every Size® movement is some version of this:
“But I’ve worked for many years in XX setting and I’ve seen how people suffer when they have excess weight on their bodies. How can we really say that people can be healthy at every size?”
Today’s encore episode is a replay of my conversation with Dr. Jillian Murphy that answers this question incredibly well. I can’t wait to share it with you!
What To Expect in This Interview:We cover the following topics:
What You Need to Know About Weight Inclusivity, Health at Every Size®, and How You can Immediately Start Improving Your Health1. The weight-inclusive Health at Every Size® movement is social. All bodies deserve dignity and respect and we don’t current provide that. This is well documented and incredibly harmful. 2. The weight-inclusive Health at Every Size® movement is scientific. Not that social and science are separate per se, but there is immense amounts of evidence that the link between weight and health cannot be fully causal, for many of the reasons that Dr. Murphy outlines so well. She talks about the fact that thinner people have all the conditions we blame on weight (heart disease, diabetes, cancer, PCOS) so for that reason alone we know it can’t only be weight that is the problem. We cannot establish a causal relationship with weight causing the health problems it’s blamed on (e.g., heart disease, diabetes, PCOS, cancer, etc). This doesn’t mean there aren’t co-relations, but we know it isn’t as simple as “fat causes X” as so often is the assumption. There could also be underlying genetic causal relationships that are causing the weight gain and the disease process. 3. We don’t currently have consistently effective ways to lose weight long-term without sacrificing well-being. We don’t cover bariatric surgery at all in this interview, although frankly I’d love to hear Dr. Murphy’s thoughts on that, but when talking about long-term significant weight loss (more than just a handful of pounds, although this depends on current body size), without surgery or medications, the odds of that happens without collateral damage is quite low. So, even if we could establish a causal relationship (e.g., excess weight causes disease), we don’t currently have effective ways to help people lose weight and keep it off, without a sacrifice to well-being, physically and emotionally. 4. There is a much wider arrange of body diversity than the medical community currently allows for. Body diversity is a fact. This results in significant problems including lower quality of care, weight stigma, bad advice, and leaves most people increasingly losing faith in themselves, versus recognizing that the system fails to improve health in the vast majority of folks with these struggles. 5. You deserve to have full autonomy over your body. One of the reasons the anti-diet movement can feel so loud, is the attempt to try to counteract the loudness of the diet culture and weight centric BS. But it’s normal and understandable to still desire weight loss and smaller bodies because there are social privileges that you will get, including more acceptance, belonging, and even better health care with less judgment and bias. But once you know the data, you can be empowered to make the choice that’s best for you. 6. Competent Eating is another way to re-learn to trust yourself and build a flexible healthy relationship with food and your body. By providing some structure, we can actually achieve more freedom. Have you noticed this in other areas of your life? The trick is, depending on how entrenched your body image and eating struggles are, you must be truly honest with yourself about this throughout the process. I was thinking after this interview that this really is an example of how we often work with binge eating disorder in cognitive behavioral therapy too, typically focusing on providing structure, but the fact that Intuitive Eating works for some, and a model of competent eating works for others, means that we need to attend to each individual person and how the approach feels for them. Tying back to motivation theory, if it’s increasing autonomy it will likely lead to feelings of improving flexible control and positive self-care and health outcomes. If it feels controlling, like diet mentality or like rigid rules, it’s unlikely to work. We can take a set yourself up for success mindset. I specifically talk about this in my free 3 day Hunger and Satisfaction Journal, “if eating without structure freaks you out,” and give some suggestions for what to do about this. You can grab that here.
Wanting more support beyond these podcasts? * I am currently accepting new therapy clients if you live in one of these 40 states in the US * My rate for an intake session is $220 and for a 45 minute follow up is $195 * If interested in learning more, including my availability and details about my practice, email me at info@drshawnhondorp.com or call 616-227-0001 * Or if you are a therapist of helping professional looking to connect in community and learn more about or experience the IFS model, get on my email list here and/or email me at info@drshawnhondorp.com to introduce yourself!
Disclaimer: This blog and podcast is for informational and educational purposes only. It is not a substitute for individual professional advice or treatment, including medical or mental health advice. It does not constitute a provider patient relationship.
Disclosure: Using the Bookshop.org links in this post means that I would get an affiliate fee if you purchase from the online bookshop (this supports my business, and local bookstores too!).
Episode 120. I’ve said it before and I will say it again, I am often profoundly changed by the impact of the conversations I have on this podcast. I still remember quotes and concepts from people I interviewed a year ago, and I still sometimes re-listen to the conversations to remind myself of the lessons I learned from them.
This conversation with Dalia Kinsey, RD, LD, from May 2022 was extra special though. And I’m actually having a hard time putting into words why exactly that is. I think part of it is Dalia’s presence, and the generosity and vulnerability that is shared, including the process from behind the scenes of this week’s. Beyond that, however, Dalia’s compassion for others, myself included, who have very much missed the mark with wellness, health, and lack of diversity in related fields, made this conversation all the more meaningful.
Inviting Dalia on the podcast was important to me because I truly believe that moving towards true wellness and health means we must un-learn a lot of what we have been taught. Not only about what is healthy from a weight-centric model, but so much of what we have been taught about race, sexuality, and generally how so many of our systems, educational models, and structures are set up to serve white people, not persons of marginalized backgrounds.
I’ll admit: I have total imposter syndrome when I talk about or write about topics related to diversity. I’m afraid I’ll mess things up, like say the wrong things or offending someone (my deepest fear). But I know deep down it’s a privilege to be able to choose to learn about and talk about these topics or not, and I am working on continuing to choose the (typically mild) discomfort, so I can continue to learn and grow.
I hope you will listen in on this conversation and hear the incredible gift that Dalia has given to the world by sharing this book with the world. I truly believe what I said, that I think this book truly benefits anyone who wants to learn about wellness and inclusion as an individual or as a healthcare provider.
I hope wherever you are in your journey of learning about diversity and where we in the US and other countries have greatly missed the mark, that you will remain open, curious, and humble and continue to be open to learning more. And remember that (as I often have to remind myself) you don’t need to know it all, you just need to ask question and listen. There’s so much value to be gained from learning about the amazingly diverse experiences of humans and I’m incredibly grateful that Dalia shared with us via Decolonizing Wellness, but also that I was able to have this incredible conversation as well.
What To Expect in This Interview:We cover the following topics:
Who is Dalia Kinsey, RD, LD?Dalia Kinsey is a queer Black Registered Dietitian, keynote speaker, the creator of the Body Liberation for All podcast, and author of Decolonizing Wellness: A QTBIPOC-Centered Guide to Escape the Diet Trap, Heal Your Self-Image, and Achieve Body Liberation. On a mission to spread joy, reduce suffering, and eliminate health disparities in the LGBTQIA+ and BIPOC community, Dalia rejects diet culture and teaches people to use nutrition as a self-care and personal empowerment tool to counter the damage of systemic oppression. Dalia works at the intersection of holistic wellness and social justice, continually creating wellness tools and resources that center the most vulnerable — individuals that hold multiple marginalized identities. Dalia’s work can be found at https://www.daliakinsey.com/ or on YouTube, Substack, LinkedIn, or Facebook.
Wanting more support beyond these podcasts? * I am currently accepting new therapy clients if you live in one of these 40 states in the US * My rate for an intake session is $220 and for a 45 minute follow up is $195 * If interested in learning more, including my availability and details about my practice, email me at info@drshawnhondorp.com or call 616-227-0001 * Or if you are a therapist of helping professional looking to connect in community and learn more about or experience the IFS model, get on my email list here and/or email me at info@drshawnhondorp.com to introduce yourself!
Disclaimer: This blog and podcast is for informational and educational purposes only. It is not a substitute for individual professional advice or treatment, including medical or mental health advice. It does not constitute a provider patient relationship.
Disclosure: Using the Bookshop.org links in this post means that I would get an affiliate fee if you purchase from the online bookshop (this supports my business, and local bookstores too!).
Episode 119. In today’s solo episode, I’m going to share some of what I’ve learned about IFS and how it works based on both my personal and professional experiences thus far.
I’m also going to talk about learning to slow down, how it’s a journey I’m still on, and how IFS helps me actually do it, specifically focusing on my example of my Overworking Part, which I learned as I talked through this episode is very linked with my “Optimizing my Experience” Part (also described in my episode with Randi Rubenstein).
In this episode I share my process of recognizing my Overworking/Optimizing Parts, appreciating them, and helping to do things (like record this episode for you!) from a more embodied and grounded place.
In the middle of the episode, I lead you through an IFS based meditation to get to know a Protector Part of yours, Overworking Part or otherwise. Then I cover 3 of the main lessons I’ve learned from experiencing IFS.
Without further ado, let’s dive in!
But First, Words of Wisdom“Compassion as a spontaneous aspect of Self blew my mind, because I’d always assumed and learned that compassion was something you had to develop. There’s this idea—especially in some spiritual circles—that you have to build up the muscle of compassion over time, because it’s not inherent. Again, that’s the negative view on human nature at play. To be clear, what I mean by compassion is the ability to be in Self with somebody when they’re really hurting and feel for them, but not be overwhelmed by their pain. You can only do that if you’ve done it within yourself. That is, if you can be with your own exiles without blending and being overwhelmed by them and instead show them compassion and help them, then you can do the same for someone in pain who’s sitting across from you.”
― Richard C. Schwartz, No Bad Parts: Healing Trauma and Restoring Wholeness with the Internal Family Systems Model
The Top 3 Lessons I Have Learned Through Experiencing IFS Cognitive Self-Compassion is Very Different Than Heart Self Compassion. It’s totally different. And I was definitely always practicing the cognitive type. This really came to light for me when I talked with Dr. Allyn Richards in episode 108 (you can listen here). We both experienced compassion for ourselves by practicing IFS in a way that was totally different than anything we’ve tried to do in the past. * You Have to Life it to Give It. Hearing this always felt annoying to me. But also so true. I always heard that you shouldn’t teach meditation if you don’t have a meditation practice. Well, I occasionally taught it, but I definitely didn’t have a practice. * Talking About Parts is Very Different than Talking to and Building a Relationship with Parts.* One of my trainers in my Level 1 mentioned that she often sees therapists saying they are doing IFS, when really they are talking about parts with clients, which can be helpful. Many of us, therapists especially, have developing amazing conceptualization and analyzing parts that helped us a TON. And also, they are still parts. When you truly build a relationship with and honor these parts, new levels of healing and embodiment open up, likely that you didn’t believe were truly possible.
Wanting more support beyond these podcasts? * I am currently accepting new therapy clients if you live in one of these 40 states in the US * My rate for an intake session is $220 and for a 45 minute follow up is $195 * If interested in learning more, including my availability and details about my practice, email me at info@drshawnhondorp.com or call 616-227-0001 * Or if you are a therapist of helping professional looking to connect in community and learn more about or experience the IFS model, get on my email list here and/or email me at info@drshawnhondorp.com to introduce yourself! We may be starting another IFS based community group soon.
“I know I shouldn’t focus on weight loss, but…” (Polarized Parts Alert!)Are you feeling unsure how to guide a client who wants to improve their relationship with food, but also wants to lose weight?
We offer this super cool transformational exercise that can help your clients work to understand their polarized parts, build self-trust and listen to their intuition!
This free PDF gives step-by-step instructions for doing one of my all-time favorite exercises (based on Internal Family Systems theory) to explore polarized parts. It will help clients get to know the parts of themselves without judgment, understand their intention, and create empowerment and harmony in their bodies.
This is hands-down one of the best ways I’ve found to help support client autonomy and build self-trust at the same time. I can’t wait to share it with you!
Sign up today to use this innovative tool!
Disclaimer: This blog and podcast is for informational and educational purposes only. It is not a substitute for individual professional advice or treatment, including medical or mental health advice. It does not constitute a provider-patient relationship.
Episode 118. Today’s episode is a special conversation with Dr. Amy Neeren who has shown amazing resilience in terms of finding a career in psychology that felt right for her, and a big piece of that has been pursuing a career outside of her full-time work as a psychologist in writing fiction.
She has published two children’s books in the traditional publishing world (NO SMALL FEAT, as we learn in this conversation) and is working on a novel now. All of these writings have a tie to mental health, and to her story to some degree.
We talk about how writing can be so healing, and so hard, why she does it, why she chose traditional publishing route, and what keeps her going.
I really enjoyed this conversation and I’m sure you will too.
What to Expect in this EpisodeWe cover the following:
Join the Innovative Therapist Book Club Today!Want to learn about the Top 4 books I wish I had read many years ago that have shifted my view of healing and human relationships?
Download the free guide today to find out – I bet some of them will surprise you! You can grab it at DrHondorp.com/Books
Disclaimer: This blog and podcast is for informational and educational purposes only. It is not a substitute for individual professional advice or treatment, including medical or mental health advice. It does not constitute a provider-patient relationship.
Episode 117. In today’s solo episode, I’m going to share some of my healing journey and a bit of an update about where I’m a today. This will include reflecting back on what really helped me heal from binge eating disorder and the chronic dieting cycle, as well as what continues to help me build trust with myself today as I work to build a life that’s aligned, joyful, and helps me avoid feelings of regret (as much as possible, since regret is a valuable teacher!).
I’ll cover how Internal Family Systems has factored into this for me over the past 2 years, and how this model really helps me understand healing on a whole other level, even before I learned it.
I’ve gotten a few questions lately basically asking me, “Given our culture, what’s truly possible when it comes to trusting myself with eating decisions?”
I also have been reflecting on how overall I feel more self trust than I ever have in various decisions, so I’d like to walk through some of the steps that helped me get there, with examples of how I shifted my relationship to food in the past and how I’m now learning to apply it to my podcast and other aspects of my business.
Without further ado, let’s dive in!
But First, Words of Wisdom“I’ve learned that whenever I decide something with an open heart, I usually make the right decision.”
– Maya Angelou
3 Truths That Shifted Everything When It Comes to Binge Eating & Self Trust Truly Understanding What Restriction is and How to Stop It. I’ve been reflecting lately on what helped me heal from binge eating disorder. For the part of me that restricted (and for those who don’t know my story it wasn’t extreme restriction in any way, basically I was just following advice I’d get from plans like WW), it really took around 13 years of trying before that part finally realized it’s well-intentioned efforts were not working at all. Things to note: I had a lot of factors that made this healing journey easier for me, and still do to this day, most notably size privilege among many others. * Continuing Until You Get to the Root Cause.* I actually didn’t really do this, well not until many years later when becoming a mom pushed me to do more healing. It’s so common to exchange one protective part for another. No longer restricting or binge eating, but maybe occasionally using food to cope (without guilt, but still avoiding the underlying feeling), or overworking, or finding ways to avoid triggers (e.g., sometimes people will develop parts of them that really just compartmentalize, and bring all of their emotions and shame to therapy, which is great, but they are still disconnecting from the pain outside of the one hour a week which doesn’t feel great to them).
Wanting more support beyond these podcasts? * I am currently accepting new therapy clients if you live in one of these 40 states in the US * My rate for an intake session is $220 and for a 45 minute follow up is $195 * If interested in learning more, including my availability and details about my practice, email me at info@drshawnhondorp.com or call 616-227-0001 * Or if you are a therapist of helping professional looking to connect in community and learn more about or experience the IFS model, get on my email list here and/or email me at info@drshawnhondorp.com to introduce yourself!
“I know I shouldn’t focus on weight loss, but…” (Polarized Parts Alert!)Are you feeling unsure how to guide a client who wants to improve their relationship with food, but also wants to lose weight?
We offer this super cool transformational exercise that can help your clients work to understand their polarized parts, build self-trust and listen to their intuition!
This free PDF gives step-by-step instructions for doing one of my all-time favorite exercises (based on Internal Family Systems theory) to explore polarized parts. It will help clients get to know the parts of themselves without judgment, understand their intention, and create empowerment and harmony in their bodies.
This is hands-down one of the best ways I’ve found to help support client autonomy and build self-trust at the same time. I can’t wait to share it with you!
Sign up today to use this innovative tool!
Disclaimer: This blog and podcast is for informational and educational purposes only. It is not a substitute for individual professional advice or treatment, including medical or mental health advice. It does not constitute a provider-patient relationship.
Episode 116. Today’s episode was a super interesting conversation with Sharon Depzinski, LMSW. Sharon is a Certified Sex Therapist and wonderful human being (that I actually got to meet in person a few hours after our conversation at a local therapist meetup!).
Sharon reached out to me to share a newer therapy modality she was learning called TRIP, Trauma Regulation and Integration Processing which is a modality developed by Monique Hoving-Smeets.
From there, we chatted about the fact that she’s a certified sex therapist and the important of this topic (which we have never discussed on the podcast yet!), and her personal and professional interest in exploring neurodivergence and how crucial this can be for people to experience true healing.
To be honest, I’m still processing all the information in this conversation and I believe it’s incredibly important in many, many ways.
What to Expect in this Episode* Sharon shares her journey to doing the work she does today, which includes taking a human sexuality class at Central Michigan University but soon realizing that West Michigan wasn’t quite ready for her to do sex therapy in those early years… * What is sex therapy? Why should we care about it? (and everyone should!) * What is desire differential in couples and is it normal? * Her winding path as an LMSW for 25 years, and how only in recent 1-2 years has she discovered that both she and her partner are neurodivergent * Sharon’s diagnosis with ADHD at age 49 and how that’s impacted her as a therapist and otherwise * Sharon’s partner’s diagnosis of autism, and how she felt shame that she “should have known” and why she chooses to share their story * The role of neurodivergence and Sharon’s hunch about how common it is * The role of understanding perimenopause and menopause in understanding our physical and psychological symptoms * Why swearing makes Sharon a better therapist and the sign she has about swearing in her office (that I totally want now!) * Why Sharon pursued Trauma Regulation and Integration Process (TRIP) training and her experience with beginning to learn this modality * And so much more!
Seriously, y’all. If this conversation doesn’t get you thinking differently about a few things, I don’t know what will.
Can’t wait for you to check it out!
Resources Mentioned* Trauma Regulation and Integration Process (TRIP) training: https://relationshipworx.newzenler.com/professional-home * Neurodivergent Conversations podcast: https://www.divergentpod.com/ * Emily Nagoski’s website
Join the Innovative Therapist Book Club Today!Want to learn about the Top 4 books I wish I had read many years ago that have shifted my view of healing and human relationships?
Download the free guide today to find out – I bet some of them will surprise you! You can grab it at DrHondorp.com/Books
Disclaimer: This blog and podcast is for informational and educational purposes only. It is not a substitute for individual professional advice or treatment, including medical or mental health advice. It does not constitute a provider-patient relationship.
Episode 115. Today’s episode was another “this sounds like a fun idea” that quickly came to fruition. I logged into the YouTube TV app on my phone and saw that the Oprah Special on the weight loss GLP-1 meds was being recorded.
The show was titled: An Oprah Special: Shame, Blame and the Weight Loss Revolution
I watched a little bit of it, but then decided to come back and watch the recording the next day. I quickly sent a Voxer text to Dr. Kim Daniels to ask if she was watching and if so, if she wanted to record a podcast episode about it.
Mainly, I noticed quickly in the part that I watched that very little focus was put on the potential root causes of the food noise. I thought, “this would be fun to review with Kim” and so here we are.
What to Expect in this Episode* Kim and I have a conversation about our general impressions of the TV special including some of the many things we believe they failed to address * In the episode we try to be as un-biased as possible, but we recognize we have major biases and a lot of privilege that impacts how we approach this situation * We talk about some of the aspects we wish were discussed and how we had hoped for a more balanced conversation * We talk about the concept of obesity as a disease and also the statements like “release the shame” and our thoughts on these nuanced topics * We also talk about how Internal Family Systems theory can help us understand the many strong opinions as it relates to these topics, and how an IFS approach could really be useful as we are trying to truly examine root causes * We talk a bit about the concept of food noise and early relationships with food and how they might contribute to symptoms as an adult * My hope and belief is that this conversation is not pro or anti medication, but simply an expansion on the aspects of weight loss and these controversial medications coming from two psychologists
Join the Innovative Therapist Book Club Today!Want to learn about the Top 4 books I wish I had read many years ago that have shifted my view of healing and human relationships?
Download the free guide today to find out – I bet some of them will surprise you! You can grab it at DrHondorp.com/Books
Disclaimer: This blog and podcast is for informational and educational purposes only. It is not a substitute for individual professional advice or treatment, including medical or mental health advice. It does not constitute a provider-patient relationship.
Episode 114. This week’s episode is special. I was on the Mastermind Parenting podcast with Randi Rubenstein, my beloved parent coach recently. And the convo was so good, that we are replaying it here.
So if you want to learn a little more about my story and how I got here, and hear me chat about it with one of the people who have been most influential in getting me here, this episode is for you!
What to Expect in this EpisodeWhat to Expect in this episode:
Disclaimer: This blog and podcast is for informational and educational purposes only. It is not a substitute for individual professional advice or treatment, including medical or mental health advice. It does not constitute a provider-patient relationship.
Episode 113. This week’s episode is all about my first 4 days of my Internal Family Systems Level 1 training! So if you’re curious about what this IFS thing is, what the training is like, if it’s worth the wait and the money, and what I’m learning, this episode is for you!
What to Expect in this episode:
Other Mentors & Resources Mentioned* Internal Family Systems (IFS) Institute Online Learning Options * My very candid conversation called “What your therapist really thinks…” with Randi Rubenstein on the Mastermind Parenting podcast
“I know I shouldn’t focus on weight loss, but…” (Polarized Parts Alert!)Are you feeling unsure how to guide a client who wants to improve their relationship with food, but also wants to lose weight?
We offer this super cool transformational exercise that can help your clients work to understand their polarized parts, build self-trust and listen to their intuition!
This free PDF gives step-by-step instructions for doing one of my all-time favorite exercises (based on Internal Family Systems theory) to explore polarized parts. It will help clients get to know the parts of themselves without judgment, understand their intention, and create empowerment and harmony in their bodies.
This is hands-down one of the best ways I’ve found to help support client autonomy and build self-trust at the same time. I can’t wait to share it with you!
Sign up today to use this innovative tool!
Disclaimer: This blog and podcast is for informational and educational purposes only. It is not a substitute for individual professional advice or treatment, including medical or mental health advice. It does not constitute a provider-patient relationship.
Episode 112. It’s official. It is here. This week’s episode is all about the new podcast, The Innovative Therapist Podcast. This name and shifting of the podcast reflects my internal shifts, and who I am becoming and permission for all of us to think more creatively with regards to how we think about healing. In this episode, I will tell you what to expect in the new podcast. What will be different and what will be the same. I will also share how I am different, and some of the experiences and people that led to those shifts.
I cannot wait to share it with you!
What to Expect in this episode:
Other Mentors & Resources Mentioned* Natalie Miller and The Mind Witchery podcast * Randi Rubenstein and Mastermind Parenting
What is The Innovative Therapist Podcast All About? * The Innovative Therapist podcast is for you if you want honest conversations about what works and what doesn’t for learning to trust our bodies and doing deeply healing work (for our clients and ourselves) * It’s about having honest conversations with therapists and other professionals about their journeys and how they learned to listen to themselves and pursue work that felt deeply meaningful and energizing to them
“I know I shouldn’t focus on weight loss, but…” (Polarized Parts Alert!)Are you feeling unsure how to guide a client who wants to improve their relationship with food, but also wants to lose weight?
We offer this super cool transformational exercise that can help your clients work to understand their polarized parts, build self-trust and listen to their intuition!
This free PDF gives step-by-step instructions for doing one of my all-time favorite exercises (based on Internal Family Systems theory) to explore polarized parts. It will help clients get to know the parts of themselves without judgment, understand their intention, and create empowerment and harmony in their bodies.
This is hands-down one of the best ways I’ve found to help support client autonomy and build self-trust at the same time. I can’t wait to share it with you!
Sign up today to use this innovative tool!
Disclaimer: This blog and podcast is for informational and educational purposes only. It is not a substitute for individual professional advice or treatment, including medical or mental health advice. It does not constitute a provider-patient relationship.
Episode 111. I just loved this conversation with Natalie Deering. Natalie is the host of the podcast That Wellness Podcast which is a podcast she started in February 2023 and she’s already had some incredible guests including Dr. Richards Schwartz, Dr. Frank Anderson, and many others.
We had a great conversation about many things, but Natalie really does a great job breaking down 3 different ways to connect with Parts of you, and how to do it, with some tangible next steps and resources.
I also found it fascinating the ways she’s decided what to focus on in her business, so make sure you listen closely to that part.
In this episode, we cover:
“I know I shouldn’t focus on weight loss, but…” (Polarized Parts Alert!)Are you feeling unsure how to guide a client who wants to improve their relationship with food, but also wants to lose weight?
We offer this super cool transformational exercise that can help your clients work to understand their polarized parts, build self-trust and listen to their intuition!
This free PDF gives step-by-step instructions for doing one of my all-time favorite exercises (based on Internal Family Systems theory) to explore polarized parts. It will help clients get to know the parts of themselves without judgment, understand their intention, and create empowerment and harmony in their bodies.
This is hands-down one of the best ways I’ve found to help support client autonomy and build self-trust at the same time. I can’t wait to share it with you!
Sign up today to use this innovative tool!
Who Is Natalie Deering?Natalie Deering is a licensed mental health provider at her private practice, ND Wellness Psychological Services in Fort Thomas KY. She specializes in working with people who have complex trauma, anxiety, and stress using internal family systems therapy (IFS).
Natalie is the host of the IFS informed wellness podcast, That Wellness Podcast with Natalie Deering: Internal Family Systems with a Twist, where she interviews amazing people within the wellness field, IFS, and everything in between.
Natalie helps clients build resilience by gaining access to their inner healing potential. She incorporates internal family systems therapy with meditation, skills building, and movement. Natalie also provides wellness workshops for businesses and their employees, guided meditations, and restorative yoga sessions.
Disclaimer: This blog and podcast is for informational and educational purposes only. It is not a substitute for individual professional advice or treatment, including medical or mental health advice. It does not constitute a provider-patient relationship.
Episode 110. On this week’s podcast, we talk to Pooja Arora who you are going to absolutely love. (Peyton, my intern who edits the podcast says it was one of her favorite episodes ever).
Even though I feel really excited about this episode, a part of me is definitely anxious.
Why?
Because on the podcast, we talk about a variety of methods of healing that aren’t all unequivocally supported by rigorous scientific research.
We talk on the episode about interventions like Emotional Freedom Technique (aka EFT Tapping), Neurolinguistic Programming, among other interventions, including my personal experience with trying some of these methods out.
Basically, there is research supporting some of the methods above, but how well it works compared to other methods, and why it works is not totally clear.
And the world I come from, the western psychological research world, tends to frown up such things… 🙂
Navigating the nuanceAnd although a part of me is worried about what you will think of me, the truth is I believe we need to have more conversations about methods outside the traditionally accepted, 100% unequivocally supported by randomized controlled trials, track.
I love science and research.
And, it has major flaws and limitations.
The truth is, that traditional methods of healing leave many of us struggling, suffering, and sometimes spending years not getting the healing results we crave.
The reality is I’ve always been open to other methods, even if I have many skeptical parts that come along for the ride.
And as Pooja says in today’s interview, those skeptical parts are allowed. They can join.
And if you could get relief for a physical or emotional symptom that’s been plaguing you for years in a few sessions, would your interest be piqued?
I know mine was.
The Power of IntuitionPooja Arora is someone that I was introduced to through my parent coach Randi Rubenstein.
She did some work with some of the other moms in the group, indvidiually and in a group setting and people were getting great results.
Some of the results she has gotten for others are outlined in our conversation and some in her bio in this week’s blog post.
When we connected, she shared that she has dealt with a lot of her own body image concerns, and overcome a lot in that area, despite really persistent shaming and bullying throughout her life.
At that point, I knew I had to have her on. She does her own work, has gotten great results for herself and others, and what I’m realizing more and more is that it’s much more about the person delivering the healing modality, and your trust and belief in them, than even the method itself.
This was truly a great conversation. So without further ado, here’s what you can expect in my conversation with Pooja:
“I know I shouldn’t focus on weight loss, but…” (Polarized Parts Alert!)Are you feeling unsure how to guide a client who wants to improve their relationship with food, but also wants to lose weight?
We offer this super cool transformational exercise that can help your clients work to understand their polarized parts, build self-trust and listen to their intuition!
This free PDF gives step-by-step instructions for doing one of my all-time favorite exercises (based on Internal Family Systems theory) to explore polarized parts. It will help clients get to know the parts of themselves without judgment, understand their intention, and create empowerment and harmony in their bodies.
This is hands-down one of the best ways I’ve found to help support client autonomy and build self-trust at the same time. I can’t wait to share it with you!
Sign up today to use this innovative tool!
Who Is Pooja Arora? Pooja Arora has been a student of spiritual healing practices for over 18 years. She has worked with over 800 clients including celebrities, CEOs, government officials, and clients of all walks of life and every age group. Through their work together her clients discover their deepest self-love and most abundant lives.
Her journey into the art and science of healing from within began at a young age, as she was always fascinated with the mind and its ability to create our reality. In her 20s she began experiencing debilitating stomach pain. After spending years and thousands of dollars on doctors to find the cause and cure, she turned to past life regression and was cured after two sessions.
After witnessing what was to her, a personal miracle, she dove deeply into the study of spiritual healing.
Areas of specialization:
Pain Management – resolved pain in a few sessions for over 300 clients, many of whom have had surgeries scheduled that they were able to cancel.
Body image and weight management – Through her own challenges of body image and weight she has discovered ways and protocols to help embrace yourself completely leading to success with weight management in the most gentle way possible. Knowing and accepting that healthy doesn’t always mean skinny has been a game changer for many of her clients.
Divorce – 100s of clients have used her guidance during major life changes such as divorce, discovering their most loving and productive path forward.
Anxiety for Young People & Children – relieved test anxiety, sports performance self-doubt, as well as other fears and phobias, for clients as young as five years old, enabling children to reach their potential
Modalities:
Though Pooja has certifications in over 20 different healing modalities, these are some she employs most often:
• EFT – Pooja is internationally known for her ability to customize and employ EFT tapping methods. Through tapping her clients report complete neutralization to traumatic past events, reversed limiting beliefs, and relief from chronic pain.
• NLP – with this modality clients including business leaders and caretakers can reframe their thinking in ways that drastically change life outcomes.
• Hypnosis – extremely helpful for weight loss, Pooja has seen over 30 clients experience substantial weight loss.
Never limiting herself or her clients, Pooja is certified in the following techniques and employs them on an individual need basis:
Reiki | Advanced Emotional Freedom Techniques | Inner Child Healing | Past Life Regression | Life Between Life | Advanced Imagery | Child Hypnosis | ADHD Management | Anxiety Management | Weight Loss Hypnosis | Smoking Cessation | Sports Performance Hypnosis | Trauma Recovery | Bach Flower Remedies | Advanced Pendulum Healing | Angel Tarot | Advanced Practitioner for Neurolinguistic Programming
Pooja’s clients experience deep transformation which they have described as anything from life-transforming, to life-saving. Witnessing people rediscover their innate talents, superpowers, and strength is what drives her to continue her work as a spiritual healer.
How to Inquire about Services with PoojaGo to her website: www.createurmagic.com
The best way to contact her is through text at 832-870-7239!
Instagram link here.
Disclaimer: This blog and podcast is for informational and educational purposes only. It is not a substitute for individual professional advice or treatment, including medical or mental health advice. It does not constitute a provider-patient relationship.
Episode 109. Kate block is a gem. She’s a therapeutic bodyworker, yoga teacher, and fellow science lover. She’s also someone who walks the walk, meaning she listens to her body and what doesn’t feel right for her, and makes uncomfortable changes when necessary.
Today you get to hear her story, and a whole bunch of wisdom, and I am confident you will enjoy it as much as I did.
I am realizing more and more that something that really lights me up is finding innovative solutions for healing for both myself and my clients. Kate is a wonderful example of that because she’s helped me get better in touch with my body and the lessons I’ve learned through somatic practices and this conversation apply to both therapists and our clients.
Kate is intuitive, and truly has a gift for this work. Oh, and fun fact, without formally learning about Internal Family Systems (IFS) she basically does Parts with with her clients because it just made sense to her.
Cool stuff, right? You’re going to love this conversation, so let’s dive in!
We cover:
“I know I shouldn’t focus on weight loss, but…” (Polarized Parts Alert!)Are you feeling unsure how to guide a client who wants to improve their relationship with food, but also wants to lose weight?
We offer this super cool transformational exercise that can help your clients work to understand their polarized parts, build self-trust and listen to their intuition!
This free PDF gives step-by-step instructions for doing one of my all-time favorite exercises (based on Internal Family Systems theory) to explore polarized parts. It will help clients get to know the parts of themselves without judgment, understand their intention, and create empowerment and harmony in their bodies.
This is hands-down one of the best ways I’ve found to help support client autonomy and build self-trust at the same time. I can’t wait to share it with you!
Sign up today to use this innovative tool!
Who is Kate Block?Kate Block is the founder of Little Dipper — a therapeutic bodywork and private yoga practice located in the Forest Hills area of Grand Rapids (thisislittledipper.com). Her work at Little Dipper is grounded in her belief that the most transformative massage therapy, bodywork, and movement isn’t about “fixing” anything about you or your body, it’s about fostering a deeper connection to your own body and heart. Kate loves helping her clients address physical and emotional issues in a way that focuses on root causes so that they feel and live better. She is deeply passionate about the human body, health + wellness, and a well-marbled, medium-rare ribeye. Her post-grad biology background informs both her work as a licensed massage therapist and the approach she takes in leading her clients and students in yoga and movement. For Kate, therapeutic bodywork is all about learning how to show up, connect, and move (both literally and metaphorically) from a place of alignment with your deepest, truest self.
Disclaimer: This blog and podcast is for informational and educational purposes only. It is not a substitute for individual professional advice or treatment, including medical or mental health advice. It does not constitute a provider-patient relationship.
Episode 108. Hi all! This episode was a super fun one for me. Basically, you get to sit down and hear a conversation with my dear friend Dr. Allie Richards. In this conversation, our goal was to have an honest conversation about our career trajectories as psychologists and how we’ve both strayed fairly far from much of the training we got in how to conduct psychotherapy, and the truth about why.
I laughed a lot in this conversation. Allie is incredibly smart, thoughtful, and honest in this conversation and I so appreciate her coming on the podcast and having this conversation with me.
If you are a therapist or professional wanting to know more about the behind the scenes thoughts of psychologists or just a human wanting to understand two psychologists who are on the path of un-learning a lot of what we’ve been taught, then this conversation is for you!
What to Expect in this InterviewIn this episode, we have an honest conversation about:
“I know I shouldn’t focus on weight loss, but…” (Polarized Parts Alert!)Are you feeling unsure how to guide a client who wants to improve their relationship with food, but also wants to lose weight?
We offer this super cool transformational exercise that can help your clients work to understand their polarized parts, build self-trust and listen to their intuition!
This free PDF gives step-by-step instructions for doing one of my all-time favorite exercises (based on Internal Family Systems theory) to explore polarized parts. It will help clients get to know the parts of themselves without judgment, understand their intention, and create empowerment and harmony in their bodies.
This is hands-down one of the best ways I’ve found to help support client autonomy and build self-trust at the same time. I can’t wait to share it with you!
Sign up today to use this innovative tool!
Disclaimer: This blog and podcast is for informational and educational purposes only. It is not a substitute for individual professional advice or treatment, including medical or mental health advice. It does not constitute a provider-patient relationship.
Episode 107. Hey everyone!
I just did something kinda painful.
I went back to this very large google document where I’ve been journaling and documenting my thoughts since I started my business in Jan 2021.
In August 2021, my grandpa had just died. I was super lucky to know all 4 of my grandparents for many years, but my grandpa was the last of the 4. I was deep in grief and trying to get my work life under control. (My overworking part was QUITE active during that first year of business).
I had written:
Remember that you are in this for the long haul. It isn’t a race. You MUST prioritize your health, no one else is going to do it for you. You cannot get this time back.
I then went on to create a schedule and a plan of when I was “allowed to work.” With lots of quite rules and parameters (many of which I didn’t stick to).
I wish I could go back to myself at that time and teach myself what I know now.
What I Understand NowI now understand that parts of me were fighting with each other.
The Problem Was…The problem? I didn’t see the positive intention behind the 2nd part of me (or how it was getting tricked by master marketers telling me if I “just follow these steps, I will eventually succeed!”. I had so much shame about this part of me, and yet, I couldn’t stop overworking. It didn’t feel safe.
So I tried methods to tamp down that part, putting parameters and trying to “control it.”
Spoiler alert: Control as a strategy rarely works long-term.
The reality is, both of these parts of me had great intentions for me, and both were trying to protect me.
And what was the “doing” part’s most important goal? It was trying to protect me from feelings of worthlessness. Trying to help me “achieve” enough so I would feel worthy of the love of my family.
Ironic, right? Because it often takes me away from them, both physically (because I’m off working) and emotionally (because I’m in my head, strategizing my next business move).
Where I’m At NowAnyways, all this is to say, life is feeling a whole heckuva lot better lately.
Is it perfect? Do these parts of me never get polarized and fight anymore?
Nope.
Just recently I noticed that similar polarization.
But now I have MUCH more compassion for myself, and I navigate through it all with much more ease.
And I’m actively working on those parts of me that have felt unworthy (with help), because really, that’s where the magic is. 🙂
An honest conversation about …If you enjoyed this story, you will likely enjoy this week’s podcast episode, which is a conversation with my wonderful intern Peyton all about my journey thus far as an entreprenuer. The ups, the downs, and what’s been so helpful to me in creating more of a sense of calm and clarity than I’ve ever felt as I wrap up year 3.
We cover a LOT, including:
“I know I shouldn’t focus on weight loss, but…” (Polarized Parts Alert!)Are you feeling unsure how to guide a client who wants to improve their relationship with food, but also wants to lose weight?
We offer this super cool transformational exercise that can help your clients work to understand their polarized parts, build self-trust and listen to their intuition!
This free PDF gives step-by-step instructions for doing one of my all-time favorite exercises (based on Internal Family Systems theory) to explore polarized parts. It will help clients get to know the parts of themselves without judgment, understand their intention, and create empowerment and harmony in their bodies.
This is hands-down one of the best ways I’ve found to help support client autonomy and build self-trust at the same time. I can’t wait to share it with you!
Sign up today to use this innovative tool!
Disclaimer: This blog and podcast is for informational and educational purposes only. It is not a substitute for individual professional advice or treatment, including medical or mental health advice. It does not constitute a provider-patient relationship.
Episode 106. Hey everyone! In this interview with Dr. Cortney Warren we cover the gamut of topics. Dr. Warren has an incredible amount of personal and professional wisdom to share with us, and to be honest, I had a hard time containing my excitement and making sure I asked everything I wanted to.
She shares such wisdom about various ways our cultural context impacts the lies we tell ourselves, and this is truly at the core of doing the deeper work we typically need to do to live a life that feels fulfilling and right for us.
We cover the topic of love addiction, which is relatively new to me and fascinating, both because it can help so many people understand what is a common experience and struggle for many people, and also because it has parallels and implications for the controversial topic of food addiction.
She gives tangible advice on how to improve self-esteem, and be onto yourself when you start to lie to yourself.
This is a great interview with lots of takeaways, can’t wait for you to listen in!
Who is Dr. Cortney Warren?Dr. Cortney S. Warren is a Board Certified Clinical Psychologist and Adjunct Clinical Professor in the Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Health at the Kirk Kerkorian School of Medicine at University of Nevada, Las Vegas (UNLV). Having won numerous professional awards for her research, Cortney is an expert on addictions, self-deception, romantic relationships, eating pathology, and the practice of psychotherapy from a cross-cultural perspective. Her newest work is a self-help book that explores breakups through an addictive framework called Letting Go of Your Ex: CBT Skills to Heal the Pain of a Breakup and Overcome Love Addiction (2023).
What to Expect in this InterviewIn this captivating conversation, we cover:
🕒 05:34-Dr. Cortney Warren’s journey which included resigning from a tenure-track academic position to pursue a career in writing, speaking, and education, traveling and watching her mother engage in speaking engagements all over the world
🕒 12:05-How and why we are all liars and what to do about it
🕒 14:33- What Dr. Warren recommends working on first, before tackling how you are lying to yourself
🕒 23:17-What we can learn from other cultures as it relates to body trust (here we cover our distain for aging and the various differences from our culture to others in how we view people and how this impacts our sense of self)
🕒 26:38-How to acknowledge the reality of the valid and real pain and struggle people have, while also feeling empowered to be responsible for our choices
🕒 40:24-What is love addiction, why should we care about it, and how it relates to the controversy about food addiction
🕒 58:56-Some tangible steps you can take to stop lying to yourself so much
🕒 1:04:30-Dr. Warren’s tips to help me like strength training (they were super good!), and so much more!
“I know I shouldn’t focus on weight loss, but…” (Polarized Parts Alert!)Are you feeling unsure how to guide a client who wants to improve their relationship with food, but also wants to lose weight?
We offer this super cool transformational exercise that can help your clients work to understand their polarized parts, build self-trust and listen to their intuition!
This free PDF gives step-by-step instructions for doing one of my all-time favorite exercises (based on Internal Family Systems theory) to explore polarized parts. It will help clients get to know the parts of themselves without judgment, understand their intention, and create empowerment and harmony in their bodies.
This is hands-down one of the best ways I’ve found to help support client autonomy and build self-trust at the same time. I can’t wait to share it with you!
Sign up today to learn to use this innovative tool!
How to Connect with Dr. Cortney WarrenSocial Media Links:
Website: https://drcortney.com/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/CortneySWarren
Twitter: https://twitter.com/DrCortneyWarren
LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/drcortney/
YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLQGXD7Ms5oR3GzsPZl3Tjl_9qj71MezHj
Google Scholar: https://scholar.google.com/citations?user=Ka7bam4AAAAJ&hl=en
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/drcortneywarren/?hl=en
TEDx Talk: Honest Liars https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YpEeSa6zBTE&t=2s
Psychology Today Naked Truth Blog: https://www.psychologytoday.com/us/blog/naked-truth
Your Tango Expert Blog: https://www.yourtango.com/experts/cortney-warren
TikTok: https://www.tiktok.com/@drcortneywarren?lang=en
Disclaimer: This blog and podcast is for informational and educational purposes only. It is not a substitute for individual professional advice or treatment, including medical or mental health advice. It does not constitute a provider-patient relationship.
Episode 105. Hey there, wonderful listeners! I'm so excited to be back with you today for this great conversation with Dr. Dina Goldstein Silverman. This episode is packed with insights that will leave you feeling inspired and ready to embrace positive shifts in your approach to health. And if you're anything like me, you'll feel optimistic that we are in fact making shifts in how we view bodies and health.Dr. Goldstein Silverman's Journey: A Personal Path to Professional PassionIn this illuminating discussion, we uncover Dr. Goldstein Silverman's personal journey with weight and its impact on shaping her professional endeavors. Her unique perspective, informed by personal experience, adds depth and authenticity to her work, making it relatable to many.Health at Every Size: A Paradigm That ResonatesDiscover how Dr. Goldstein Silverman encountered the Health at Every Size (HAES) movement and the initial impressions it left on her. Her insights shed light on the power of reshaping our perceptions and cultivating a more inclusive and compassionate approach to health.Bridging Health and Empowerment: Merging HAES with Obesity ManagementExplore the exciting possibilities of merging the Health at Every Size movement with the management of obesity. Dr. Goldstein Silverman provides insights into how these seemingly distinct approaches can coexist harmoniously, fostering empowerment while addressing health concerns.Evolving Perspectives: Shifting the NarrativeWith her exposure to physicians, Dr. Goldstein Silverman's view on positive shifts in weight and health perceptions becomes especially intriguing. Discover her perspective on whether we are truly making progress in reshaping these narratives, and how this impacts individuals' well-being.Navigating Nuanced Topics: Key TakeawaysAs we delve into nuanced topics, Dr. Goldstein Silverman offers key takeaways that provide clarity and understanding. Whether you're new to these concepts or seeking to deepen your knowledge, these insights will serve as a guiding light.Medications and Experiences: GLP-1 AgonistsExplore Dr. Goldstein Silverman's thoughts on using GLP-1 agonist medications for weight loss and gain insights into what her patients are sharing about their experiences. This open and informative discussion sheds light on a complex area of health management.Embracing Well-Being: Finding Joy in Movement and CareDiscover Dr. Goldstein Silverman's personal journey to embracing exercise as "free dopamine" and her strategies for overcoming the challenges of regular doctor's appointments. Her approach to self-care is bound to inspire you to embark on your own journey of wellness.After this invigorating conversation, you'll walk away with newfound insights and a sense of empowerment to make positive shifts in your approach to health and well-being. Dr. Dina Goldstein Silverman's expertise and relatable journey will leave you motivated and ready to take charge of your holistic health.Are you ready to expand your horizons and tap into a wealth of knowledge? Join us in this transformative episode, where we explore the fusion of empowerment and health in a way that resonates with everyone.Stay curious, stay empowered, and let's keep on our path to holistic well-being!With enthusiasm and gratitude,ShawnWhat to Expect in this InterviewIn this captivating conversation, we cover:🕒 12:25- Dr. Goldstein Silverman's journey with her weight and how it's informed her work 🕒 18:55- When she got exposed to Health at Every Size and her initial impressions, and how her experience as a 1st generation religious and political refugee growing up in the former Soviet Union impacted her🕒 22:00- How the Health at Every Size movement can be merged with the management of the disease of obesity🕒 31:03- Dr. Goldstein Silverman's take on whether we are making positive shifts in the ways we view weight and health.
Episode 104. Embracing The Power of Doing Nothing.Welcome back to the Motivation Made Easy podcast! I'm thrilled to have Taylor joining me once again on today's episode where we take a moment to address the reason behind our podcast's short pause. (See you very soon on November 27th!). This pause feels sort of like the end of a very long "season 2", as we've taken a break last summer in conclusion of "season 1"; however, we will talk about the difference between these two breaks. Also, we'll delve into why breaks are important for wellness, the physical sensations, growing from the downtime, using IFS to tap into exploring our overworking parts, what you as listeners can do in the meantime, and much more! The Importance of Rest for WellnessAs professionals, and frankly as humans, play a significant role in influencing and guiding others. The culture of productivity and constant doing can lead us to become caught up in a cycle of continuous work, neglecting our own well-being. This can ultimately compromise our ability to effectively serve and support others. So, by taking breaks and embracing rest, we feel more creative, less "output" focused, and more able to make mindful decisions that lead to sustainable change."Whispers" of the BodyWe talk in this episode about the concept of "body whispers," the subtle physical sensations that tell us to what our body wants to do, including rest. These whispers provide insights that often get drowned out by the noise of daily life. I share my personal experience with tuning into these whispers and how it's something I'm continually working on.IFS: Unveiling Overworking PartsWe explore the Internal Family Systems (IFS) model as a tool to understand and navigate our overworking parts. IFS can also aid in exploring our own individual limits for dedicating time to work and life.Maximizing the Pause: What Listeners Can DoDuring this podcast break, we invite our listeners to embark on their own journeys of exploring what rest means for you. Shawn offers actionable steps, from revisiting favorite episodes to finding joy in your individualistic activities. Embrace those activities that spark joy, whether it's engaging in mindful practices or stepping out of your comfort zone. Take a moment to emphasize that doing nothing isn't necessarily passive, we recognize that rest can manifest in diverse forms.What's Next: Behind the ScenesDuring our pause, we're strategically planning for the future. While we catch up on scheduled episodes, we're working towards an efficient schedule. look out for our upcoming exciting episodes featuring Dr. Dina Goldstein Silverman, Dr. Allyn Richards, Dr. Cortney Warren, and more!Thank you for joining us on this episode and staying with us on their journey. Be sure to subscribe and stay tuned for our return in November! For more updates and resources, visit our website at DrShawnhondorp.com. Your thoughts and questions are always welcome; reach out to us at info@drshawnhondorp.com. Until next time, embrace the power of doing nothing.With warmth and anticipation,Dr. Shawn HondorpWhat to Expect in this EpisodeIn this discussion, we cover:🕒 08:20- The reason we wanted to have this episode and speak about the importance of implementing breaks (Using the Internal Family Systems model and applying it to our personal lives)🕒 10:21- Why breaks are SO important for wellness and why this is an important topic not only for individuals but professionals as well🕒 14:16- How to learn and grow in this area and how I still have learning and growing to do of my own (How my overworking parts affect me) . 🕒 17:05- What our listeners can do in the mean time during this break! (Doing what helps you feel rejuvenated and rested)🕒21:01- What I will be doing during the break and what is coming down the pipeline for the Psychology of Wellness!“I know I shouldn’t focus on weight loss,
Episode 103. Hey there, wonderful listeners! Dr. Shawn Hondorp here, and today, I am looking forward to sharing an important episode with you. In this episode, we're diving into the essential topics of inclusivity and emotional safety in the wellness space.Inclusivity and Emotional Safety: A Personal ReflectionAs a cis-gender white woman with various privileges, I come to understand more and more all the time the essential importance of addressing topics related to race, ethnicity, sex, gender identity, sexual orientation, weight/body size, ability, and more in the wellness space. Staying silent about these matters serves no one, and I believe that sharing my imperfect process can help foster a more inclusive environment.Creating spaces that promote emotional safety and inclusivity is crucial for long-term sustainable change and a sense of belonging. Without these elements, true well-being is very difficult to achieve, if not impossible.Why Inclusivity Matters for Wellness ProfessionalsAs wellness professionals, we play a significant role in influencing others, including our clients, communities, and families. By learning about and promoting inclusivity, we can create a more equitable and empathetic world, and by addressing emotional safety, we can ensure that everyone feels welcome and valued in the wellness space.Learning and Growing in InclusivityIn this episode, I aim to share my journey of learning and growing in this area and the steps I take to hold myself accountable. The path to inclusivity is an ongoing process that involves continuous education, self-reflection, and open dialogue. By engaging in these efforts, we can work towards a more inclusive and diverse wellness community.Resources for Further LearningIf you're interested in exploring these topics further, here are some resources that have been instrumental in my own journey:📚 Books:"Decolonizing Wellness: A QTBIPOC Centered Guide to Escaping the Diet Trap, Heal Your Self-Image, and Achieve Body Liberation" - Bookshop link here."I’m Still Here: Black Dignity in a World Made for Whiteness" by Austin Channing Brown - Bookshop link here."Promoting Black Women’s Mental Health" by Donna Baptiste and Adia Gooden - Amazon link here.🎧 Podcasts:Dr. Clint Smith and Brene Brown on "How The Word is Passed" - Link here.Dalia Kinsey: "Body Liberation for All" - Apple Podcasts link here."Helping White Women Uproot Systemic Racism" - Apple Podcasts link here.Continuing the WorkAs you engage with these resources and embark on your own journey of self-discovery and inclusivity, you may encounter different parts of yourself that resist doing this work. Be mindful of shame, self-criticism, anger, savior complex, overworking anxiousness, and overwhelm. Allow yourself grace and compassion as you navigate these feelings.Remember, the journey towards inclusivity and emotional safety is ongoing. Let's continue learning and growing together as we foster an environment that supports everyone's well-being.Join Our CommunityIf you're passionate about creating an inclusive wellness space and would like to be part of a supportive community, consider joining our membership at DrHondorp.com/Workshop.With gratitude, Dr. Shawn HondorpWhat to Expect in this InterviewIn this important conversation, we cover:🕒 7:53- Why I decided to discuss this topic and how tempting it is for us to stay silent🕒 9:53- Why inclusivity is so important for wellness and why this topic is also so important for individuals and professionals🕒 12:09- How I learn and grow in this area and how I hold myself accountable🕒 15:04-Some of my favorite books and podcasts on inclusivity (Linked above for you to check out 😊)🕒 19:19- What others should know about inclusivity and what parts may show up to resist doing this work🕒 And so much more!“I know I shouldn’t focus on weight loss,
Episode 102. In a world that is gradually becoming more open and accepting, there are still many areas where we have a long way to go when it comes to inclusivity and acceptance. In the world of running, Coach Sammie B stands out as a beacon of hope, focusing on inclusivity and creating safe spaces for the LGBTQIA+ community. Her dedication to spreading awareness about cycle syncing and inclusivity has inspired many to live their truth and embrace their authentic selves. In this episode of the Motivation Made Easy: Body Respect, True Health, podcast, Coach Sammie shares her incredible journey, and I have no doubt it will leave a lasting impact.
A Genuine and Inspirational Journey
From the moment you meet Coach Sammie, you are immediately drawn to her genuine and inspirational nature. Her warmth is infectious, making it easy to see why she has touched the lives of so many individuals within the LGBTQIA+ community. Sammie’s journey in the world of running started like many others – a passion for fitness and health. However, her experiences as a member of the LGBTQIA+ community led her to realize the profound need for inclusivity and safe spaces within the running community to ensure more people could access this resource.
Inclusivity for the LGBTQIA+ Community
In a world where certain spaces can be unwelcoming, Coach Sammie decided to be the change she wanted to see. She embarked on a mission to create an inclusive environment within the running community, specifically speaking to the LGBTQIA+ community and to women. Through her coaching, Sammie has worked to ensure that every individual, regardless of their gender identity or sexual orientation, feels supported and encouraged in their running journey.
Cycle Syncing: A Unique Approach
One aspect of Coach Sammie’s coaching that sets her apart is her emphasis on cycle syncing. Understanding that individuals have different energy levels and moods throughout their menstrual cycles, she tailors training plans to accommodate these natural fluctuations. By acknowledging and working with the body’s natural rhythm, Sammie helps her athletes achieve better results while fostering a deeper connection to their bodies and overall well-being.
Living Authentically: A Powerful Message
As an openly queer coach, Sammie has faced her fair share of challenges. However, instead of hiding her true self, she chose to live authentically and unapologetically. Her openness has become a source of inspiration for those struggling with their own identities. Sammie’s courage to embrace her true self resonates deeply with individuals who may be on a similar journey. Her story reminds us all that living authentically is not just liberating, but it also empowers others to do the same.
A Message of Healing and Allyship
Coach Sammie’s passion for inclusivity extends beyond the LGBTQIA+ community. She firmly believes that running and community can provide healing for individuals struggling with their mental health or those who simply seek a sense of belonging. Her compassionate approach to coaching creates an environment where everyone feels seen, heard, and valued. For allies, she offers guidance on how they can play an active role in supporting marginalized communities and fostering inclusivity within the running world.
In Summary…
Coach Sammie’s podcast episode is a testament to the power of authenticity, inclusivity, and the impact one person can have on the lives of many. Her commitment to creating a safe and accepting space for the LGBTQIA+ community, embracing cycle syncing, and encouraging others to live their truth is both admirable and inspirational. Whether you’re a runner, an ally, or someone struggling to find their authentic self, this episode is a must-listen. Through her story, Coach Sammie reminds us that, together, we can build a more inclusive and compassionate world – one step at a time.
What to Expect in this InterviewIn this interview, we cover:
“I know I shouldn’t focus on weight loss, but…” (Polarized Parts Alert!)Are you feeling unsure how to guide a client who wants to improve their relationship with food, but also wants to lose weight?
We offer this super cool transformational exercise that can help your clients work to understand their polarized parts, build self-trust and listen to their intuition!
This free PDF gives step-by-step instructions for doing one of my all-time favorite exercises (based on Internal Family Systems theory) to explore polarized parts. It will help clients get to know the parts of themselves without judgment, understand their intention, and create empowerment and harmony in their bodies.
This is hands-down one of the best ways I’ve found to help support client autonomy and build self-trust at the same time. I can’t wait to share it with you!
Sign up today to begin this innovative journey!
Disclaimer: This blog and podcast is for informational and educational purposes only. It is not a substitute for individual professional advice or treatment, including medical or mental health advice. It does not constitute a provider-patient relationship.
Episode 101. Hey there, wonderful listeners! Dr. Shawn Hondorp here, and today, I am buzzing with excitement to share a truly enlightening episode with you. We're diving into the fascinating world of gut health, a topic that's been making waves lately but can also feel a bit overwhelming.
Luckily, I had the pleasure of chatting with the brilliant Dr. Heather Finley, an expert in clinical nutrition with a wealth of experience in healing longstanding gut issues. Trust me when I say, she's the perfect guide to help us navigate through the noise and make sense of it all.
Dr. Finley's calm and easy-to-understand approach will leave you feeling confident and empowered – not only for your own gut health but also for supporting your clients on their healing journey.
Who is Dr. Heather Finley?
Dr. Heather Finley is a registered dietitian who earned her doctorate in clinical nutrition from Maryland University of Integrative Health. Heather struggled with her own digestive issues for nearly 20 years and understands first hand the impact that nutrition, lifestyle, and mindset have on digestive health. Gut health shouldn’t be restrictive, stressful, and all-consuming. That's why she developed a simple way for individuals to reduce digestive symptoms and add foods back into their diet.
Heather now helps those struggling with bloating, constipation, and IBS find relief from their symptoms and feel excited about food again!
Her work has been featured on Good Morning Texas and in Mind Body Green, Yahoo! Life, and Very Well Health.
What to Expect in this Interview
In this captivating conversation, we uncover some exciting insights:
🕒 13:53: The fascinating origins of gut health research – it's newer than you might think, and we're on the cutting edge here!
🕒 15:35: Understanding why gut health matters and its profound impact on overall well-being.
🕒 18:16: Recognizing common signs and symptoms of gut dysbiosis or imbalance – an essential step towards healing.
🕒 22:35: A deeper look at the connection between disordered eating and gut health – a crucial and very often completely neglected piece for so many people, including most of our clients.
🕒 32:29: Exploring the effects of weight loss surgery and medications on gut health, particularly GLP-1 agonist medications.
🕒 43:50: Unraveling the mystery of food sensitivity testing – is it worth considering?
🕒 50:18: Embracing a balanced approach to gut health without falling into rigidity or perfectionism, such as orthorexia or obsession with a "perfect gut."
🕒 55:00: Practical steps you can implement today to improve your gut health and support your clients' well-being.
A Journey of Confidence and Empowerment
After this conversation, you'll walk away with a newfound sense of confidence in tackling gut health challenges. Dr. Heather Finley's expertise and compassionate guidance will equip you with the knowledge to make informed decisions for yourself and your clients.
Tune In and Expand Your Understanding
Are you ready to unravel the mystery of gut health? Then join us in this transformative episode! Grab your favorite beverage, find a cozy spot, and let's explore the wonders of gut health together.
Stay Curious, Stay Empowered
As we continue our journey of growth and learning, I am incredibly grateful for each of you, our fantastic listeners. Your curiosity and dedication to empowering yourself and others inspire us every day.
Let's Connect!
After tuning in, I'd love to hear your thoughts and takeaways from this episode. Reach out to us on social media or drop us a message – your feedback means the world to us!
With gratitude,
Dr. Shawn Hondorp
“I know I shouldn’t focus on weight loss, but…” (Polarized Parts Alert!)
Are you feeling unsure how to guide a client who wants to improve their relationship with food, but also wants to lose weight?
We offer this super cool transformational exercise that can help yo...
Episode 100: Celebrating a Journey of Inspiring Insights and Life-Changing Quotes
If I had a dollar for every time I thought about or referenced something one of my podcast guests said, I'd be a very rich woman. Over the course of this podcast, I've had the privilege of meeting and learning from some truly incredible humans, and today, I'm thrilled to celebrate them by sharing some of my favorite moments and quotes with you.
Buckle up, because this is going to be a fun one! In this special episode, we'll dive into the heart of our conversations, unpacking some of the most impactful topics and quotes that have stuck with me, and you, over these 100 episodes.
Join Our Upcoming Workshop!
Sign up to join today!
What to Expect in this Interview
First up, we'll explore the nuanced world of weight and health with some key quotes from the wonderful Jenn Radke of the Fat Girl Book Club podcast and Marie-Pier from The Balanced Dietitian. Their insights shed light on the importance of understanding the complexities of body weight and health without judgment or oversimplification.
Next, we'll jump into the complex (and yet also simple) realm of Intuitive Eating. Samantha Barash and Dr. Kim Daniels will share their wisdom, breaking down what Intuitive Eating truly is and what it isn't. You'll discover when it works wonders and why it might not be the right approach for everyone.
In the section on challenging the status quo, we'll hear diverse perspectives on courageously questioning the norms and biases in research. Dr. Michelle Segar, the author of No Sweat and The Joy Choice, will share her process with what it took to share her groundbreaking work that challenged ideas what "counts" for exercise. Then, Dalia Kinsey, the author of Decolonizing Wellness, will shed light on the ways research often overlooks the experiences of marginalized folks, particularly people of color.
My personal favorite topic comes next – navigating the nuance of eating and weight concerns. You won't want to miss the profound insights shared by my guests on how to approach this field both as individuals and professionals. It's a transformative section that will enrich your understanding and practice.
We have a star-studded lineup of guests that you'll get to hear from in this section:
Dr. Jillian Murphy will kick things off, and her interview impacted me so deeply that I've already played it twice on the podcast before today.
Shadoe Ball will share her personal story about the challenges of implementing Intuitive Eating, providing a relatable and eye-opening perspective.
Amy Braden opens up about her journey through weight-inclusive care and Intuitive Eating, following her decision to pursue weight loss surgery.
Jessi Holden, MS, RD, will discuss why she advises her Intuitive Eating clients to sometimes unfollow Intuitive Eating social media accounts, sparking an intriguing conversation.
Dr. Yami of The Veggie Doctor Radio will engage in thought-provoking discussions about food addiction, vegan diets, and navigating the worlds of Intuitive Eating/Health at Every Size and Whole Food Plant-Based living.
Dr. Robyn Pashby will share her perspective on the term "obesity" and how it can be used to reduce weight bias, rather than perpetuate it.
Racheal Rickabaugh will take us through her experiences with an obesity medicine doctor, leading to a profound turning point in her health journey.
Last but not least, we'll hear from Dr. Adia Gooden, who will share insights into achieving unconditional self-worth and navigating the path to personal growth.
This interview is packed with valuable wisdom, so get ready to be inspired and uplifted! Many of these conversations have stuck with me, and I still find myself revisiting them when needed.
So, join me as we celebrate the incredible journey of 100 episodes and the lasting impact these guests have made in the lives of me and countless listeners.
Episode 99. Sometimes things come into our life and we have no idea what it could do for us. In fact, sometimes we don't even realize we might be missing something until we experience it. That's how restarting dance as an adult was for me.
I danced as a kid but never did tap. I got into adult tap dancing as a beginner two years ago. And it's just been the best. There's something magical about dance, or there can be. This episode is all about my journey with tap dancing and how I learned to reclaim dance in a super empowering and healing way.
I cover how some of my personal work with my own parts (via the Internal Family Systems method) allowed me to have the most fun experience on stage I've had, probably ever.
It's a fun one, so let's dive in!
What to Expect in this Interview
In this interview, we cover:
5:18-My personal story of starting adult tap dancing as an adult and how it's impacted me
10:23-What I learned about dance from watching my daughter
12:48-How Internal Family Systems Parts work helped me gain even more joy and embodiment from dancing (including how my positive impression management parts tried to show up to protect me)
17:27-Barriers many people face when it comes to embodiment
20:40-Why finding activities that promote joy and connection is so essential to continue to do meaningful work in the world
21:22-Steps you can take (or encourage your clients to take) to move towards embodiment and healing (this could be related to movement or otherwise)
And so much more!
“I know I shouldn’t focus on weight loss, but…” (Polarized Parts Alert!)
Are you feeling unsure how to guide a client who wants to improve their relationship with food, but also wants to lose weight?
We offer this super cool transformational exercise that can help your clients work to understand their polarized parts, build self-trust and listen to their intuition!
This free PDF gives step-by-step instructions for doing one of my all-time favorite exercises (based on Internal Family Systems theory) to explore polarized parts. It will help clients get to know the parts of themselves without judgment, understand their intention, and create empowerment and harmony in their bodies.
This is hands-down one of the best ways I’ve found to help support client autonomy and build self-trust at the same time. I can’t wait to share it with you!
Sign up today to begin this innovative journey!
Disclaimer: This blog and podcast is for informational and educational purposes only. It is not a substitute for individual professional advice or treatment, including medical or mental health advice. It does not constitute a provider-patient relationship.
Episode 98. Today's episode is directly from an amazing community member question. Her question was:
I would love to know ways that I, as a dietitian, can support my clients and even ways to help nudge them toward working with a therapist if they aren't already.
Are there simple ways to help explain the importance of therapy, mindset, stress on weight loss goals? Any books, trainings, other resources you could share would be wonderful!
Have you ever had a question like this? If you are a dietitian or other helping professional, my guess is you have.
If you've ever had a question like this (or a similar one, like how do I get my therapy client to go see a dietitian, or how do I get my partner to go to therapy, etc), you'll love this episode!
Getting someone to change or do anything is a challenge of course. Instead of convincing or coercing, we are going to talk about ways to get curious and help them do the same.
What to Expect in this Interview
In this interview, we cover:
6:40: If you are a dietitian, health coach, or other helping professional and working with someone you think would really benefit from therapy, what can you say to help this person see the value too
11:12: What if someone says "that's a good idea, I should" and then continues to not take steps towards therapy?
13:00: How can you encourage them to seek therapy without making them feel like their issues are "too much" or make them feel shame?
21:53: How can you tell if dietitian or health coaching services may not be enough?
24:58: My favorite research study, The Milkshake Study, that demonstrates the role of mindset on our biology so perfectly Some therapy resources for people who need some logistical help finding a therapist
And much more!
"I know I shouldn't focus on weight loss, but..." (Polarized Parts Alert!)
Are you feeling unsure how to guide a client who wants to improve their relationship with food, but also wants to lose weight?
We offer this super cool transformational exercise that can help your clients work to understand their polarized parts, build self-trust and listen to their intuition!
This free PDF gives step-by-step instructions for doing one of my all-time favorite exercises (based on Internal Family Systems theory) to explore polarized parts. It will help clients get to know the parts of themselves without judgment, understand their intention, and create empowerment and harmony in their body.
This is hands-down one of the best ways I've found to help support client autonomy and build self-trust at the same time. I can't wait to share it with you!
Sign up today to begin this innovative journey!
Therapy Resources Mentioned:
NAMI Knowledge Article on Treatment: “I need to see a Psychiatrist/Therapist. How can I find one?”
Provides options for low-cost/no-cost resources, Public Health Coverage (Medicaid, Medicare), and private insurance.
American Psychological Association offers a psychologist locator where you can search for a therapist; search by location and then filter by insurance carrier, treatment methods, specialization, languages spoken and more.
Online Therapy and Mental Health Apps
MindBodyVA.com - Founded a led by Shawn's good friend and excellent psychologist colleague Dr. Sapna Doshi
Disclaimer: This blog and podcast is for informational and educational purposes only. It is not a substitute for individual professional advice or treatment, including medical or mental health advice. It does not constitute a provider patient relationship.
Episode 97. Do you struggle with the concept of intuitive eating? Do you in theory think it sounds amazing, but have a hard time making it a reality in your or your client's life? Are you a professional (therapist or dietitian) who loves intuitive eating but notices that some clients really have a hard time "getting it"? If so, this conversation is for you!
This is truly one of my favorite interviews I have done in a long time, because Dr. Kim Daniels really helps break down why intuitive eating may not be working for you or your clients, and what to do about it.
We talk about her training and experience with Internal Family Systems theory and using it to help people heal from binge eating disorder, disordered eating and/or chronic dieting.
What to Expect in this Interview
In this interview, we cover:
5:05-19:15: Dr. Daniel's experiences with Internal Family Systems and Intuitive Eating and how she got into doing this work
26:32: Why she thinks Internal Family Systems helps people get to the true root of the issue, and why Intuitive Eating may not always be necessary
31:35: Why we do things that seemingly don't make sense, but they actually do once we understand them (e.g., How a part of you might keep eating to rebel against a parent who died years ago)
32:37: Why intuitive eating doesn't work for everyone (Hint: It all depends on how parts of you use it, and if you have a manager part that uses it versus truly connecting with self, it will be really confusing and hard to build self-trust and likely lead to frustration)
35:45: Is emotional eating a real thing or not?
36:15: Is binge eating only in response to restriction?
44:45: How to work with parts of you that still want to lose weight
50:40: Fun Bonus: How Dr. Daniels and I use adult creative activities to pursue authenticity!
1:01:20: Another Fun Bonus: What having a black belt in karate taught Kim about women and self-defense.
And so much more!
Are you a therapist, dietitian or helping professional looking to learn more about the best ways to support and empower your clients?
We are planning some super cool workshops and opportunities to learn and grow in community just for you!
Sign up today to be notified about these inspired offerings!
Disclaimer: This blog and podcast is for informational and educational purposes only. It is not a substitute for individual professional advice or treatment, including medical or mental health advice. It does not constitute a provider patient relationship.
Episode 96. More and more people and clinicians are talking about trauma. In this conversation with Dr. Greer Raggio, we cover what trauma is and how our understanding of it has changed. We talk about how crucial it is to understand, especially in eating disorders as 90% or so of people with binge eating disorder have a history of trauma.
We talk about why the relationship between trauma and eating and weight develops and what you can do about it.
What to Expect in this Interview
In this interview, we cover:
What are the different definitions of trauma? How has the ways we think about trauma changed over time?
What do people mean when they say big T trauma and little T trauma?
Does my experience with the medical system and doctors count as trauma?
How can you know if you have unresolved trauma? What are some signs?
How does trauma relate to weight and eating disorders?
What are some signs you may not be seeing the right therapist?
And much more!
Are you a therapist, dietitian or helping professional looking to learn more about the best ways to support and empower your clients?
We are planning some super cool workshops and opportunities to learn and grow in community just for you!
Sign up today to be notified about these inspired offerings!
Who is Dr. Greer Raggio, PhD?
Dr. Greer Raggio is a licensed clinical health psychologist specializing in the treatment of binge and emotional eating, obesity, and the intersection of trauma and health. She also has expertise supporting patients with serious, chronic medical issues (e.g., cancer, diabetes, insomnia, etc.) and those seeking or recovering from bariatric surgery. Dr. Raggio earned her PhD in Clinical Psychology from Drexel University in Philadelphia, PA, and completed postdoctoral training at the VA hospital and Massachusetts General Hospital in Boston, MA. She spent nearly five years as a clinician at the National Center for Weight and Wellness supporting people with the mental health aspects of weight management and eating related concerns. Dr. Raggio currently sees patients under the umbrella of DC Health Psychology, a private health psychology practice in Washington, DC.
Disclaimer: This blog and podcast is for informational and educational purposes only. It is not a substitute for individual professional advice or treatment, including medical or mental health advice. It does not constitute a provider patient relationship.
Episode 95. Do you feel stuck with your clients who have disordered eating or eating disorders? Do you have a hard time helping them navigate things like a desire for weight loss, or rigidity and fears around food? Do you want to help them unlock the next level of healing for them, and perhaps even for yourself?
If so, this episode is for you. As a psychologist training in the eating disorder and weight management field for years, I’m quite frustrated that I was never exposed to Internal Family Systems as an approach.
I discovered it and over the past year or so have been using it with my clients and myself with great results.
Ready to get unstuck and deepen your level of self-compassion and your ability to live authentically? Great. This episode is for you.
I brought on Marcella Cox, LMFT, CEDS who is a true expert in using IFS to treat eating disorders. I can’t wait for you to learn from her with me.
What to Expect in this InterviewIn this interview, we cover:
Are you a therapist, dietitian or helping professional looking to learn more about the best ways to support and empower your clients?We are planning some super cool workshops and opportunities to learn and grow in community just for you!
Sign up today to be notified about these inspired offerings!
Who is Marcella Cox, LMFT?Marcella Cox (she/her), LMFT is a Certified IFS Therapist and Approved Clinical Consultant, Certified Eating Disorder Specialist – Supervisor, Certified Body Trust Provider, Certified Mindful Self-Compassion Teacher & Certified Daring Way Facilitator. She specializes in treating disordered eating, body shame and trauma. Marcella is the Founder of Kindful Body, a collaboration of experienced disordered eating professionals who provide online therapy and nutrition counseling throughout California. She also co-founded the IFS Telehealth Collective, a multi-state mental health group practice dedicated to providing high-quality Internal Family Systems Therapy online with lead IFS trainers, Mariel Pastor, LMFT and Paul Ginter, Ed.D. Marcella provides individual and group supervision, clinical consultation, presentations, and professional workshops. She will soon be launching her online course and offering in-person retreats to help others heal from disordered eating and body shame using IFS and Somatic IFS.
You can find Marcella Cox by going to her website
Kindful Body – www.kindfulbody.com
IFS Telehealth Collective – www.ifstherapyonline.com
Upcoming Courses & Retreats – www.marcellacox.com
“Trauma blocks us access to our self-energy and it’s actually that loving presence that heals the trauma.”
– Marcella, Cox, LMFT, CEDS-S
Disclaimer: This blog and podcast is for informational and educational purposes only. It is not a substitute for individual professional advice or treatment, including medical or mental health advice. It does not constitute a provider patient relationship.
Disclosure: Using the Bookshop.org links in this post means that I would get an affiliate fee if you purchase from the online bookshop (this supports my business, and local bookstores too!).
Episode 94. Last episode I talked all about how Internal Family Systems (IFS) has changed my 1 on 1 practice. Check that episode out first if you haven’t already because I give a general overview of IFS.
This episode is all about some of the many ways IFS has impacted me personally, and some of the ways it’s impacted me professionally and helped me think about our field in a more useful way.
So excited to have you here!
What to Expect in This EpisodeIn this episode I will answer:
Are a therapist, dietitian or helping professional who works individuals struggling with disordered eating? Are you unsure of the best ways to help clients who say “I really like intuitive eating and what we are doing, but ultimately I really want to lose weight.”
You empathize. You tell them the science about dieting. But ultimately, that desire for weight loss keeps coming up and often interfering with their focus in treatment. How can you help them explore what is right for them without imposing you own agenda?
I created this free step-by-step guide to walk you thought my #1 favorite exercise (based on Internal Family Systems theory) to help clients navigate this nuanced dynamic with parts of them that still want to lose weight. As a professional, it’s my favorite way to help clients build self-trust, while also taking some of the pressure off of you to know the exact right advice to say or give. Total win-win.
Grab it for free today!
Support Local Bookstores Near You!Did you know that that if nothing slows their momentum, Amazon will have almost 80% of the book market by the end of 2025?
Look, I love the convenience of Amazon, but I’ve got a super cool way that you can support local bookstores and my blog and podcast simply by buying books like you already do! You can choose any bookstore on the list in the US (they plan to expand to other counties in the future) OR you can just let the donation get split between all stores. They have raised over 15 million dollars for local bookstores. On my bookshop, you will see my absolute favorite books related to health and wellness, courage and vulnerability, and even my favorite fiction and kids books!
My recent favorite related to achieving a deeper level of healing is No Bad Parts: Healing Trauma and Restoring Wholeness with the Internal Family Systems Model. This model of healing has been incredibly helpful to me personally. I’m also using it with clients and seeing great results. This book isn’t specific to eating or weight concerns, but is really one of the best ways I’ve found to help work with that deeper root cause of any behavior you are struggling with and I think you’ll find it super interesting and valuable.
So if you believe in supporting local businesses and want to support my blog and podcast, please consider buying your books through Bookshop from now on!
The Psychology of Wellness Bookshop Link.
Disclaimer: This blog and podcast is for informational and educational purposes only. It is not a substitute for individual professional advice or treatment, including medical or mental health advice. It does not constitute a provider patient relationship.
Disclosure: Using the Bookshop.org links in this post means that I would get an affiliate fee if you purchase from the online bookshop (this supports my business, and local bookstores too!).
Episode 93. For this episode I recruited the wonderful Dr. Sapna Doshi back to interview me about my experiences in the past several months of immersing myself in the world of Internal Family Systems Theory.
I’ve been learning IFS and beginning to apply it with several of my clients and have been seeing great results.
It’s also something I’ve been applying and to myself. Working with my parts (as IFS calls them) has been incredibly transformative for me. So in this two-part series, I will first share how Internal Family Systems has changed my 1 on 1 clinical practice, and in part 2 I will share how it has changed things for me personally and in my professional practice.
What to Expect in This EpisodeIn this episode I will answer:
Are a therapist, dietitian or helping professional who works individuals struggling with disordered eating? Are you unsure of the best ways to help clients who say “I really like intuitive eating and what we are doing, but ultimately I really want to lose weight.”
You empathize. You tell them the science about dieting. But ultimately, that desire for weight loss keeps coming up and often interfering with their focus in treatment. How can you help them explore what is right for them without imposing you own agenda?
I created this free step-by-step guide to walk you thought my #1 favorite exercise (based on Internal Family Systems theory) to help clients navigate this nuanced dynamic with parts of them that still want to lose weight. As a professional, it’s my favorite way to help clients build self-trust, while also taking some of the pressure off of you to know the exact right advice to say or give. Total win-win.
Grab it for free today!
Support Local Bookstores Near You!Did you know that that if nothing slows their momentum, Amazon will have almost 80% of the book market by the end of 2025?
Look, I love the convenience of Amazon, but I’ve got a super cool way that you can support local bookstores and my blog and podcast simply by buying books like you already do! You can choose any bookstore on the list in the US (they plan to expand to other counties in the future) OR you can just let the donation get split between all stores. They have raised over 15 million dollars for local bookstores. On my bookshop, you will see my absolute favorite books related to health and wellness, courage and vulnerability, and even my favorite fiction and kids books!
My recent favorite related to achieving a deeper level of healing is No Bad Parts: Healing Trauma and Restoring Wholeness with the Internal Family Systems Model. This model of healing has been incredibly helpful to me personally. I’m also using it with clients and seeing great results. This book isn’t specific to eating or weight concerns, but is really one of the best ways I’ve found to help work with that deeper root cause of any behavior you are struggling with and I think you’ll find it super interesting and valuable.
So if you believe in supporting local businesses and want to support my blog and podcast, please consider buying your books through Bookshop from now on!
The Psychology of Wellness Bookshop Link.
Disclaimer: This blog and podcast is for informational and educational purposes only. It is not a substitute for individual professional advice or treatment, including medical or mental health advice. It does not constitute a provider patient relationship.
Disclosure: Using the Bookshop.org links in this post means that I would get an affiliate fee if you purchase from the online bookshop (this supports my business, and local bookstores too!).
Episode 92. In this episode I share more about my journey, where I’m at now, and what I’ve learned so far. We had our second kiddo January 2020. Covid shutdown happened March 2020. I put notice in at work June 2020 and left December 2020. I started this podcast February 1st, 2021. Prior to that I started this blog in September 2019.
They say owning a business, having kids are the ultimate self-growth journeys. If we add being a good therapist, and living through a global pandemic, this has been a heck of a growth period for yours truly. Today I’ll share some of that journey and my lessons so far…
What to Expect in This EpisodeIn this episode I will answer:
Also! If you are a therapist, dietitian or helping professional looking to learn more about the best ways to support and empower your clients…I’m SO excited to announce that I’ve teamed up with my longtime friend and colleague Sapna Doshi, Ph.D. to create a workshop just for professionals who want to come together, learn from one another, and help learn the most effective tools to empower our clients to navigate the nuance that is eating and weight struggles and build their self-trust.
Sapna and I will share personal experiences, the models we have found most useful, and create a space of connection and shame-free space where you can ask all the questions without fear of judgment. Imagine us all hanging out at a bookstore coffee shop just sitting on comfy couches and learning together – you wont want to miss it!
What is this workshop about?
Title: Balancing the desire for weight loss with a peaceful relationship with food: Helping our clients navigate the nuance while building self-trust
Clients often present with eating disorders, disordered eating, and/or a desire for weight loss. Many professionals are trained to work with a population focused on either eating disorder treatment or weight management. This workshop provides an overview of the various ways we can help our clients, the pitfalls of aligning with only one approach, and how to pull from multiple theoretical orientations to support client autonomy and self-trust.
When it is?
Friday 4/21/2023 12:00pm to 1:00pm EDT
Who is leading it?
Yours truly (Dr. Shawn Hondorp) and my longtime friend and colleague Dr. Sapna Doshi. We have 22 years of collective post-graduate experience in the field of weight management and eating disorders.
Who is it for?
Professionals (therapists, dietitians, other helping professionals like physicians, PAs, NPs, coaches) who work with people helping them develop healthier habits, improving their relationship to food and their bodies, and/or other health-related changes (e.g., managing chronic health conditions).
Location:
Zoom
Cost:
$45
Next workshop is on Friday April 21st from 12:00pm to 1:00pm. Sign up today using this link!
If that date has passed, then sign up here to be notified about future offerings!
Support Local Bookstores Near You!Did you know that that if nothing slows their momentum, Amazon will have almost 80% of the book market by the end of 2025?
Look, I love the convenience of Amazon, but I’ve got a super cool way that you can support local bookstores and my blog and podcast simply by buying books like you already do! You can choose any bookstore on the list in the US (they plan to expand to other counties in the future) OR you can just let the donation get split between all stores. They have raised over 15 million dollars for local bookstores. On my bookshop, you will see my absolute favorite books related to health and wellness, courage and vulnerability, and even my favorite fiction and kids books!
My recent favorite related to achieving a deeper level of healing is No Bad Parts: Healing Trauma and Restoring Wholeness with the Internal Family Systems Model. This model of healing has been incredibly helpful to me personally. I’m also using it with clients and seeing great results. This book isn’t specific to eating or weight concerns, but is really one of the best ways I’ve found to help work with that deeper root cause of any behavior you are struggling with and I think you’ll find it super interesting and valuable.
So if you believe in supporting local businesses and want to support my blog and podcast, please consider buying your books through Bookshop from now on!
The Psychology of Wellness Bookshop Link.
Disclaimer: This blog and podcast is for informational and educational purposes only. It is not a substitute for individual professional advice or treatment, including medical or mental health advice. It does not constitute a provider patient relationship.
Disclosure: Using the Bookshop.org links in this post means that I would get an affiliate fee if you purchase from the online bookshop (this supports my business, and local bookstores too!).
Episode 91. Part 2 of my coffee chat with Dr. Sapna Doshi is here! So grab your favorite beverage of choice and join us for an honest conversation about the fields of weight management, eating disorders, and health.
Our goal in this 2-part series is to have these episodes be relevant for:
What to Expect in This InterviewIn this interview, we cover:
Also! If you are a therapist, dietitian or helping professional looking to learn more about the best ways to support and empower your clients…Sapna and I are planning some super cool workshops and learning community opportunities just for you!
Next workshop is on Friday April 21st from 12:00pm to 1:00pm. Sign up today using this link!
If that date has passed, then sign up here to be notified about future offerings!
“We all want to feel secure and safe and feel good about what we are doing. The reality is that it’s a very nuanced process to meet humans where they’re at. I think our goal is reducing shame from all sides and also knowing it’s super normal to judge people who aren’t super aligned with you but if we keep doing that, it’s just not helpful.”
– Shawn Hondorp, PhD
Support Local Bookstores Near You!Did you know that that if nothing slows their momentum, Amazon will have almost 80% of the book market by the end of 2025?
Look, I love the convenience of Amazon, but I’ve got a super cool way that you can support local bookstores and my blog and podcast simply by buying books like you already do! You can choose any bookstore on the list in the US (they plan to expand to other counties in the future) OR you can just let the donation get split between all stores. They have raised over 15 million dollars for local bookstores. On my bookshop, you will see my absolute favorite books related to health and wellness, courage and vulnerability, and even my favorite fiction and kids books!
My recent favorite related to achieving a deeper level of healing is No Bad Parts: Healing Trauma and Restoring Wholeness with the Internal Family Systems Model. This model of healing has been incredibly helpful to me personally. I’m also using it with clients and seeing great results. This book isn’t specific to eating or weight concerns, but is really one of the best ways I’ve found to help work with that deeper root cause of any behavior you are struggling with and I think you’ll find it super interesting and valuable.
So if you believe in supporting local businesses and want to support my blog and podcast, please consider buying your books through Bookshop from now on!
The Psychology of Wellness Bookshop Link.
Disclaimer: This blog and podcast is for informational and educational purposes only. It is not a substitute for individual professional advice or treatment, including medical or mental health advice. It does not constitute a provider patient relationship.
Disclosure: Using the Bookshop.org links in this post means that I would get an affiliate fee if you purchase from the online bookshop (this supports my business, and local bookstores too!).
Episode 90. This conversation is a looooong time coming! I’d like you to imagine this conversation is happening with Sapna and I at a little coffee shop in Philadelphia that was near Drexel University where we both went for grad school.
Our goal in this 2-part series is to have these episodes be relevant for:
What to Expect in This InterviewIn this interview, we cover:
Also! If you are a therapist, dietitian or helping professional looking to learn more about the best ways to support and empower your clients…Sapna and I are planning some super cool workshops and learning community opportunities just for you!
Next workshop is on Friday April 21st from 12:00pm to 1:00pm. Sign up today using this link!
If that date has passed, then sign up here to be notified about out next offering!
“Ultimately people just want to be seen and heard and so when a client comes in and they are struggling with whatever, an eating disorder, they’ve gained weight over time, they want to work on weight loss, it’s just like yes come talk to me I’m here to listen, I want to understand your experience and a lot of times when people come in saying they want to lose weight, if you dig deeper there’s a lot underneath that.”
– Sapna Doshi, PhD
Support Local Bookstores Near You!Did you know that that if nothing slows their momentum, Amazon will have almost 80% of the book market by the end of 2025?
Look, I love the convenience of Amazon, but I’ve got a super cool way that you can support local bookstores and my blog and podcast simply by buying books like you already do! You can choose any bookstore on the list in the US (they plan to expand to other counties in the future) OR you can just let the donation get split between all stores. They have raised over 15 million dollars for local bookstores. On my bookshop, you will see my absolute favorite books related to health and wellness, courage and vulnerability, and even my favorite fiction and kids books!
My recent favorite related to achieving a deeper level of healing is No Bad Parts: Healing Trauma and Restoring Wholeness with the Internal Family Systems Model. This model of healing has been incredibly helpful to me personally. I’m also using it with clients and seeing great results. This book isn’t specific to eating or weight concerns, but is really one of the best ways I’ve found to help work with that deeper root cause of any behavior you are struggling with and I think you’ll find it super interesting and valuable.
So if you believe in supporting local businesses and want to support my blog and podcast, please consider buying your books through Bookshop from now on!
The Psychology of Wellness Bookshop Link.
Disclaimer: This blog and podcast is for informational and educational purposes only. It is not a substitute for individual professional advice or treatment, including medical or mental health advice. It does not constitute a provider patient relationship.
Disclosure: Using the Bookshop.org links in this post means that I would get an affiliate fee if you purchase from the online bookshop (this supports my business, and local bookstores too!).
Episode 89. This is a conversation I’ve been wanting to have for a while. I loved talking to Sam in our episode in March of 2022. Check it out here. I brought her back on the podcast to help us better understand the pros and cons of high intensity exercise and help you to know whether or not it should be part of your journey now, or ever.
What to Expect in this InterviewIn this interview, we cover:
Are you a therapist, dietitian or helping professional looking to learn more about the best ways to support and empower your clients?My colleague Dr. Sapna Doshi and I are planning some super cool workshops and learning community opportunities just for you!
Sign up today to be notified about these fun offerings!
Who is Samantha Barash?Samantha Barash is an intuitive eating registered dietitian and the owner of Tap Into Nutrition, a nutrition counseling service dedicated to supporting individuals to cultivate a healthy relationship with food and their bodies. Tap Into Nutrition utilizes a non-diet, weight-inclusive, Health at Every Size approach to empower their clients to break free from chronic dieting and understand nutrition in a gentle, evidence-based approach that emphasizes mental health as just as important as physical health. During 1-on-1 individualized sessions, Samantha works with her clients to dive deep into their nutrition and dieting history to unlearn old mindsets. She will guide your journey to find peace with food while simultaneously becoming your healthiest self.
Samantha Barash earned her Bachelor’s of Science in Dietetics from Michigan State University and then went off to complete her accredited internship at Wayne State University. When Sam isn’t supporting her clients to navigate their plates from a non-diet approach, she can be found motivating riders as the lead instructor at CycleBar in Troy, Michigan. With Sam’s guidance, CycleBar in Troy has been able to cultivate an inclusive fitness space, welcoming to all identities, body sizes and fitness levels. As a registered dietitian and fitness professional, Samantha approaches her work from a “what can we add” vs. “what are we taking away” mentality.
You can find her on instagram @tapintonutrition and @samanthabarash and on her website at www.tapintonutrition.net
“The bottom line here is just coming back to the why. The why of why were doing this, why we are here, what are role is when it comes to high intensity movement and then letting our body help you figure out what it needs.”
– Samantha Barash, RD
Support Local Bookstores Near You!Did you know that that if nothing slows their momentum, Amazon will have almost 80% of the book market by the end of 2025?
Look, I love the convenience of Amazon, but I’ve got a super cool way that you can support local bookstores and my blog and podcast simply by buying books like you already do! You can choose any bookstore on the list in the US (they plan to expand to other counties in the future) OR you can just let the donation get split between all stores. They have raised over 15 million dollars for local bookstores. On my bookshop, you will see my absolute favorite books related to health and wellness, courage and vulnerability, and even my favorite fiction and kids books!
My recent favorite related to achieving a deeper level of healing is No Bad Parts: Healing Trauma and Restoring Wholeness with the Internal Family Systems Model. This model of healing has been incredibly helpful to me personally. I’m also using it with clients and seeing great results. This book isn’t specific to eating or weight concerns, but is really one of the best ways I’ve found to help work with that deeper root cause of any behavior you are struggling with and I think you’ll find it super interesting and valuable.
So if you believe in supporting local businesses and want to support my blog and podcast, please consider buying your books through Bookshop from now on!
The Psychology of Wellness Bookshop Link.
Disclaimer: This blog and podcast is for informational and educational purposes only. It is not a substitute for individual professional advice or treatment, including medical or mental health advice. It does not constitute a provider patient relationship.
Disclosure: Using the Bookshop.org links in this post means that I would get an affiliate fee if you purchase from the online bookshop (this supports my business, and local bookstores too!).
Episode 88. When you think of your health and your health-related goals, what are the main areas you evaluate?
What often is not considered as the first thought are things like sleep, stress and social relationships.
And one of the (many) ways that diet culture and over focus on weight loss can be harmful, is when it distracts us from the work that would truly be beneficial to our health long-term.
Today, we dive into one of those most important topics, your relationships. Mostly today we will focus on your romantic relationships, in my discussion with my good friend Dr. Mikhila Wildey, a true relationship expert.
What to Expect in this InterviewIn this interview, we cover:
Ready to Break the Emotional Eating Cycle for Good?Ready to stop avoiding and break the binge eating cycle for good?
The first step is to tune in to your body with curiosity and awareness.
Grab the free step-by-step guide today!
Grab my free guide to disrupt the cycle of emotional eating today!
Who is Dr. Mikhila Wildey, PhD?Dr. Wildey is a psychology professor at Grand Valley State University and clinical psychologist who has a private practice specializing in couples therapy. She received her PhD in clinical psychology at Michigan State University, and then worked in outpatient therapy with both individual adults and couples for two years prior to starting at Grand Valley State University in 2015. Since beginning her work at Grand Valley, she has maintained a limited private practice where she works exclusively with couples. In her role at the university, Dr. Wildey teaches courses in Psychopathology, Behavior Modification, and the department’s practicum (or internship) course. She also conducts research on couple dynamics, mentors students, and currently serves as Assistant Chair of Advising, Enrollment, and Curriculum Development within the department. She is passionate about teaching and helping students find their own path in life. In her clinical work, she primarily uses an Emotionally-Focused therapeutic approach to help couples build stronger and more connected relationships. Dr. Wildey spends her free time with her husband and two children, and she loves to travel and explore new places both locally and abroad.
You can read about her private practice here and visit her faculty webpage here.
“When you have that relationship where you can lean on your partner and you can talk to them to things that are the scariest deepest darkest secrets that you can it can feel so empowering, it can feel like all of the other burdens and weights have been lifted in some way because you have this stable base that you can go back to and fall back on even when the external stress gets really rough.”
– Mikhila Wildey, PhD
Support Local Bookstores Near You!Did you know that that if nothing slows their momentum, Amazon will have almost 80% of the book market by the end of 2025?
Look, I love the convenience of Amazon, but I’ve got a super cool way that you can support local bookstores and my blog and podcast simply by buying books like you already do! You can choose any bookstore on the list in the US (they plan to expand to other counties in the future) OR you can just let the donation get split between all stores. They have raised over 15 million dollars for local bookstores. On my bookshop, you will see my absolute favorite books related to health and wellness, courage and vulnerability, and even my favorite fiction and kids books!
My recent favorite related to achieving a deeper level of healing is No Bad Parts: Healing Trauma and Restoring Wholeness with the Internal Family Systems Model. This model of healing has been incredibly helpful to me personally. I’m also using it with clients and seeing great results. This book isn’t specific to eating or weight concerns, but is really one of the best ways I’ve found to help work with that deeper root cause of any behavior you are struggling with and I think you’ll find it super interesting and valuable.
So if you believe in supporting local businesses and want to support my blog and podcast, please consider buying your books through Bookshop from now on!
The Psychology of Wellness Bookshop Link.
Disclaimer: This blog and podcast is for informational and educational purposes only. It is not a substitute for individual professional advice or treatment, including medical or mental health advice. It does not constitute a provider patient relationship.
Disclosure: Using the Bookshop.org links in this post means that I would get an affiliate fee if you purchase from the online bookshop (this supports my business, and local bookstores too!).
Episode 87. This is a conversation I’ve been anticipating for a while now, but likely wouldn’t have had even as recently as a few years ago.
To be honest, I was scared to do it. As a professional who believes that no one should feel pressure to lose weight, I don’t want to have anyone see that I have a podcast about this topic and believe I think they should take these meds or be trying to shrink their body.
But you know why I was most nervous to have the episode?
Because I didn’t want my professional colleagues to judge or think less of me.
I’m putting this episode out into the world because I believe individuals should not feel shame if they decide to make weight loss medications part of their journey.
I also strongly believe that our professional world is split into many different “us versus them” camps, and it’s incredibly counterproductive.
We all have the same goals, to make our clients or patients feel good and well.
What to Expect in this InterviewIn this interview, we cover:
Ready to Break the Emotional Eating Cycle for Good?Ready to stop avoiding and break the binge eating cycle for good?
The first step is to tune in to your body with curiosity and awareness.
Grab the free step-by-step guide today!
Grab my free guide to disrupt the cycle of emotional eating today!
Medications We CoveredDr. Egan gave a brief overview of some of the pros and cons of non-GLP-1 agonist options:
GLP-1 Agonist Medications* Saxenda (liraglutide) * Wegovy (semaglutide) * Mounjaro (tirzepatide) – currently only approved for people with a diagnosis of diabetes. This medication is a GLP-1 and GIP receptor agonist.
Who is Dr. Celia Egan?Dr. Egan joined True Women’s Health® over a year ago after practicing Obesity Medicine and Internal Medicine at Spectrum Health Medical Group. At True, she focuses on what she loves including extensive patient care in medical weight management and providing evidence-based wellness expertise to women in a primary care setting.
Born and raised in West Michigan, Dr. Egan completed her undergraduate studies at the University of Michigan. After earning her MD from New York Medical College, she completed her internship and residency in Internal Medicine at Weill Cornell Medical Center- New York-Presbyterian Hospital in New York, NY. During her residency, she focused on outpatient weight management and Obesity Medicine with one of the field’s leading experts, Dr. Louis Aronne.
After residency, she worked at Memorial Sloan Kettering Cancer Center where she gained extensive knowledge in advanced inpatient oncologic care and survivorship care. After completing academic hospitalist work at Loyola University Medical Center in Chicago, IL she joined WellessenceMD, focusing on medical weight management, obesity medicine, and wellness in primary care.
When not engrossed in medicine, Dr. Egan loves spending her free time being active and traveling with her husband, a local physician, and three sons. They love exploring all of West Michigan including new restaurants, learning to ski, and hanging out on the beach.
You can find her on Instagram @celiaeganmd and on Facebook at True Womens Health.
“I think for every patient, information is always powerful and so we hope to just provide woman with information about what drugs are available.”
– Celia Egan, MD
Support Local Bookstores Near You!Did you know that that if nothing slows their momentum, Amazon will have almost 80% of the book market by the end of 2025?
Look, I love the convenience of Amazon, but I’ve got a super cool way that you can support local bookstores and my blog and podcast simply by buying books like you already do! You can choose any bookstore on the list in the US (they plan to expand to other counties in the future) OR you can just let the donation get split between all stores. They have raised over 15 million dollars for local bookstores. On my bookshop, you will see my absolute favorite books related to health and wellness, courage and vulnerability, and even my favorite fiction and kids books!
My recent favorite related to achieving a deeper level of healing is No Bad Parts: Healing Trauma and Restoring Wholeness with the Internal Family Systems Model. This model of healing has been incredibly helpful to me personally. I’m also using it with clients and seeing great results. This book isn’t specific to eating or weight concerns, but is really one of the best ways I’ve found to help work with that deeper root cause of any behavior you are struggling with and I think you’ll find it super interesting and valuable.
So if you believe in supporting local businesses and want to support my blog and podcast, please consider buying your books through Bookshop from now on!
The Psychology of Wellness Bookshop Link.
Disclaimer: This blog and podcast is for informational and educational purposes only. It is not a substitute for individual professional advice or treatment, including medical or mental health advice. It does not constitute a provider patient relationship.
Disclosure: Using the Bookshop.org links in this post means that I would get an affiliate fee if you purchase from the online bookshop (this supports my business, and local bookstores too!).
Episode 86. Y’all. I have a personal celebrity on the podcast today.
What to Expect in this InterviewIn this interview, we cover:
Ready to Break the Emotional Eating Cycle for Good?Ready to stop avoiding and break the binge eating cycle for good?
The first step is to tune in to your body with curiosity and awareness.
Grab the free step-by-step guide today!
Grab my free guide to disrupt the cycle of emotional eating today!Who is Randi Rubenstein? Randi Rubenstein helps parents navigate hard conversations. She has a soft spot for families with strong-willed kids and believes these kids need our help the most.
Randi’s the founder of Mastermind Parenting, host of the Mastermind Parenting podcast and author of The Parent Gap. At Mastermind Parenting, we believe every human deserves to have a family that gets along.
Randi works with parents across the U.S. and is based in Houston, Texas where she lives with her husband, Scott, and they have 3 kids.
“True empathy means that when someone tells you how they feel you just believe them.”
-Randi Rubenstein
Support Local Bookstores Near You!Did you know that that if nothing slows their momentum, Amazon will have almost 80% of the book market by the end of 2025?
Look, I love the convenience of Amazon, but I’ve got a super cool way that you can support local bookstores and my blog and podcast simply by buying books like you already do! You can choose any bookstore on the list in the US (they plan to expand to other counties in the future) OR you can just let the donation get split between all stores. They have raised over 15 million dollars for local bookstores. On my bookshop, you will see my absolute favorite books related to health and wellness, courage and vulnerability, and even my favorite fiction and kids books!
My recent favorite related to achieving a deeper level of healing is No Bad Parts: Healing Trauma and Restoring Wholeness with the Internal Family Systems Model. This model of healing has been incredibly helpful to me personally. I’m also using it with clients and seeing great results. This book isn’t specific to eating or weight concerns, but is really one of the best ways I’ve found to help work with that deeper root cause of any behavior you are struggling with and I think you’ll find it super interesting and valuable.
So if you believe in supporting local businesses and want to support my blog and podcast, please consider buying your books through Bookshop from now on!
The Psychology of Wellness Bookshop Link.
Disclaimer: This blog and podcast is for informational and educational purposes only. It is not a substitute for individual professional advice or treatment, including medical or mental health advice. It does not constitute a provider patient relationship.
Disclosure: Using the Bookshop.org links in this post means that I would get an affiliate fee if you purchase from the online bookshop (this supports my business, and local bookstores too!).
Episode 85. I am super excited to share this conversation for a few reasons. First, we talk about a topic that literally is relevant to everyone, regardless of your body size or history of how much you’ve struggled with your eating.
Second, I’ve been wanting to connect with Dr. Robyn Pashby for a while now, so many people told us we should chat! I learned a lot in this conversation, and I’m sure you will too.
What to Expect in this InterviewIn this interview, we cover:
Ready to Break the Binge Eating Cycle for Good?Ready to stop avoiding and break the binge eating cycle for good?
The first step is to disrupt the cycle.
My free practical guide has 23 positive ideas for things to do instead of eating. Don’t worry, you wont find the standard diet culture BS advice (take a walk, have some water!)
Take the first step to finally stop binge eating and grab my free practical guide today!
Grab my free guide to disrupt the cycle of emotional and binge eating today!Who is Dr. Robyn Pashby? Dr. Robyn Pashby is a clinical health psychologist who specializes in the cognitive, behavioral and emotional aspects of disordered eating and high weight. She completed her undergraduate training at Colby College in Maine and then earned a Masters in Psychology from American University and a PhD in both Medical and Clinical Psychology from the Uniformed Services University of the Health Sciences (USUHS) F. Edward Hebert Medical School. She completed her post-doctoral training at the Washington DC Veterans Hospital and her post-doctoral Fellowship in the Eating Behavior Lab at USUHS. Dr. Pashby is highly experienced in the use of evidence-based interventions for eating and weight concerns including Interpersonal Psychotherapy and Cognitive Behavioral Therapy. Her clinical specialization is in the psychological treatment of obesity, weight bias, and binge eating disorder as well as pre- and post-bariatric surgery concerns.
Dr. Pashby is currently the owner and director of DC Health Psychology (DCHP), a group health psychology practice with an office in Washington DC and she is approved to work with clients using telehealth in more than 30 states around the US. She is currently serving as the Chair of the Mental Health Committee for the National Board of Directors of the Obesity Action Coalition, an international non-profit organization aimed at increasing awareness and education about obesity and reducing weight bias and stigma. She has been featured in various media outlets including NBC, CBS, Weight Watchers, Thrive Global and more.
Dr. Pashby lives in Washington D.C. with her husband, daughter, and dog.
“If you feel held back from doing what you want to do to live the life you feel like living, whether that’s working on your health by going to the gym, or going for a walk in your neighborhood or playing badminton on the beach, whatever it is, if you feel hindered by that, it’s probably a reflection of weight bias and may be internalizing some of that.”
-Robyn Pashby, PhD
Support Local Bookstores Near You!Did you know that that if nothing slows their momentum, Amazon will have almost 80% of the book market by the end of 2025?
Look, I love the convenience of Amazon, but I’ve got a super cool way that you can support local bookstores and my blog and podcast simply by buying books like you already do! You can choose any bookstore on the list in the US (they plan to expand to other counties in the future) OR you can just let the donation get split between all stores. They have raised over 15 million dollars for local bookstores. On my bookshop, you will see my absolute favorite books related to health and wellness, courage and vulnerability, and even my favorite fiction and kids books!
My recent favorite related to achieving a deeper level of healing is No Bad Parts: Healing Trauma and Restoring Wholeness with the Internal Family Systems Model. This model of healing has been incredibly helpful to me personally. I’m also using it with clients and seeing great results. This book isn’t specific to eating or weight concerns, but is really one of the best ways I’ve found to help work with that deeper root cause of any behavior you are struggling with and I think you’ll find it super interesting and valuable.
So if you believe in supporting local businesses and want to support my blog and podcast, please consider buying your books through Bookshop from now on!
The Psychology of Wellness Bookshop Link.
Disclaimer: This blog and podcast is for informational and educational purposes only. It is not a substitute for individual professional advice or treatment, including medical or mental health advice. It does not constitute a provider patient relationship.
Disclosure: Using the Bookshop.org links in this post means that I would get an affiliate fee if you purchase from the online bookshop (this supports my business, and local bookstores too!).
Episode 84. Karen was spiraling. She had been doing so well. She was eating well, walking daily and feeling great. But for some reason today she felt off. She ate more than usual at lunch, maybe because she was scrolling mindlessly on her phone and saw a few upsetting posts about someone she went to high school with who is battling cancer. She kept scrolling, and before she knew it, she had eaten too much. She felt stuffed. Not super stuffed, but enough to feel uncomfortable.
She got mildly frustrated with herself after this, but doesn’t totally spiral out… yet. She told herself, (somewhat subconsciously), “it’s fine, it’s one meal, you can get back on track immediately. Relax.”
But she moves on with her day and doesn’t acknowledge the actual thoughts that were going through her mind in the moment. Partly, because she’s ashamed of them. She shouldn’t feel so self-critical and she knows it isn’t helpful. She needs to be kinder to herself, she knows this. She just tries to think of something else instead.
If she were really honest with herself, that simple act of eating more at lunch and feeling overfull triggered thoughts like:
She continued to feel off all day, and before she knew it she had an extra snack in the afternoon even though she definitely wasn’t hungry.
By the time dinner came, she felt tired (physically and emotionally), mad at herself, and it was all she could do to heat up leftovers and have dinner in front of the TV. And why not pull out the ice cream, she clearly blew it for the day.
All because she didn’t fully address what we really bothering her. That hidden sentence that popped up right after she ate a bit extra at lunch.
Ready to Stop Going it Alone?One of my biggest regrets in life is not seeking good therapy sooner.
You deserve to feel truly guided on your relationship with food and your body.
MindBodyHealth is an incredible practice led by my great friend and colleague Dr. Sapna Dosh. This wonderful group of psychologists and dietitians provide evidence-based therapy in person in Washington DC and Arlington VA, and via teletherapy in over 30 states across the United States.
Go to MindBodyVA.com to set up your free consultation call and get matched with an excellent and totally vetted therapist today! Be sure to let them know the Motivation Made Easy podcast sent you. Your future self will thank you.
How Our Hidden Sentences Hold Us BackYou see, our brains avoid the truth of what we are really saying to ourselves about our eating, because it’s painful. And a big part of us knows that that inner critic in us can be incredibly unhelpful.
Karen’s logical attempts to reassure herself were well intentioned. But her brain was still triggered by all the hidden critical thoughts she wasn’t acknowledging. The ones exacerbating the pain and silently keeping us stuck.
The Power of MindsetMost of us have many unhelpful hidden sentences all the time.
And until we learn to unpack them and really examine them, and even look for the positive intention behind that part of us, they will continue to silently impact us, without our control.
Confession: I Used to Hate CBTI have a confession to make. I used to really hate mindset work (aka cognitive behavioral therapy or CBT, in grad school). Even still the term mindset kind of annoys me, because it makes me think about all the things I learned that felt so invalidating.
Like, just notice you are doing “all or nothing thinking” and shift it. It’s that simple, right?
Wrong.
I had so much unaddressed pain that felt unseen. Changing my mindset in that way felt completely impossible to me. I just wanted to yell, “It isn’t that simple!” or “I have too many negative thoughts!” It often felt like wac-a-mole to try to challenge them all.
Can’t Change It? Guess I’ll Accept ItBecause of this, I was drawn to Acceptance and Commitment Therapy, which I took to mean, “just accept all the discomfort and do it anyways.”
This came in handy at times. Like when I was anxious about writing my dissertation but needed to power through and do it anyways.
Just do it. Power through. Right?
For the record, I love ACT, and CBT now. They both provided me with valuable skills and mindsets and if you’ve been helped by them, I’m not going to discount that.
But for me at the time, ACT reinforced my tendency to just shove down my fear and “do it anyway.” As it turns out, I’m pretty good at doing that.
I’ve used that skill many times in my life, and while it can be useful at times when something hard really needs to be done, it also can keep you stuck doing things that you deeply don’t want to be doing, and were never meant to do.
The problem, this keeps you from showing up in the world doing the work you were actually meant to do.
Example: Twice in my life, I’ve gotten certified to teach a group fitness class. Two separate times, I’ve paid for and completed the needed trainings, and taught a handful of classes before realizing I truly hate it and was not meant to do that. I just wanted to TAKE a group fitness class, be led in it, and the practical side of me wanted to get paid to work out. If I’d believed myself the first time it happened, I’d have avoided wasting time and money.
What if we Could Relate to Our Thoughts, or the Part of Us that Has these Thoughts, in a Radically Different Way? There’s a time and a place for powering through the discomfort for sure, but looking back, I realized at times it made me ignore my body’s signals and just keep going, when I was frankly already quite skilled at that.
I had a sense even then, maybe things could be better.
With intuitive eating, I found it. I stopped believing things like “once you struggle with your eating or weight, you always will” or “healthy habits always will be hard. You will never actually want to do them.” Or one of my favorite statements, “you just need to train yourself to love salads.”
Now, I’m beginning to realize more and more there’s a whole world of potential for feeling better as it relates to our relationship with food and also beyond.
But we must also make sure we heal our deeper hurts. Our shame. Our deepest fears that have zero to do with food.
“Just think of food non-judgmentally.”I think this happens so often. I think it happens when people are working to overcome an eating disorder or learn intuitive eating. They learn that they should stop judging foods, and instead just describe the food. But the judgments are often so strong, it feels like they will never “think of cake as just cake” versus “bad” or “unhealthy.”
The Hidden Sentences Are DeepThese hidden sentences don’t always make sense, and they aren’t always fun to uncover. But they are super fun to move past when we realize it’s about truly lasting healing and actually works.
So if we go back to Karen, the part of her that’s self critical and growing more and more frustrated with her as the day goes on, is a part that historically she’s probably tried to get rid of, but instead, lets try to understand it.
How Mindsets Really Impact UsBefore we come back to Karen, I want to talk to you about a body of research that really supports the power of harnessing our mindset to feel more alive.
Dr. Alia Crum is a psychologist at Stanford who really has done incredible work in the area of mindset and health. The thing I love about her work, is that it shows how mindsets impact us not just in terms of our mood, but also our biology.
Kid’s Allergy Treatments are more Effective with the Right MindsetIn this study, kids and their families were being treated for peanut allergies, where the kids would get injections of tiny amounts of peanuts as part of the treatment.
When kids and their families were told that symptoms are good (“it means the treatment is working”) they were less anxious, less likely to contact staff about symptoms, had fewer symptoms as doses increased, were less likely to skip doses (better adherence to treatment), and shower greater increases in IgG4 levels (meaning the treatment worked better for them!).
The Milkshake StudyMilkshake study – I’ve been obsessed with the milkshake study for years. It shows us that if you think of a food as a “diet food” then your body responds as if you’ve eaten fewer calories and you feel less satisfied. Compared to if you think of food as indulgent and tasty, your hunger hormone drops more quickly.
This is true even when the milkshake consumed has the exact same amount of calories.
Mindset and Exercise StudyMindset and exercise study
Exercise and Genetics StudyA fascinating study found that getting feedback on one’s genetic risk for obesity as it relates to exercise actually impacted participants running endurance. This feedback and how they perceived their risk, appears to have had an even bigger impact than their actual genetic risk.
How to Stop Fighting Yourself and Develop a More Helpful MindsetFirst, know that surface level mindset work isn’t as effective. If you are thinking,
“This food isn’t healthy. I shouldn’t be eating it. If I eat this of course I’m going to stay out of shape.”
Make sure you get to the deeper sentences first. Even though you may not logically feel like these things are true, most of us who are struggling with a behavior are at a deeper level quite self-critical. Saying things like,
“I’m bad, I’m lazy, I’m just making excuses.”
Mindset: “I’m going to gain weight and develop health conditions.” “My body isn’t safe at this size, this isn’t right or okay.” and “I clearly can’t do this”
Getting to Know That Part of You That CriticizesMost of us have a part of us that’s critical.
Most of us aren’t a big fan of that part of us.
We are told “be compassionate!” and “love yourself like you would a child or a pet or a friend!”
This can feel utterly impossible, and therefore super defeating to many.
Why?
Because that part of you that criticizes you, actually isn’t YOU. But it is trying to protect you from something. Before trying to change that part and get it to be nicer, see if you can adopt a mindset of curiosity first.
Harnessing the Power of Mindset in Building Healthy Habits1. Build awareness. The first step in changing any pattern is in building awareness of what’s happening currently. Noticing the thoughts going through your mind, and ideally writing them down or sharing them with someone you trust (ideally a professional if you can find one!). For Karen, this comes back to just noticing the thought, “you idiot, you’re going to fail again.” 2. Getting curious. Instead of immediately treating that part of you as something that needs to be changed, see if you can treat it like a loved one who is struggling. See if you can approach that part with curiosity and ask questions like “Why are you saying these mean things to me?” Note that if a part of you is still angry with the critic (which is common, another part wants the critic to just stop already), you’re less likely to be a helpful and honest answer. Just as if the loved one you approach feels judged or like you are trying to change how they do things, they often hold on tighter and aren’t super open with you. 3. Working to understand the positive intention behind this part of you. Our self-critical parts are typically trying to protect us from something. And again, most of us have one. If you can truly approach it with curiosity or even some compassion, you might be surprised by what you learn. Here is a guided exercise with the developer of Internal Family Systems Therapy to do when you have time to safely sit down and do this in a more formal way. The guided exercises have the benefit of helping us get out of our logical thinking parts and more into our body to truly get curious about what’s there and believe ourselves, versus just thinking what we think the answer “should” be. 4. Appreciate that part of you. Again, instead of jumping to try to change it’s negative mindset (believe me, I was tempted to do this too, but patience will pay off), as you learn what this self-critical part of you is trying to do, send it some appreciation. 5. See what the part might like to do instead. If we had another way to protect you from hurt besides criticizing, and the self-critic could relax a bit, ask this part of you what it might like to do instead. While shifting mindset work can be incredible helpful and healing (e.g., Karen’s statement “I’m going to fail again” could be changed to directly the opposite statement, “I’m not going to fail again” and make a case for the new sentence. See how a shift like that might feel. If there’s a lot of resistance or if it feels incredibly hard, parts of you like your self-critic or even other parts might feel not fully safe to make that shift, and you can better understand or explore that.
For me and many of my clients lately, this Internal Family Systems model is offering a different approach to self-compassion, or to appreciating the parts of ourselves we have historically not liked very much (e.g., inner critic). I also have an angry part, and an overworking part that have historically been pretty shamed by me.
It’s allowed many of us to embody the idea of true self-compassion, as we work to get to know parts of ourselves and what they are trying to for us, and heal them in a newer and more lasting way.
Support Local Bookstores Near You!Did you know that that if nothing slows their momentum, Amazon will have almost 80% of the book market by the end of 2025?
Look, I love the convenience of Amazon, but I’ve got a super cool way that you can support local bookstores and my blog and podcast simply by buying books like you already do! You can choose any bookstore on the list in the US (they plan to expand to other counties in the future) OR you can just let the donation get split between all stores. They have raised over 15 million dollars for local bookstores. On my bookshop, you will see my absolute favorite books related to health and wellness, courage and vulnerability, and even my favorite fiction and kids books!
My recent favorite related to achieving a deeper level of healing is No Bad Parts: Healing Trauma and Restoring Wholeness with the Internal Family Systems Model. This book and model of therapy has been very helpful to me personally and I’m also using it with clients and seeing great results.
So if you believe in supporting local businesses and want to support my blog and podcast, please consider buying your books through Bookshop from now on!
The Psychology of Wellness Bookshop Link.
Disclaimer: This blog and podcast is for informational and educational purposes only. It is not a substitute for individual professional advice or treatment, including medical or mental health advice. It does not constitute a provider patient relationship.
Disclosure: Using the Bookshop.org links in this post means that I would get an affiliate fee if you purchase from the online bookshop (this supports my business, and local bookstores too!).
Episode 83. We talk a lot on this podcast about the harmful ways weight is discussed in medical settings. But what about the harm that’s caused when weight isn’t discussed at all?
I sat down with Dr. Emily Cordes, DO to have this important conversation. Dr. Cordes was trained in a traditional medical setting as a primary care physician. However, she quickly realized that this path wasn’t giving her what she needed as a professional. And she learned this, partly because she realized she wasn’t getting what she needed as an individual.
Tune in to this great conversation all about how to understand the field of medicine and feel empowered to get your needs met within it.
We cover a lot in this conversation including:
I realized that what medicine could offer me personally, wasn’t going to get me out of the way I felt.
Dr. Emily Cordes, DO
Ready to Stop Going it Alone?One of my biggest regrets in life is not seeking good therapy sooner.
You deserve to feel truly guided on your relationship with food and your body.
MindBodyHealth is an incredible practice led by my great friend and colleague Dr. Sapna Dosh. This wonderful group of psychologists and dietitians provide evidence-based therapy in person in Washington DC and Arlington VA, and via teletherapy in over 30 states across the United States.
Go to MindBodyVA.com to set up your free consultation call and get matched with an excellent and totally vetted therapist today! Be sure to let them know the Motivation Made Easy podcast sent you. Your future self will thank you.
Support Local Bookstores Near You!Did you know that that if nothing slows their momentum, Amazon will have almost 80% of the book market by the end of 2025?
Look, I love the convenience of Amazon, but I’ve got a super cool way that you can support local bookstores and my blog and podcast simply by buying books like you already do! You can choose any bookstore on the list in the US (they plan to expand to other counties in the future) OR you can just let the donation get split between all stores. They have raised over 15 million dollars for local bookstores. On my bookshop, you will see my absolute favorite books related to health and wellness, courage and vulnerability, and even my favorite fiction and kids books!
My recent favorite related to achieving a deeper level of healing is No Bad Parts: Healing Trauma and Restoring Wholeness with the Internal Family Systems Model. This book and model of therapy has been very helpful to me personally and I’m also using it with clients and seeing great results.
So if you believe in supporting local businesses and want to support m blog and podcast, please consider buying your books through Bookshop from now on!
The Psychology of Wellness Bookshop Link.
Disclaimer: This blog and podcast is for informational and educational purposes only. It is not a substitute for individual professional advice or treatment, including medical or mental health advice. It does not constitute a provider patient relationship.
Disclosure: Using the Bookshop.org links in this post means that I would get an affiliate fee if you purchase from the online bookshop (this supports my business, and local bookstores too!).
Episode 82. A common question I get from people considering weight loss surgery is “will bariatric surgery help with binge eating?”, or “can I actually practice intuitive eating or a non-diet approach to eating after surgery”? or “How can I try to get rid of diet mentality if I have to follow a specific diet?” These are excellent questions and today you will get all my thoughts on these topics.
Not interested in learning about weight loss surgery? Totally cool. However, you might want to stay tuned because a lot of this topic will still apply to you. The second question is actually relevant regardless of whether you have weight loss surgery, or, have another medical condition were a specific eating pattern is recommended (e.g., avoiding gluten for those with Celiac disease, minimizing dairy for those who have a degree of lactose intolerance, or reducing intake of animal protein for those who have heart disease or want to protect animal rights).
What to Expect In This Episode* The most common questions I get about bariatric (aka weight loss surgery) and intuitive eating * What the research says about weight loss surgery and intuitive eating * How autonomous motivation fits into all of this * What you need to know if you or someone you love has had surgery or is considering it
Ready to Break the Binge Eating Cycle for Good?Ready to stop avoiding and break the binge eating cycle for good?
The first step is to disrupt the cycle.
My free practical guide has 23 positive ideas for things to do instead of eating. Don’t worry, you wont find the standard diet culture BS advice (take a walk, have some water!)
Take the first step to finally stop binge eating and grab my free practical guide today!
Grab my free guide to disrupt the cycle of emotional and binge eating today!Weight Loss Surgery & Intuitive Eating – Can They Be Friends? At first glance, these fields may seem like complete opposites.
How on earth can you “reject the diet mentality” and still pursue a surgery that requires a specific diet and imposes long-term limitations (often) on what it’s recommended that you eat, and the amount that feels comfortable to eat with your post-surgical stomach?
I get the confusion. And frankly, this topic is controversial and not everyone will agree with me on this. That said, I definitely do think that you can learn or re-learn to be an intuitive eater before or after having bariatric surgery.
In fact, our conversation just last episode with Amy Braden is living proof of this.
To check on this, let’s review the 10 principles of Intuitive Eating.
Easier to Swallow? No Pun IntendedIt seems to me that the principles of honoring hunger and fullness, and coping with your emotions with kindness are likely less controversial. This is consistent with principles of mindful eating and awareness, and in my experience, most people whether or not they have had surgery, are on board with these concepts.
Reject the Diet MentalityQuote from Intuitive Eating website:
Throw out the diet books and magazine articles that offer you the false hope of losing weight quickly, easily, and permanently. Get angry at diet culture that promotes weight loss and the lies that have led you to feel as if you were a failure every time a new diet stopped working and you gained back all of the weight. If you allow even one small hope to linger that a new and better diet or food plan might be lurking around the corner, it will prevent you from being free to rediscover Intuitive Eating.
Although I’ve said before and I’ll say it again I think you can reject the diet mentality after bariatric surgery, reading this description of the principle is a reminder of why this statement may be confusing.
How can you “get angry at diet culture that promotes weight loss” and still pursue surgery?
Although this has nuance, you can absolutely be angry at the lies that long term substantial weight loss should be achievable and easy for all, and still choose bariatric surgery.
The reality is that for many people, likely due to their genetic makeup and/or a long history of dieting, their body size and biological set point (the weight their body wants to maintain when not restricting, see this episode and post for more detail on this) will end up being higher than they would like it.
Although they should feel free to pursue health promoting behaviors at that body size without worrying about losing weight, many people decide they still desire weight loss.
And weight loss surgery is more effective at long-term weight loss than behavioral weight loss (making behavioral changes, typically reducing calories).
Research Supports Intuitive Eating After SurgeryPost Operative Intuitive Eating
In a small study of 90 post operative patients (3 months to 5 years post-op), it was found that higher Intuitive Eating Scores were associated with more satisfaction from meals, more mindful eating patterns, and more self-efficacy with maintaining eating patterns long term.
That is, they were more confident in themselves that “I got this.”
People scoring higher in intuitive eating after surgery also felt more in control of their eating, were more likely to have a positive relationship to food, and were more likely to make time for relaxation, and regular physical activity.
On the flip side, people who were more intuitive eaters had less emotional eating, less fear of weight regain, and lower levels of stress. They also had a lower likelihood of prioritizing other’s needs before their own.
https://bariatrictimes.com/intuitive-eating-healthier-relationship/In other study, a similar finding was observed in a larger group of post-op females (N = 401) where intuitive eating was also associated with more weight loss.
Things to Remember About Binge Eating and Weight Loss SurgeryAlthough there isn’t a ton of research in this area, the research that exists is supportive of people who want to take an intuitive eating based approach post-bariatric surgery.
That said, here are some things to keep in mind as it relates to bariatric surgery, binge eating, and intuitive eating.
Support Local Bookstores Near You!Did you know that that if nothing slows their momentum, Amazon will have almost 80% of the book market by the end of 2025?
Look, I love the convenience of Amazon, but I’ve got a super cool way that you can support local bookstores and my blog and podcast simply by buying books like you already do! You can choose any bookstore on the list in the US (they plan to expand to other counties in the future) OR you can just let the donation get split between all stores. They have raised over 15 million dollars for local bookstores. On my bookshop, you will see my absolute favorite books related to health and wellness, courage and vulnerability, and even my favorite fiction and kids books!
My recent favorite related to achieving a deeper level of healing is No Bad Parts: Healing Trauma and Restoring Wholeness with the Internal Family Systems Model. This book and model of therapy has been very helpful to me personally and I’m also using it with clients and seeing great results.
So if you believe in supporting local businesses and want to support my blog and podcast, please consider buying your books through Bookshop from now on!
The Psychology of Wellness Bookshop Link.
Disclaimer: This blog and podcast is for informational and educational purposes only. It is not a substitute for individual professional advice or treatment, including medical or mental health advice. It does not constitute a provider patient relationship.
Disclosure: Using the Bookshop.org links in this post means that I would get an affiliate fee if you purchase from the online bookshop (this supports my business, and local bookstores too!).
Episode 82.
"My metabolism is damaged."
This is a common concern I hear.
And I get it. Chronic weight loss dieting does often have a very negative impact on our bodies and our metabolism. Ignoring hunger, going long periods of time without eating, eating foods because some "expert" told us it was good for us, often leads to stress, inflammation, mistrust of our bodies signals and ultimately mistrust of ourselves.
And yet, today's guest is Amy Braden, would generously shares her story and reminds us that our body still loves us, and there still is hope.
There is also more than one way to be an intuitive eater and develop self-trust.
Amy Braden is a podcast listener who accepted my invitation to share her story. She said something early in the interview that I cannot get enough of.
She was talking about how our bodies hold a lot of wisdom, especially when we learn to listen and appreciate them, versus try to control and shape them. And then Amy said:
“And when you actually take care of them and nourish them, they will forgive an awful lot, and love you.” - Amy Braden
Highlights of the Conversation:
A great example of what self-advocacy looks like in medical and mental health settings
How hard it is to get appropriate treatment for binge eating disorder
What Amy wishes she'd have known about intuitive eating
Why Amy is grateful that she waited to get bariatric surgery
How discussions about weight and weight loss can coincide with discussions about intuitive eating and self-trust
The role of meditation in her journey
Ready to Break the Binge Eating Cycle for Good?
Ready to stop avoiding and break the binge eating cycle for good?
The first step is to disrupt the cycle.
My free practical guide has 23 positive ideas for things to do instead of eating. Don't worry, you wont find the standard diet culture BS advice (take a walk, have some water!)
Take the first step to finally stop binge eating and grab my free practical guide today!
Grab my free guide to disrupt the cycle of emotional and binge eating today!
Support Local Bookstores Near You!
Did you know that that if nothing slows their momentum, Amazon will have almost 80% of the book market by the end of 2025?
Look, I love the convenience of Amazon, but I’ve got a super cool way that you can support local bookstores and my blog and podcast simply by buying books like you already do! You can choose any bookstore on the list in the US (they plan to expand to other counties in the future) OR you can just let the donation get split between all stores. They have raised over 15 million dollars for local bookstores. On my bookshop, you will see my absolute favorite books related to health and wellness, courage and vulnerability, and even my favorite fiction and kids books!
My recent favorite related to achieving a deeper level of healing is No Bad Parts: Healing Trauma and Restoring Wholeness with the Internal Family Systems Model. This book and model of therapy has been very helpful to me personally and I'm also using it with clients and seeing great results.
So if you believe in supporting local businesses and want to support my blog and podcast, please consider buying your books through Bookshop from now on!
The Psychology of Wellness Bookshop Link.
Disclaimer: This blog and podcast is for informational and educational purposes only. It is not a substitute for individual professional advice or treatment, including medical or mental health advice. It does not constitute a provider patient relationship.
Disclosure: Using the Bookshop.org links in this post means that I would get an affiliate fee if you purchase from the online bookshop (this supports my business, and local bookstores too!).
Episode 80. What do you think is the reason for your binge eating or emotional eating?
And when I say binge eating, what I mean is any eating you are doing where you feel even slightly out of control, guilty about it, feel like you "should" restrict certain foods, have certain food rules (even if they feel like they are "healthy" rules).
Any and all of that is a form of disordered eating, and although it's very normalized, it does not need to be your reality.
What to Expect in this Episode:
My Iceberg Analogy for eating behavior (and why it works for almost any behavior)What types of things keep us stick in the binge eating cycleThe most common mistakes that keep us stuck for years longer than we want to beTangible steps to get yourself unstuck
"I am binge eating because..."
Most people when they come to work with me, or hear what I do have some sense of what they think might be causing their binge eating.
They probably don't know for sure, but they have some guesses.
Here are some of them:
I just need to have more self control, more willpower (aka I'm weak)I am addicted to sweets or carbs (aka something is wrong with my brain, and therefore me)
"No childhood sh*t, I just need some strategies."
Have you seen Brene Brown's Ted Talk on the Power of Vulnerability?
If not, it's time to become one of the 18 million views it's gotten at the time of this writing and recording.
She said something that always makes me laugh:
"No childhood sh*t, I just need some strategies."
I can soooo relate to this. As a psychologist and a science minded person, I so badly wanted to be able to fix my emotional pain with books, learning, and strategies.
All the Strategies in the World Won't Help If You Don't Address the Root Cause
But guess what? All the best strategies in the world won't help if you don't get to the root of the issue.
And as it turns out, most of our pain comes from childhood sh*t, or other early experiences. Although some of our pain may come from painful interactions as an adult.
So while strategies may provide some Band-aid type relief, it's unlikely to solve the root of the issue.
Examples of possible Band-aid fixes as it relates to our eating habits:
Getting a new eating plan, meal prep strategy, reading a new book (e.g., Paleo, plant-based)Joining a new gym Eating to cover up our emotions or discomfort
The Issue with Dieting
The thing that is so confusing to so many, and was confusing to me, is that we see the surface behavior only. The "tip of the iceberg" if you will.
I've had many people tell me lately that they are trying a new approach for their eating. The most common one lately is intermittent fasting. But the other common one is eating less gluten or carbohydrate heavy foods.
But there are subtle things that I hear, that suggest to me their new plan is unlikely to work. Not because the plan is bad necessarily. I know a few people who do a lower gluten diet without any diet mentality at all, and they feel good.
But I hear things like:
"I really should be eating better, [and I'll work on it soon]" (diet mentality)"I can't lose weight because I continue to eat or drink [enter any food perceived as unhealthy here]" (self-blame and shame)"I just need to return to a more consistent schedule." (suggests to me that the eating plan they chose wont work for them long-term)"I've lost X amount of lbs so far." (indicates that they are focused on weight loss, versus internal motivators)
When really, it's the stuff underneath the water's surface that's keeping us stuck.
There's Nothing Wrong with You, and You Can Act More Skillfully
People often also think that something is wrong with their character. Like something about them is defective.
They also usually think that they need to just "control themselves" and "make a plan."
Some of them might think there's some pain or traumatic experience they might uncover.
Episode 79. Struggling with consistency for healthy habits?
Over and over you have the intention, but it just isn't happening.
It's good for you. You feel excellent after you do it. And yet, you keep failing.
Guess what?
It's time to change how you are talking to yourself.
Today we are going to talk about how language affects our motivation for healthy habits and how one simple shift can make a big difference.
"I Really Need to Lose Weight"
Most people that come to see me know they need to work on their relationship with food and their body.
They often realize that they really have a lot of shame around eating and their body and this needs to change. They might even say "I really want to understand how to love myself."
Know what 99% of them say as well?
"Aaaand, I know it isn't the main focus, but I really also need to lose weight." (and they they give me a look like, "You understand this right, Shawn? This weight isn't healthy for me. I need you to get that.")
I believe part of this is just wanting to feel understood. Like, "you get how uncomfortable I am right? How much I feel a desire to make a major change and feel good right?"
And I absolutely do.
And the way we often talk to ourselves about our eating habits makes it almost impossible to make sustainable healthy habit changes.
Understanding the Impact of Language on Our Motivation for Healthy Habits
Right now, you might be thinking:
But Shawn, I really do need to lose weight, my body is super unhealthy right now, orI don't understand why saying that is a problem, some people really do need to lose weight for their health.Why is it so bad to say what I want?
Others, especially health care professionals who have been taught that weight gain causes health problems, might be outraged.
They might think:
That's irresponsible Shawn, if we can't have a conversation with someone who needs to lose weight for health reasons, we are not doing our jobs
To be clear, there's nothing wrong with:
Having a desire for weight loss (most people do for a variety of reasons)Discussing someone's weight as it relates to their health (notice I didn't say cause here)
Unpacking The "Need" to Lose Weight Comment
To explain why I hate this sentence "I need to lose weight" so much, we need to step back a minute and consider how it impacts you when you say it.
I want you to imagine that you have a certain habit change you want to make. Lets say you maybe want to exercise more.
Want Versus Need and the Impact of Language
You might think to yourself, "gosh I really need to exercise more," I'm really slacking in that area.
Let's Do an Experiment
Consider the statement for a moment, and just take a moment to tune into your body.
"I really need to exercise more."
Notice any physical sensations or emotions you feel in your body.
For most of us, when we say I "need" to do something, we might feel mildly tense, perhaps a little anxious. It feels like pressure, expectation, and like a "should." We may feel guilt that we haven't yet.
Although we may want to do the behavior, that sentence directly impacts how we feel. And makes us less likely to do it.
"I really need to exercise more."
Now Try it Another Way
This time, let's made a slight tweak to,
"I really want to exercise more."
Now tune in to your body and notice what is there. Maybe take a breath in, and out. Just notice for a few seconds, if your body feels any different than before.
You see, that one swap can make a big difference. We feel more calm, relaxed, and more drawn to actually do the behavior we truly want to do.
Instead of guilt, we may actually feel excited.
For those who have been following me for a long time, this is the difference between external should-based motivation, to internal and sustainable motivation (aka autonomous motivation).
"But Shawn, I really do need to lose weight."
"I know what I need to do to [stop binge eating/emotional eating], I'm just not doing it."
If I had a dollar for every time a client said that to me, I'd be a very rich woman.
I'm here to tell you all the knowledge in the world probably won't be enough.
I should know.
I got my PhD in Clinical Psychology studying weight management and binge eating.
And even after all of that, I couldn't solve my own binge eating and "weight issue".
As I was binge eating and gaining weight, I thought all the time:
"I know what I need to do, I'm just not doing it."
"There must be something wrong with me."
Now I know the truth. The truth is that there's something wrong with the system.
Are you ready to stop binge eating permanently?
If you feel:
Out of control or ashamed of your binge eating, emotional eating, or your weight, and Are ready to take action with things that will actually help you stop the cycle
This post is for you.
Hey there. I'm Shawn Hondorp. I'm a clinical psychologist and I've studied the psychology of eating behavior since 2008.
In this post I review the key things that helped me and so many of my clients stop binge eating permanently.
F*ck Coping Start Healing
I recently learned of a book called F*ck Coping Start Healing.
It's about healing from anxiety (I haven't actually read it yet).
But I love the title. Don't you?
At this point in my life, I'm very tired of quick fix or the surface level strategies.
During my 13 years of struggle with binge eating, I spent years trying surface level strategies that left me frustrated and tired.
I had many periods of what the medical field would call "remission." During these periods, which lasted weeks or sometimes months, I wouldn't binge at all, or I would do so rarely. Or I would only feel slightly out of control.
There was even a period of a little over a year where I felt really at peace with food and myself after I lost weight with Weight Watchers. I thought I was "cured."
But it never lasted.
Skipping the Band-Aid Solutions
We may be able to help someone who is abusing alcohol to stop drinking temporarily by putting them in a rehab center or by removing all alcohol from their home and taking away their keys.
But is that going to lead to long-term change?
Probably not.
We need to understand the root cause of the drinking to prevent it from happening again.
It's Normal to Want the Quick Fix
The desire for the quick fix makes perfect sense.
Of course you want to do things that help you feel good now. Our brains are hard-wired to avoid pain and to seek comfort.
When it comes to eating struggles, all of the following offer temporarily relief from pain:
Eating a big bowl of Lucky Charms and watching Bridgerton on NetflixSkipping a meal because we are busy at work, and secretly thinking "good, hopefully I will lose some weight" and feeling in controlPlanning a next diet or fitness effort
Vulnerability is courage in you, and weakness in me
Do you ever read what others write online and think, "Wow that's brave, but I could never do that."
If so, I have been where you are.
Back in 2009, I was deep in my binge eating disorder shame spiral. No one knew how much I was struggling. And I wanted to keep it that way.
I was going to solve this dang problem myself if it was the last thing I did.
And then, once I solved it, then maybe I'd share my story.
Ready to Break the Binge Eating Cycle for Good?
Ready to stop avoiding and break the binge eating cycle for good?
The first step is to disrupt the cycle.
My free practical guide has 23 positive ideas for things to do instead of eating. Don't worry, you wont find the standard diet culture BS advice (take a walk, have some water!)
Take the first step to finally stop binge eating and grab my free practical guide today!
Grab my free guide to disrupt the cycle of emotional and binge eating today!
Episode 77. What Does My Body Image Have to Do With My Anxiety?
For this special episode I sat down with my friend and colleague Dr. Julia King, a fellow psychologist who specializes in anxiety, body image and disordered eating.
We cover a lot in this conversation including:
How your anxiety is keeping you stuck in a cycle of disordered eating and poor body imageThe book that totally changed Dr. King's and my life, and how you can feel more empowered than ever with how you spend your timeFirst steps to jump out of the emotional eating cycle and address what's really bothering youAnd much more!
Ready to Break the Binge Eating Cycle for Good?
Ready to stop avoiding and break the binge eating cycle for good?
The first step is to disrupt the cycle.
My free practical guide has 23 positive ideas for things to do instead of eating. Don't worry, you wont find the standard diet culture BS advice (take a walk, have some water!)
Take the first step to finally stop binge eating and grab my free practical guide today!
Grab my free guide to disrupt the cycle of emotional and binge eating today!
The Book that Changed My Life
When I read 4000 Weeks: Time Management for Mortals by Oliver Burkemann, it had an immediate impact on my well-being and how I thought about my time.
Join the Community Today!
Want to learn where you are getting caught in the diet mentality cycle and holding yourself back from the life you were truly mean to live?
The Body Respect Program is now open for enrollment! Sign up here to get all the details about current bonuses.
It’s never too late to stop dieting and start living.
Join the Body Respect Program Community Today!
Disclaimer: This blog and podcast is for informational and educational purposes only. It is not a substitute for individual professional advice or treatment, including medical or mental health advice. It does not constitute a provider patient relationship.
Episode 76. Have you ever thought...
Why can't I stop emotional eating? Happy, sad, anxious, bored... eating is my go to! Why can't I just cope with my emotions without food like "normal people"! Or,Why can't I have a little more self-control and break out of the cycle?
Well today we are going to answer all of those questions, but also I will address questions you may not know to ask, such as...
What does emotional eating have to do with fear of death?How does diet culture influence my beliefs about my health and how does that influence my eating habits and keep the emotional eating cycle (aka the diet-binge cycle) going? What can I do to make sure I'm actually using my time on earth well and not wasting it on ineffective dieting, covering my emotions with food, and/or being too afraid to pursue what I really want?
Ready to Break the Emotional Eating Cycle?
Ready to stop avoiding and break the emotional eating cycle for good?
The first step is to disrupt the cycle.
If you want some practical ideas for things today besides the standard diet culture BS advice (take a walk, have some water!) then grab my free practical guide today!
Anxiety, Fear of Death, & Diet Culture
I'll tell you a story about a client named Trish (not a real name or client, but similar to many clients I've worked with over the years).
Trish came to me in distress. She was binge eating most days and had gained around 40 lbs over the past year. Prior to that, she had been on every diet under the sun. Her Weight Watcher group leaders knew her by name.
She was referred to me by her doctor who told her that since her father died of a heart attack at age 45, she is at risk. Trish was 34 when she came to see me, and she was scared. She felt scared of having a heart attack, but also really upset and embarrassed to have people see that she gained weight.
She worked as a teacher and often tried to dress in dark colors and clothes that would hide her weight gain and she felt uncomfortable in her body every day.
Let's Talk Anxiety, Health, and Body Image
For next week's episode, I sat down with my friend and colleague Dr. Julia King, a fellow psychologist who specializes in anxiety, body image and disordered eating.
We cover a lot in this conversation including:
How your anxiety is keeping you stuck in a cycle of body image concerns and disordered eatingThe book that totally changed Dr. King and my life, and how you can feel more empowered than ever with how your spend your timeFirst steps to jump out of the emotional eating cycle and address what's really bothering youAnd much more!
This week, I'm going to break down some of the concepts we will discuss next week in greater detail so you will be fully ready to absorb the messages and run with it to create a more empowered relationship to food and your body.
What is Anxiety?
Anxiety is a feeling of fear, dread, uneasiness and is created by a perception of threat." - Dr. Julia King, Psychologist and Anxiety Expert
There is a cycle that exists between our thoughts, emotions, and behaviors.
For example, we often have:
Thoughts and Beliefs about ourselves (e.g., "I'm not good enough at this weight" for example), that impact ourEmotions (e.g., fear, anxiety related to health-related fears and/or fears related to not being accepted socially), and these affect ourBehavior (e.g., avoiding social gatherings, not posting pictures of ourselves or hiding in pictures, emotional eating or going on a restrictive diet)
Thought - Feeling- Behavior Cycle for anxiety using a weight-related example
Anxiety and Fear Keep Us Stuck
Anxiety and fears back in the day when we were running from lions was helpful.
You see a lion, run away from it, and hopefully escape to safety.
The fear goes away. You are safe. Life is good.
Now, anxiety and fears often keep us stuck, immobilized. Not taking action towards a life we deeply desire and instead taking action...
Episode 75. Hello my dear listeners and readers. I'm typically honest on this podcast and blog, but this time I'm going to break it down and be super honest. Despite being VERY intentional and trying everything I could try to not buy into hustle culture in my business, I fell into the trap. At times, I have pushed myself and my team too hard and ultimately this led to less quality work and some degree of failure.
I've thought a lot about this over the past few months. Including, but not limited to:
How diet culture and hustle culture overlap, How failure truly can be a good thing,How you can learn from my experiences and regrets
What To Expect in This Episode:
I will cover:
Some of the personal lessons I've learned about "Hustle Culture" in the past few monthsHow Hustle Culture and Diet Culture are related and how they impact our motivationMy early reflections on the reality of being a woman in our culture and how this impacts our relationship to food and ourselvesAbout how my mind and body are telling me I must slow down, and how I'm learning to truly listen (even when in many ways it would be easier to keep hustling)What you can expect from me and the Motivation Made Easy podcast and blog moving forward (what the heck I mean by intuitive podcasting, lol)Some teasers for the upcoming topics on the podcastHow you can stay in touch with me!
Hustle Culture & Me
Even when we try SO DARN HARD, sometimes we can't escape it.
Despite doing a business training for 12 months all about "working smarter, not harder" and truly giving it my all, I didn't quite create what I'd wanted to create.
I wanted to create a team who was invigorated and enthusiastic about the work. Who was intrinsically motivated, where it didn't really feel like "work." I certainly accomplished some of our objectives, but something was off. As the owner and CEO, I must look at myself first.
"You Have to Be Consistent."
For 75 episodes, I've come out with a podcast and corresponding blog post every single week.
I heard over and over from online marketers, "consistency is key"!
I also heard that "If you stop creating consistent content, you will lose your listeners.
I also heard messages like,
“Most people give up just when they’re about to achieve success. They quit on the one yard line. They give up at the last minute of the game one foot from a winning touchdown.”
I feared (and still fear a bit) that if I slow down, I'll lose momentum somehow. I'll lose you my dear listeners. You will be swept away by some other podcast that does come out with weekly episodes NO MATTER WHAT and I'll be lost to you in the abyss of the internet.
"I Don't Want to Lose What I've Gained" - "Shoulds" and Online Marketing
Have you ever heard of the idea of "sunk cost"?
It's definition is:
The phenomenon whereby a person is reluctant to abandon a strategy or course of action because they have invested heavily in it, even when it is clear that abandonment would be more beneficial.
It makes sense in many ways that once we've worked really hard at something, we don't want to let it go. Abandon the effort. This can apply to relationships ("But I've invested SO much time in this already, we have so much history I don't want to start over."), education ("But I'm already 1/2 way through my degree program, I should just finish"), or work ("I've been in this career for so long, I can't start over").
When Pressure for Consistency Becomes Counterproductive
The question we really need to ask is, when are we "being consistent" and aligned with our values, and when are we creating more harm than good by following our routines?
When are we being fickle and flimsy on what matters to us, and when are we staying true to the best way to be for ourselves?
The reality is, as I often say, only the person in the body knows.
Only I could (can) decide if weekly episodes were still doable. I was SO hesitant to let them go.
Episode 74. Today I am so excited to be speaking to Atheana Brown, RD, on an incredibly important topic area. Parenting, eating, and bodies -- all things that can bring up pain, struggle, and shame for so many of us.
We are going to be covering all things related to raising kids as an intuitive eater, particularly if you are struggling with un-learning diet culture messages and trying to learn intuitive eating yourself. I learned a ton, and am definitely going to make some shifts based on our conversation. I think you are really going to like the conversation so lets dive in!
What To Expect in This Interview:
We cover the following topics:
A really nice definition of what intuitive eating is (that even I needed to be reminded of, even after all this time doing this work)Some of the many challenges with trying to raise an intuitive eater in our societyWhat Atheana wants someone to know if they fear that they have taught their children bad habits or it's "too late" to change their child's relationship to food or their bodyHow learning or re-learning intuitive eating is different based on age and some recommendations based on thisHow Ellyn Satter's work around Division of Responsibility can help reduce food related power struggles with your kidsSome great wording suggestions and questions you can ask your kids to help promote an intuitive eating process with food (beyond just "are you full?" which can be hard for kids to answer sometimes)Some key takeaways about these topics (including a statement about food that was very impactful to me)
And much more!
Make Healthy Living Easy
Have you ever thought... "I just need more willpower." or "If I only had more self-control."
Actually, that is rarely the problem.
One of the first steps to develop sustainable healthy habits is to learn to make healthy living easier, so we can use LESS willpower. Sound good?
Download this free guide for 5 science-backed simple strategies to use less willpower today!
Grab this free guide today for 5 science-based simple strategies to use less willpower today! Let's start setting yourself up for success and regaining confidence in yourself.
Support Independent Bookstores Near You!
Did you know that that if nothing slows their momentum, Amazon will have almost 80% of the book market by the end of 2025?
Look, I love the convenience of Amazon, but I’ve got a super cool way that you can support local bookstores and my blog and podcast simply by buying books like you already do! You can choose any bookstore on the list in the US and Canada (they plan to expand to other counties in the future) OR you can just let the donation get split between all stores. As of this recording, they have raised 15 million dollars for local bookstores. On my bookshop, you will see my absolute favorite books related to health and wellness, courage and vulnerability, and even my favorite fiction and kids books!
My recent favorite related to improving the quality of our lives was Digital Minimalism. Our family actually has decided to do an optional screen free August to re-evaluate the role of screen time in our lives.
So if you believe in supporting local businesses, please consider buying your books through Bookshop from now on!
The Psychology of Wellness Bookshop Link.
Disclaimer: This blog and podcast is for informational and educational purposes only. It is not a substitute for individual professional advice or treatment, including medical or mental health advice. It does not constitute a provider patient relationship.Disclosure: Using the Bookshop.org links in this post means that I would get an affiliate fee if you purchase from the online bookshop (this supports my business, and local bookstores too!).Credit: This blog post was written by Dr. Shawn Hondorp and edited by Julia Ledbetter.
Episode 73. For this episode, I had the opportunity to speak with Julie Satterfeal, MS, RD. We had a great conversation around common questions I get around how to incorporate nutritious eating within a non-diet (i.e., non-weight focused framework).
What To Expect in This Interview:
We cover the following topics:
How Julie's noticing of her own thin privilege impacted the messages she got about food growing up and her desire to go into this career pathThe fact that she she graduated college the year that Intuitive Eating was first published, and how that has impacted thingsWhere she's see the field change, and where she hasn'tWhy the health promoting behaviors to focus on may be simpler than you think, and what Julie works on with her clients most oftenAnd much more!
We also answer the following questions:
"I’m working on my relationship with food and I really feel good about the progress, but I just saw my doctor and we talked about my heart disease risk and I truly really want to lose weight still. How can I focus on improving my habits and weight loss without messing up the work I’ve done on my relationship with food?”"Why is the over focus on calories so unhelpful?" "If I don't focus on calories or weight, what should I focus on?"
Make Healthy Living Easy
Have you ever thought... "I just need more willpower." or "If I only had more self-control."
Actually, that is rarely the problem.
One of the first steps to develop sustainable healthy habits is to learn to make healthy living easier, so we can use LESS willpower. Sound good?
Download this free guide for 5 science-backed simple strategies to use less willpower today!
Grab this free guide today for 5 science-based simple strategies to use less willpower today! Let's start setting yourself up for success and regaining confidence in yourself.
Support Independent Bookstores Near You!
Did you know that that if nothing slows their momentum, Amazon will have almost 80% of the book market by the end of 2025?
Look, I love the convenience of Amazon, but I’ve got a super cool way that you can support local bookstores and my blog and podcast simply by buying books like you already do! You can choose any bookstore on the list in the US and Canada (they plan to expand to other counties in the future) OR you can just let the donation get split between all stores. As of this recording, they have raised 15 million dollars for local bookstores. On my bookshop, you will see my absolute favorite books related to health and wellness, courage and vulnerability, and even my favorite fiction and kids books!
My recent favorite related to improving the quality of our lives was Digital Minimalism. Our family actually has decided to do an optional screen free August to re-evaluate the role of screen time in our lives.
So if you believe in supporting local businesses, please consider buying your books through Bookshop from now on!
The Psychology of Wellness Bookshop Link.
Disclaimer: This blog and podcast is for informational and educational purposes only. It is not a substitute for individual professional advice or treatment, including medical or mental health advice. It does not constitute a provider patient relationship.
Disclosure: Using the Bookshop.org links in this post means that I would get an affiliate fee if you purchase from the online bookshop (this supports my business, and local bookstores too!).
Credit: This blog post was written by Dr. Shawn Hondorp and edited by Caitlyn Galvin.
Episode 72. I've said it before and I will say it again, I am often profoundly changed the impacted by conversations I have on this podcast. I still remember quotes and concepts from people I interviewed a year ago, and I still sometimes re-listen to the conversations to remind myself of the lessons I leraned from them.
This conversation with Dalia Kinsey, RD, LD, was extra special though. And I'm actually having a hard time putting into words why exactly that is. I think part of it is Dalia's presence, and the generosity and vulnerability that is shared including the process behind the scenes of writing this week. Beyond that, however, Dalia's compassion for others, myself included, who have very much missed the mark with wellness and health and lack of diversity in related fields, made this conversation all the more meaningful.
Inviting Dalia on the podcast was important to me because I truly believe to move towards true wellness and health means we must un-learn a lot of what we have been taught not only about what is healthy from a weight-centric model, but so much of what we have been taught about race, sexuality, and generally how so many of our systems, educational models, and structures are set up to serve white people, not persons of marginalized backgrounds.
I'll admit: I have total imposter syndrome when I talk about or write about topics related to diversity. I'm afraid I'll mess things up, say the wrong thing, offend someone (my deepest fear). But I know deep down it's a privilege to be able to choose to learn about and talk about these topics or not, and I am working on continuing to choose the (typically mild) discomfort, so I can continue to learn and grow.
I hope you will listen in on this conversation and hear the incredible gift that Dalia has given to the world by sharing this book with the world. I truly believe what I said in that I think this book truly benefits anyone who wants to learn about wellness and inclusion as an individual or as a healthcare provider.
I hope wherever you are in your journey of learning about diversity and where we in the US and other countries have greatly missed the mark, that you will remain open, curiosity, and humble and continue to be open to learning more. And remember that (as I often have to remind myself) you don't need to know it all, you just need to ask question and listen. There's so much value to be gained from learning about the amazingly diverse experiences of humans and I'm incredibly grateful that Dalia shared with us via Decolonizing Wellness, but also that I was able to have this incredible conversation as well.
What To Expect in This Interview:
We cover the following topics:
How Dalia came to doing this work, and the courage it took for Dalia to write Decolonizing Wellness, including the incredibly vulnerable process of doing soSome examples of the many ways that health and wellness spaces miss the mark when it comes to persons of diverse and/or marginalized identitiesWhat Dalia means by "When you queer anything it becomes more inclusive" (and why I've never been more convinced of this after talking to Dalia and reading Decolonizing Wellness)What Dalia wishes more people understood about these topicsAnd much more!
Who is Dalia Kinsey, RD, LD?
Dalia Kinsey is a queer Black Registered Dietitian, keynote speaker, the creator of the Body Liberation for All podcast, and author of Decolonizing Wellness: A QTBIPOC-Centered Guide to Escape the Diet Trap, Heal Your Self-Image, and Achieve Body Liberation. On a mission to spread joy, reduce suffering, and eliminate health disparities in the LGBTQIA+ and BIPOC community, Dalia rejects diet culture and teaches people to use nutrition as a self-care and personal empowerment tool to counter the damage of systemic oppression. Dalia works at the intersection of holistic wellness and social justice, continually creating wellness tools and resources that center the most vulnerable,
Episode 71. What does March Madness have to teach us about our relationship to food and our eating habits? In this episode of the Motivation Made Easy podcast you will find out!
What to Expect In This Episode
What watching March Madness basketball teaches us about motivationHow we can understand the role of diet culture, pressure and body shame on our eating habits by looking at other experiences of pressure and expectationsHow to reduce excessive pressure to improve internal motivation for the changes you want to make in your lifeA fun fact about a basketball players eating habits
Do you ever worry that you are wasting your life?
I definitely did. In fact, I wrote that in my journal many years ago when I was in the middle of the diet-binge roller coaster ride.
I woke up every day thinking about food, my body, and what I would eat that day to “be healthy”The notebooks I had filled with calories and points could fill up a spare bedroomSocial events and vacations immediately prompted the thought “they will notice I gained weight” or “I need to lose weight by then”Deep down I knew I wasn’t living life the way I wanted to, but I didn’t know how to pull myself out of it.
If this is you, I want you to imagine what it would feel like to feel empowered in your body and proud of your choices on a consistent basis. I promise you, it isn’t too late.
Dieting steals our motivation. It makes us ineffective. It keeps us spinning our wheels in a system that was never built to work.
If you are ready take the first step to motivating yourself with what matters to you, download my free Create Powerful Motivation guide (which is quite beautifully designed if I do say so myself), and walk through the 3 simple steps to create motivation that works for YOU in 15 minutes or less. You will get a simple formula to write ONE SENTENCE you can use to motivate yourself on a daily basis.
You can write it on your bathroom mirror, put on the background of your phone, or just read it and repeat it in your mind.
Look, I know how much it hurts to live a life worrying you are missing out, not stepping into the person you were truly meant to be, vibrant, passionate, curious, vulnerable, and brave.
You can listen to the podcast all day, but taking that first step, putting pen the paper (or typing on your phone) is required for true lasing change. It’s time to start living my friend.
It’s 100% free, so what are you waiting for? Grab your free copy of the guide today at DrHondorp.com/Motivate
March Madness, Sandwiches, and Internal Motivation
He looked so incredibly happy, relaxed, and confident. The dude was clearly having the time of his life.
Who am I talking about?
Doug Edert, guard on Saint Peter's University basketball team, of course.
You may or may not know who he is. But prior to this March Madness tournament, I'm almost sure you didn't.
Doug is on the Saint Peter's University basketball team. A team that recently became the first 15 seed to reach the Elite 8.
In the games I watched, Doug looked happy and incredibly relaxed. He appeared to be having fun, and simply enjoying the challenge and the opportunity.
The Freedom of Low Expectations
St. Peter's had already accomplished so much by making the tournament. They had only made it once before in school history, back in 2011.
St. Peter's is a private Jesuit university located in Jersey City, New Jersey. The school has 2,637 students.
The Pressure of High Expectations
For comparison, the University of Kentucky, who lost to Saint Peter's in the first round as a 2-seed (and one of the top favorites to win the entire tournament) has an enrollment of 22,227.
As the game went on, and it became clear that Saint Peter's very well may win this thing, you see the Kentucky players getting more tense, less relaxed. Certainly not having fun.
When Doug Edert and Saint Peter's went on to continue to the next game,
Episode 70. Today's post and episode is actually a replay of my conversation last summer with Dr. Jillian Murphy, ND. I don't replay episodes all that often, but I realized many people missed this one, and it's truly a crucial on in understanding this approach, understanding Health at Every Size, Intuitive Eating, and the somewhat less talked about concepts of Competent Eating and Division of Responsibility work lead by Ellyn Satter.
Cutting the Diet Culture Cord
One thing that really becomes evident in the conversation with Dr. Murphy, is that anti-diet, weight inclusive approaches benefit all bodies. Not just people with eating disorders or in a certain body size, but ALL OF US. I’m really excited for you to listen to this interview, because we cover a lot and Dr. Murphy is a WEALTH of knowledge as she’s been practicing naturopathic medicine in the weight inclusive space for a decade.
One thing that was super interesting to me is the fact that even when things feel “mild” in terms of “healthy eating”, how much freedom you can still gain from cutting the diet culture cord.
I seriously learned a ton in this interview. Let’s dive in!
"This isn't an individual failure; it's a failure of the system and the information you've gotten… you weren't born eating like this."- Jillian Murphy
In the interview, we cover:
Why Health at Every Size is not just a social movement, but an evidence-based movement rooted heavily in science. She breaks this down in a way that I truly haven’t heard before, so make sure you stay tuned to really understand why and how this isn’t just a “don’t judge people for their body size” movement (though that’s of course very important, too!)We talk about her training as a Doctor of Naturopathic Medicine and where her focus is, as well as the ways that her training, just like pretty much all standard training programs, were steeped in diet culture beliefs.Her experience with orthorexia and how she finally fully cut the diet culture cord.We talk about her work learning about competent eating through the Ellyn Satter Institute and the power of this approach for kids and adults. I’m SO excited for this part of this conversation, because we talk about a nuanced approach to moving towards a flexible, healthy, sustainable relationship with food called Competent Eating that can be really helpful for people who want more structure than Intuitive Eating provides. Super cool.
Do you ever worry that you are wasting your life?
I definitely did. In fact, I wrote that in my journal many years ago when I was in the middle of the diet-binge roller coaster ride.
I woke up every day thinking about food, my body, and what I would eat that day to “be healthy”The notebooks I had filled with calories and points could fill up a spare bedroomSocial events and vacations immediately prompted the thought “they will notice I gained weight” or “I need to lose weight by then”Deep down I knew I wasn’t living life the way I wanted to, but I didn’t know how to pull myself out of it.
If this is you, I want you to imagine what it would feel like to feel empowered in your body and proud of your choices on a consistent basis. I promise you, it isn’t too late.
Dieting steals our motivation. It makes us ineffective. It keeps us spinning our wheels in a system that was never built to work.
If you are ready take the first step to motivating yourself with what matters to you, download my free Create Powerful Motivation guide (which is quite beautifully designed if I do say so myself), and walk through the 3 simple steps to create motivation that works for YOU in 15 minutes or less. You will get a simple formula to write ONE SENTENCE you can use to motivate yourself on a daily basis.
You can write it on your bathroom mirror, put on the background of your phone, or just read it and repeat it in your mind.
Look, I know how much it hurts to live a life worrying you are missing out,
Episode 69. Today I'm doing a review of my very favorite books to improve your relationship with food. Are you ready!? Let's dive in.
What to Expect In This Episode
The top 5 books I recommend most to help you improve your relationship with foodWhich books are best for which type of person (you like science? I got you; more of a story person? I'll be speaking to that too)When to know if books aren't enough
Do you ever worry that you are wasting your life?
I definitely did. In fact, I wrote that in my journal many years ago when I was in the middle of the diet-binge roller coaster ride.
I woke up every day thinking about food, my body, and what I would eat that day to “be healthy”The notebooks I had filled with calories and points could fill up a spare bedroomSocial events and vacations immediately prompted the thought “they will notice I gained weight” or “I need to lose weight by then”Deep down I knew I wasn’t living life the way I wanted to, but I didn’t know how to pull myself out of it.
If this is you, I want you to imagine what it would feel like to feel empowered in your body and proud of your choices on a consistent basis. I promise you, it isn’t too late.
Dieting steals our motivation. It makes us ineffective. It keeps us spinning our wheels in a system that was never built to work.
If you are ready take the first step to motivating yourself with what matters to you, download my free Create Powerful Motivation guide (which is quite beautifully designed if I do say so myself), and walk through the 3 simple steps to create motivation that works for YOU in 15 minutes or less. You will get a simple formula to write ONE SENTENCE you can use to motivate yourself on a daily basis.
You can write it on your bathroom mirror, put on the background of your phone, or just read it and repeat it in your mind.
Look, I know how much it hurts to live a life worrying you are missing out, not stepping into the person you were truly meant to be, vibrant, passionate, curious, vulnerable, and brave.
You can listen to the podcast all day, but taking that first step, putting pen the paper (or typing on your phone) is required for true lasing change. It’s time to start living my friend.
It’s 100% free, so what are you waiting for? Grab your free copy of the guide today at DrHondorp.com/Motivate
Top Books to Improve Your Relationship With Food
The Gifts of Imperfection by Brene Brown
The Joy Choice and/or No Sweat by Michelle Segar, PhD, MPH - List to my conversation with Dr. Segar here!
Health at Every Size by Lindo Bacon, PhD
Decolonizing Wellness by Dalia Kinsey, RD, LD
The Diet-Free Revolution by Alexis Conason, PsyD and/or The Mindfulness-Based Eating Solution by Lynn Rossy, PhD - Listen to my conversation with Dr. Conason here!
Intuitive Eating by Evelyn Tribole and Elyse Resch
How to Know When Books Aren't Enough
You continue to doubt the process, whether it's working, and if you are on the right path.You are reading the information, but not implementing it.You still feel a tremendous amount of shame about your struggles.If you have a significant eating disorder (e.g., really are struggling to eat more food throughout the day, have very engrained thoughts about your body, are bingeing/purging or excessively exercising or doing other things to get rid of calories) please call the National Eating Disorders Helpline here. Remember that eating disorders can and do occurs in all body sizes.
Options for Next Steps
If you are finding that books aren't enough, or you are just wanting more support and to make progress faster, look into finding more support.
Friend level support. Find a friend (or two) to do a book club with. Read one of the above books and meet regularly to discuss it and how you will apply it.Find a Health at Every Size aligned dietitian and/or therapist (counselor, psychotherapist, psychologist).
Episode 68. Today I’m so excited to talk with Jessi Holden. I found her via Google search, and then learned she lives right by me! We had a really cool conversation about the ways you can support autonomy and desire for weight loss all at the same time!
What to Expect In This Episode
In this interview, we cover:
Can a weight inclusive approach (e.g., Health at Every Size®, Intuitive Eating) and pursuing weight loss go together?How does this relate to weight loss in general, and weight loss (bariatric) surgery?Some of the ways Health at Every Size® and Intuitive Eating are aligned, and how they are differentThe way we have seen professionals accidentally take away autonomy from their clients and patientsWhy social media may not be the best place to have these nuanced conversations (and a little tangent about how my use of social media has drastically changed in the past 6 months and why)What we want people to know to truly make sure they are making autonomous and empowered choices in this space
Who is Jessi Holden, MS, RD?
Jessi Holden is a registered dietitian/nutritionist who is aligned with the Health at Every Size® Movement and considers the affects of weight loss surgery, and how the two concepts are interrelated. In her work, she integrates Intuitive Eating to promote health in her clients. Through Jessi's blog, individuals are able to learn how to eat better to suit their body, how to exercise more in balanced ways, and how to focus on getting healthier.
"Everybody is deserving of finding health and what that really looks like for them."- Jessi Holden, MS, RDN
Want To Support Local Bookstores Near You?
Buy your books from Bookshop! Support local bookstores near you and this blog and podcast and help prevent Amazon from completely squashing the local book market.
Do you ever worry that you are wasting your life?
I definitely did. In fact, I wrote that in my journal many years ago when I was in the middle of the diet-binge roller coaster ride.
I woke up every day thinking about food, my body, and what I would eat that day to “be healthy”The notebooks I had filled with calories and points could fill up a spare bedroomSocial events and vacations immediately prompted the thought “they will notice I gained weight” or “I need to lose weight by then”Deep down I knew I wasn’t living life the way I wanted to, but I didn’t know how to pull myself out of it.
If this is you, I want you to imagine what it would feel like to feel empowered in your body and proud of your choices on a consistent basis. I promise you, it isn’t too late.
Dieting steals our motivation. It makes us ineffective. It keeps us spinning our wheels in a system that was never built to work.
If you are ready take the first step to motivating yourself with what matters to you, download my free Cultivate Powerful Motivation guide (which is quite beautifully designed if I do say so myself), and walk through the 3 simple steps to cultivate motivation that works for YOU in 15 minutes or less. You will get a simple formula to write ONE SENTENCE you can use to motivate yourself on a daily basis.
You can write it on your bathroom mirror, put on the background of your phone, or just read it and repeat it in your mind.
Look, I know how much it hurts to live a life worrying you are missing out, not stepping into the person you were truly meant to be, vibrant, passionate, curious, vulnerable, and brave.
You can listen to the podcast all day, but taking that first step, putting pen the paper (or typing on your phone) is required for true change. It’s time to start living my friend.
It’s 100% free, so what are you waiting for? Grab your free copy of the guide today at DrHondorp.com/Motivate
Main Takeaways from this Episode!
HAES and the desire for weight loss (surgery or not) can go together. Healthcare professionals don't need to shy away from this topic to be aligned with a weight-inclusive approach.
Episode 67. Simplify. Play. Choose Joy. How does THAT sound to you, friends?
In today's episode, I got to sit down with Dr. Michelle Segar, someone whose work I deeply admire, and this only was amplified after our conversation. It was a reminder to me that even people who have tons of research publications and two books have self-doubt, but that people doing the courageous work of questioning the status quo are essential to improving the way we do things, and help people.
What to Expect in this Interview
In this interview, we cover:
What prompted Dr. Segar to get into doing this work (she takes us back to a story from a pivotal moment among a group of women in 1994)When and why she first started applying Self-Determination Theory to understanding eating and exercise habitsWhat made her write her bestselling book No Sweat AND her brand new book out this week called The Joy ChoiceWhat we need to understand about the existing research on habit change and why it might not always apply to eating behaviorWhat is a "habiter" versus an "unhabiter", and how to know which one you areHow to use her science-based decision support strategy - simplify, play, and choose joy - to help us quiet the mental noise and clear the decks for effective decision making through joy, ease, and flexibility.” What it means to make the "perfect, imperfect choice" and how it can help you (make sure you check out the example about how this applies to Kara's habit of skipping lunch)
Who is Dr. Michelle Segar?
Michelle Segar, PhD, MPH, MS bestselling author of No Sweat and sustainable behavior change scientist, directs the University of Michigan’s Sport, Health, and Activity Research and Policy Center. She has spent the last 25 years conducting health coaching and research and translating it into sustainable behavior change messages and programming for professionals and organizations seeking to accelerate and sustain positive change. Her comprehensive, research-based approach to creating sustainable behavior change has made her a sought-after speaker, sustainable-behavior-change trainer, and consultant. Michelle is passionate about helping professionals and organizations learn how to integrate the latest scientific findings into clinic-based counseling and tele-coaching protocols and digital health products and practices.
"How can we be failing at something when we've been set up to fail?"-Michelle Segar, PhD, MPH, MS
Want To Support Local Bookstores Near You?
Buy The Joy Choice and other great books from Bookshop! Support local bookstores near you and this blog and podcast and help prevent Amazon from completely squashing the local book market.
Do you ever worry that you are wasting your life?
I definitely did. In fact, I wrote that in my journal many years ago when I was in the middle of the diet-binge roller coaster ride.
I woke up every day thinking about food, my body, and what I would eat that day to "be healthy"The notebooks I had filled with calories and points could fill up a spare bedroomSocial events and vacations immediately prompted the thought "they will notice I gained weight" or "I need to lose weight by then"Deep down I knew I wasn't living life the way I wanted to, but I didn't know how to pull myself out of it.
If this is you, I want you to imagine what it would feel like to feel empowered in your body and proud of your choices on a consistent basis. I promise you, it isn't too late.
Dieting steals our motivation. It makes us ineffective. It keeps us spinning our wheels in a system that was never built to work.
If you are ready take the first step to motivating yourself with what matters to you, download my free Cultivate Powerful Motivation guide (which is quite beautifully designed if I do say so myself), and walk through the 3 simple steps to cultivate motivation that works for YOU in 15 minutes or less. You will get a simple formula to write ONE SENTENCE you can use to motivate yourself...
Episode 66. Today I'm talking to Colleen Christensen, RD, ALL about Intuitive Eating, set point weight, and how to embrace the journey even when you are scared to do so.
We cover the following (and more!):
Colleen's history of an eating disorder, how she healed it, and how she can to doing this work.The main things that helped her break out of the diet cycle, and what she would do differently knowing what she knows now.What set point weight is, how to find it.The crucial shifts she sees people make to help them get over the fears of weight gain.The pros and cons of social media both for people learning about Intuitive Eating there, and for social media influencers.
Colleen Christensen is a Registered Dietitian who believes in the power of food freedom. Through her social media channels, blog, videos and incredibly popular membership community, The SociEATy, she helps women to stop dieting and start fueling their bodies intuitively- without food rules! As a dietitian Colleen knows the importance of nutrition but also that an unhealthy obsession can be detrimental to our health. Finding the "balance" we're all striving for isn't a mystical unicorn; it's 180% within everyone's reach and Colleen guides & inspires others to find this style of food freedom that feels GOOD... mentally and physically!
"People ask me how do I find this magical set point weight; it's by not focusing on weight."-Colleen Christensen, RD
Want To Support Local Bookstores Near You?
Buy your books from Bookshop! Support local bookstores near you and this blog and podcast and help prevent Amazon from completely squashing the local book market.
Are You New Here?
Welcome! I’m so glad to have you. You might be wondering what this blog and podcast are all about.
We relate everything in this podcast back to motivation, but not the hustle and grind kind. Truly sustainable motivation that keeps you feeling energetic and engaged in your life for the long haul. We talk about why “I’m just not motivated” is a myth, and why the TYPE of motivation you have is so important to fully understand. If you are ready to learn about motivation and respecting your body in an effective way so that you can live a life you truly love, you are in the right place.
Check out the Foundational Episodes of the Motivation Made Easy Podcast here!
Introduction: What is this podcast all about?Episode 1: Want to Get & Stay Motivated? A Crash Course on Motivation, Weight Loss, and HealthEpisode 2: How Dieting Steals Our MotivationEpisode 3: How To Get Motivated To Improve Your Health (Motivation 101)Episode 4: How to Transform Health Fears Into Forward Progress
Do you ever worry that you are wasting your life?
I definitely did. In fact, I wrote that in my journal many years ago when I was in the middle of the diet-binge roller coaster ride.
I woke up every day thinking about food, my body, and what I would eat that day to “be healthy”The notebooks I had filled with calories and points could fill up a spare bedroomSocial events and vacations immediately prompted the thought “they will notice I gained weight” or “I need to lose weight by then”Deep down I knew I wasn’t living life the way I wanted to, but I didn’t know how to pull myself out of it.
If this is you, I want you to imagine what it would feel like to feel empowered in your body and proud of your choices on a consistent basis. I promise you, it isn’t too late.
Dieting steals our motivation. It makes us ineffective. It keeps us spinning our wheels in a system that was never built to work.
If you are ready take the first step to motivating yourself with what matters to you, download my free Create Powerful Motivation guide (which is quite beautifully designed if I do say so myself), and walk through the 3 simple steps to create motivation that works for YOU in 15 minutes or less. You will get a simple formula to write ONE SENTENCE you can use to motivate yourself on a daily basis.
Episode 65. Today I'm talking to Courtney Gayle (I know her from middle school as Courtney Warford).
Courtney Gayle is an Austin-based singer/model/actress. Known for her powerful-yet-intimate vocal style, she frequently performs solo and with groups throughout the country.
As an actress, her one-woman show, “The Blurred Lines,” made a splash at the Metropolitan Room shortly before her musical theater debut at The Fulton Theatre.
Courtney frequently does print and influencer modeling, often showcasing her impressive red locks for brands including DevaCurl and EyeBuyDirect.
Currently recording new music with her closest collaborators, Courtney is available for performances, modeling opportunities and voice-over work.
"The more comfortable I am, the less successful I am."- Courtney Gayle
We cover the following (and more!):
Courtney's journey pursuing her dream as a singerHer relationship with food and body and how that played a role when she is clearly told that her body is "part of the sale"The strategies she uses regularly to cope with negative body image thoughts within the entertainment industry
Watch Courtney In Action!
IG Links: https://www.instagram.com/iamcourtneygayle/
https://www.instagram.com/grittysunset/
Website: https://www.grittysunset.com/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/grittysunsetduo
YouTube: Courtney Gayle
Want To Support Local Bookstores Near You?
Buy your books from Bookshop! Support local bookstores near you and this blog and podcast and help prevent Amazon from completely squashing the local book market.
Do you ever worry that you are wasting your life?
I definitely did. In fact, I wrote that in my journal many years ago when I was in the middle of the diet-binge roller coaster ride.
I woke up every day thinking about food, my body, and what I would eat that day to “be healthy”The notebooks I had filled with calories and points could fill up a spare bedroomSocial events and vacations immediately prompted the thought “they will notice I gained weight” or “I need to lose weight by then”Deep down I knew I wasn’t living life the way I wanted to, but I didn’t know how to pull myself out of it.
If this is you, I want you to imagine what it would feel like to feel empowered in your body and proud of your choices on a consistent basis. I promise you, it isn’t too late.
Dieting steals our motivation. It makes us ineffective. It keeps us spinning our wheels in a system that was never built to work.
If you are ready take the first step to motivating yourself with what matters to you, download my free Create Powerful Motivation guide (which is quite beautifully designed if I do say so myself), and walk through the 3 simple steps to create motivation that works for YOU in 15 minutes or less. You will get a simple formula to write ONE SENTENCE you can use to motivate yourself on a daily basis.
You can write it on your bathroom mirror, put on the background of your phone, or just read it and repeat it in your mind.
Look, I know how much it hurts to live a life worrying you are missing out, not stepping into the person you were truly meant to be, vibrant, passionate, curious, vulnerable, and brave.
You can listen to the podcast all day, but taking that first step, putting pen the paper (or typing on your phone) is required for true lasing change. It’s time to start living my friend.
It’s 100% free, so what are you waiting for? Grab your free copy of the guide today at DrHondorp.com/Motivate
Main Takeaways from This Conversation
Dieting in any of the traditional ways we do it disconnect us from our life.To progress and succeed in life, it takes stepping out of your comfort zone.People respond differently to confidence. If you're confident, often no one cares how much you weigh.Diamonds form under pressure and beauty emerges from times of adversity.We are able to live our lives to the fullest through food.
Episode 64. Today I have the pleasure of talking with Samantha Barash!
Brand New Masterclass!
Before I tell you all about this amazing episode... Did you grab your seat yet!? Click here or on the image below for all the details and to grab this value packed free training!
What We Cover in This Week's Episode:
Samantha’s personal experience with diet culture,How nutritional education is sending out mixed messages,The process of removing shame from fitness,The journey of transforming her cycle studio into a safe space for women to move freely,& Reframing the purpose of exercise and dispelling that it is solely a tool for weight loss.
Samantha Barash is an intuitive eating registered dietitian and the owner of Tap Into Nutrition, a nutrition counseling service dedicated to supporting individuals to cultivate a healthy relationship with food and their bodies. Tap Into Nutrition utilizes a non-diet, weight-inclusive, Health at Every Size approach to empower their clients to break free from chronic dieting and understand nutrition in a gentle, evidence-based approach that emphasizes mental health as just as important as physical health. During 1-on-1 individualized sessions, Samantha works with her clients to dive deep into their nutrition and dieting history to unlearn old mindsets. She will guide your journey to find peace with food while simultaneously becoming your healthiest self.
Samantha Barash earned her Bachelor's of Science in Dietetics from Michigan State University and then went off to complete her accredited internship at Wayne State University. When Sam isn't supporting her clients to navigate their plates from a non-diet approach, she can be found motivating riders as the lead instructor at CycleBar in Troy, Michigan. With Sam’s guidance, CycleBar in Troy has been able to cultivate an inclusive fitness space, welcoming to all identities, body sizes and fitness levels. As a registered dietitian and fitness professional, Samantha approaches her work from a “what can we add” vs. “what are we taking away” mentality.
You can find her on instagram @tapintonutrition and @samanthabarash and on her website at www.tapintonutrition.net
“You have permission to do what your body is asking for.”- Samantha Barash, RD
Main Takeaways From This Episode
Shame shouldn't be used as a facilitator of change in nutrition or movement.Try reframing your mindset around exercise from "I'm doing this to create physical change" to "I'm showing up for my mental health and clarity."People want to feel welcomed and like they belong, so creating a safe space for women to move freely is crucial to inclusive and supportive fitness.Give yourself permission to do what your body is asking for and to move in a way your body wants.
Did You Grab Your Seat for the Free Masterclass Yet?
Did you grab your seat yet!? Click here or on the image below for all the details and to grab this value packed free training!
Disclaimer: This blog and podcast is for informational and educational purposes only. It is not a substitute for individual professional advice or treatment, including medical or mental health advice. It does not constitute a provider patient relationship.
Disclosure: Using the Bookshop.org links in this post means that I would get an affiliate fee if you purchase from the online bookshop (this supports my business, and local bookstores too!).
Episode 63. Today I'm taking you on a behind the scenes tour of The Body Respect Program. I'm going to talk about how it's evolved over the years I've been doing it (I started it in a much different form as an in person group in Chicago back in 2011), why I created it, how it's teaching people to regain trust with their bodies after years of chronic dieting, and why I've never believed in something more.
Brand New Masterclass!
Before I tell you all about this revealing episode... Did you grab your seat yet!? Click here or on the image below for all the details and to grab this value packed free training!
What to Expect In This Episode:
How and why I decided to create an online programA behind the scenes look at my fears in initially launching the program, the emotional roller coaster of launch expectations, and how the launch turned out compared to my expectations (you will be surprised about this one!)How standard healthcare and traditional approaches to eating and weight management are keeping you stuckWhat we've adapted and changed in the program to get even better resultsWhy this program is needed more than ever right now
Main Takeaways from This Episode
You likely are still getting a LOT of inaccurate messages about your health, weight, and wellnessYou and your body are not broken, and it's WAY more effective to work with your body instead of against itYou should have some form of support and accountability for any important change you want to makeMore likely than not, you need more support and accountability if you aren't making progress towards your goals (in any area)
Did You Grab Your Seat for the Free Masterclass Yet?
Did you grab your seat yet!? Click here or on the image below for all the details and to grab this value packed free training!
Disclaimer: This blog and podcast is for informational and educational purposes only. It is not a substitute for individual professional advice or treatment, including medical or mental health advice. It does not constitute a provider patient relationship.
Disclosure: Using the Bookshop.org links in this post means that I would get an affiliate fee if you purchase from the online bookshop (this supports my business, and local bookstores too!).
Episode 62. Dr. Ledet is a gem and a good friend of mine whose legs I've never seen. LOL. Truly though she is an incredible human being that I met online and now I consider her a very close support person in my life. I brought her on today because she has a gift and incredible expertise in breaking down complex topics like anxiety and guilt and living a values-consistent life. I can't wait for you to listen in to this conversation.
Brand New Live Masterclass!
We cover the following (and more!):
Sumer's relationship with her body (something she hasn't shared much about in the past)What shifted things for her (Hint: It had nothing to do with therapy or treatment)What does it mean to clarify your values and why should you care about it?How you can use your values to motivate true change (and why if it's comfortable for you, you may be doing it wrong)
"I believe we are all here for a purpose, and if you're not willing to check in with that, you might miss it" -Dr. Sumer Ledet
Who is Dr. Sumer Ledet?
Dr. Sumer Ledet is a licensed psychologist, anxiety expert, digital program creator, and working mother. Using her signature program, The Get Present System, she helps high achieving working mothers to finally enjoy the life they have worked so hard to create without being paralyzed by anxiety or having to fake being "OK" any longer. Since transitioning her business from a 1:1 brick-and-mortar private therapy practice to an online group coaching program during COVID, she is enjoying more time with my two boys and husband and practicing what she preaches more effectively than ever before.
She has a doctorate and two master’s degrees and is licensed as a Medical Psychologist. She has been published in the Psychology Times, the Louisiana Psychological Association blog, the journal of Schizophrenia Research, and has co-authored a book chapter on Schizophrenia. She has created hundreds of free educational videos to manage anxiety. You can check out a sample here: How I manage mom guilt
Check her out on Facebook or Instagram @drsumerledetGet Present Bootcamp: www.sumerledet.com/bootcamp
Main Takeaways From This Conversation
Clarifying your values is everything. Please do it! It's a foundational concept of both of our programs for a reason and consistently everyone's favorite Module in The Body Respect Program.Values are key for autonomous motivation. To develop autonomous motivation, the type that sticks for the long-haul, doing this work is essential.If your comfortable, you may not be doing it right. Values clarification is inherently uncomfortable. We are never living 100% with our values and looking at the gaps (where you aren't living life exactly how you'd like to be) is sometimes really hard, but it's essential. And when you do it without judging or shaming yourself, it really isn't all that bd.Ask yourself ""How do I want to show up in my life?" To dive in thoroughly, you can check out the book Get Out of Your Mind and Into Your Life by Dr. Steven Hayes, PhD. OR, you can ask questions like "How do I want to show up in my life?"
Did You Grab Your Seat for the Live Masterclass Yet?
Disclaimer: This blog and podcast is for informational and educational purposes only. It is not a substitute for individual professional advice or treatment, including medical or mental health advice. It does not constitute a provider patient relationship.
Disclosure: Using the Bookshop.org links in this post means that I would get an affiliate fee if you purchase from the online bookshop (this supports my business, and local bookstores too!).
Episode 61. One thing I often hear from folks is how expensive it is to make healthy lifestyle changes. And this can 100% be true. Today, I want to delve into some specifics, of the ways that giving up dieting can actually save you money, maybe lots of it. Are you intrigued? If you are a long time listener, you know I'm pretty minimalistic at heart. This does not mean I don't have or like stuff, I truly do and frankly my house is a mess. However, I am always looking to simplify my life, de-clutter, and build more connections and experiences. That's what minimalism means to mean, focusing on the value of things and experiences, and less on accumulation of things. We are going to get into some details and numbers here, so get ready and get excited!
We cover the following (and more!):
My personal experience with spending money, time, and energy on diet culture.How minimalism can help fight consumer culture.How meal prepping can make cooking for your family a seamless process.Other ways to invest in your health.& so much more!
Are You New Here?
Welcome! I’m so glad to have you. You might be wondering what this blog and podcast are all about.
We relate everything in this podcast back to motivation, but not the hustle and grind kind. Truly sustainable motivation that keeps you feeling energetic and engaged in your life for the long haul. We talk about why “I’m just not motivated” is a myth, and why the TYPE of motivation you have is so important to fully understand. If you are ready to learn about motivation and respecting your body in an effective way so that you can live a life you truly love, you are in the right place.
Check out the Foundational Episodes of the Motivation Made Podcast here!
Introduction: What is this podcast all about?Episode 1: Want to Get & Stay Motivated? A Crash Course on Motivation, Weight Loss, and HealthEpisode 2: How Dieting Steals Our MotivationEpisode 3: How To Get Motivated To Improve Your Health (Motivation 101)Episode 4: How to Transform Health Fears Into Forward Progress
“I’m terrified I’m wasting my life.”
I wrote this in a journal in the middle of the diet-binge cycle. And frankly, I kind of was.
I’m here to tell you it’s never too late to gain control of your eating, respect your body, and live a life that’s TRULY consistent with your values. But you need to take the first step.
One of the very first steps in developing truly autonomous and body respecting motivation is to clarify what actually matters to you. Not your mom, not your sister, not your best friend, YOU.
The more you reflect on this, the more you can connect your values to your behaviors in a sustainable and empowering way.
Grab the free guide at DrHondorp.com/goals and get started today. I promise you, it’s never to late to stop dieting and start truly living. You will not regret it.
Healthy Eating and Money
Like many topics I talk about, sometimes I'm like, do I really wanna go here? But this is a topic I think is really important to consider. Particularly because money stress is VERY prevalent, before the pandemic, but for many it is especially now. I think people are also re-evaluating money and what it means for them.
When You Feel More Competent and Trust Yourself, You Can Make Smarter Money Decisions
When I was in the diet binge cycle I was desperate for a solution and to feel better. The amount of money I've paid to the diet industry for zero results (except more lack of trust in myself and guilt about "failing" another program) is a LOT.
I did Jenny Craig, which isn't cheap.
I did Weight Watchers 3-4 times. At least that one was online so overall was cheaper.
I convinced my parents to buy a treadmill in high school which I barely used. Granted, that was their money and I think some family members occasionally used it? But not much, folks.
I was mostly a broke student (actually almost the whole time I was in the diet binge cycle I was a student) so I mostl...
Episode 60. Today's topic delves into something I feel strongly about and have thought about sharing for a while now. I've decided to share now for a few reasons:
I believe stories are incredibly powerful and just sharing facts ain't going to cut it with this incredibly important topic.I've finally created a bit of time and space in my life to research the topic and form some coherent thoughts.I have many different privileges that afford me the opportunity to share this story, without as much fear of painful backlash as some other women might face. And that's messed up.
That said, this topic is hard to write and talk about. It still brings up grief and sadness that I frankly still often want to avoid. But it feels incredibly important, because stories and support are what helped me get through this immensely difficult experience. As a woman, I feel compelled to speak out for many reasons that I will explain further below (that is, this is related to health and well-being and your relationship to food and your body, and not just a random story about my experience).
“If we can let go of the shame and focus on the root cause, maybe then we could start making some headway.”- Dr. Sumer Ledet
This episode includes the following:
My personal experience with miscarriage and griefAn overview of some of the stats about miscarriage and how weight is typically discussed in this arena of health (and how this applies to most other health arenas)How correlation is different from causation and why we need to be super aware of this as we interpret research studies, and interact with medical providersWhat you need to know to empower yourself or your loved ones as you move towards taking great care of yourself on this incredibly vulnerable journey that is trying to conceive and have the family you want (or again, this example pretty much relates to most health related concerns that are blamed on weight)
Want To Support Local Bookstores Near You?
Buy your books from Bookshop! Support local bookstores near you and this blog and podcast and help prevent Amazon from completely squashing the local book market.
Are You New Here?
Welcome! I’m so glad to have you. You might be wondering what this blog and podcast are all about.
We relate everything in this podcast back to motivation, but not the hustle and grind kind. Truly sustainable motivation that keeps you feeling energetic and engaged in your life for the long haul. We talk about why “I’m just not motivated” is a myth, and why the TYPE of motivation you have is so important to fully understand. If you are ready to learn about motivation and respecting your body in an effective way so that you can live a life you truly love, you are in the right place.
Check out the Foundational Episodes of the Motivation Made Easy Podcast here!
Introduction: What is this podcast all about?Episode 1: Want to Get & Stay Motivated? A Crash Course on Motivation, Weight Loss, and HealthEpisode 2: How Dieting Steals Our MotivationEpisode 3: How To Get Motivated To Improve Your Health (Motivation 101)Episode 4: How to Transform Health Fears Into Forward Progress
Do you ever worry that you are wasting your life?
I definitely did. In fact, I wrote that in my journal many years ago when I was in the middle of the diet-binge roller coaster ride.
I woke up every day thinking about food, my body, and what I would eat that day to "be healthy"The notebooks I had filled with calories and points could fill up a spare bedroomSocial events and vacations immediately prompted the thought "they will notice I gained weight" or "I need to lose weight by then"Deep down I knew I wasn't living life the way I wanted to, but I didn't know how to pull myself out of it.
If this is you, I want you to imagine what it would feel like to feel empowered in your body and proud of your choices on a consistent basis. I promise you, it isn't too late.
Dieting steals our motivation.
Episode 59. Young kids these days, they are all for body positivity, right?? In today's episode, I sat down with my 3 college aged interns. They all graduated this year or will soon graduate with their bachelor's degrees in psychology or nutrition.
Want To Support Local Bookstores Near You?
Buy your books from Bookshop! Support local bookstores near you and this blog and podcast and help prevent Amazon from completely squashing the local book market.
"The most important thing I've learned was that I could leave dieting behind and still be healthy."-Sanya Kapur
What to Expect In This Episode:
They all share their relationship with food prior to the internship, and how the internship has changed things for themThey talk about their current education and how much (or how little) of what we talk about on this podcast was stuff they already knew or had been taughtThe myths and misconceptions that were dispelledHow they want to see things change in the future in regards to this work
Are You New Here?
Welcome! I’m so glad to have you. You might be wondering what this blog and podcast are all about.
We relate everything in this podcast back to motivation, but not the hustle and grind kind. Truly sustainable motivation that keeps you feeling energetic and engaged in your life for the long haul. We talk about why “I’m just not motivated” is a myth, and why the TYPE of motivation you have is so important to fully understand. If you are ready to learn about motivation and respecting your body in an effective way so that you can live a life you truly love, you are in the right place.
Check out the Foundational Episodes of the Motivation Made Easy Podcast here!
Introduction: What is this podcast all about?Episode 1: Want to Get & Stay Motivated? A Crash Course on Motivation, Weight Loss, and HealthEpisode 2: How Dieting Steals Our MotivationEpisode 3: How To Get Motivated To Improve Your Health (Motivation 101)Episode 4: How to Transform Health Fears Into Forward Progress
Do you ever worry that you are wasting your life?
I definitely did. In fact, I wrote that in my journal many years ago when I was in the middle of the diet-binge roller coaster ride.
I woke up every day thinking about food, my body, and what I would eat that day to “be healthy”The notebooks I had filled with calories and points could fill up a spare bedroomSocial events and vacations immediately prompted the thought “they will notice I gained weight” or “I need to lose weight by then”Deep down I knew I wasn’t living life the way I wanted to, but I didn’t know how to pull myself out of it.
If this is you, I want you to imagine what it would feel like to feel empowered in your body and proud of your choices on a consistent basis. I promise you, it isn’t too late.
Dieting steals our motivation. It makes us ineffective. It keeps us spinning our wheels in a system that was never built to work.
If you are ready take the first step to motivating yourself with what matters to you, download my free Create Powerful Motivation guide (which is quite beautifully designed if I do say so myself), and walk through the 3 simple steps to create motivation that works for YOU in 15 minutes or less. You will get a simple formula to write ONE SENTENCE you can use to motivate yourself on a daily basis.
You can write it on your bathroom mirror, put on the background of your phone, or just read it and repeat it in your mind.
Look, I know how much it hurts to live a life worrying you are missing out, not stepping into the person you were truly meant to be, vibrant, passionate, curious, vulnerable, and brave.
You can listen to the podcast all day, but taking that first step, putting pen the paper (or typing on your phone) is required for true lasing change. It’s time to start living my friend.
It’s 100% free, so what are you waiting for? Grab your free copy of the guide today at DrHondorp.com/Motivate
Episode 58. The Motivation Made Easy podcast turned 1!
Did you miss Part 1 of the Happy Anniversary Episode? We covered:
My favorite episodes and why you NEED to listen to themMME Episode Awards! Most downloaded interview and solo episodes, most talked about episodes, and the best kept secret episode, and my favorite episodes (consider this your binge listening guide)Top countries people are listening from!My main takeaways from a year of podcasting
This week (Part 2 of the Anniversary Episode) will include:
A breakdown of some episodes for specific purposes that you often tell me you have (e.g., best episodes to share with a loved one truly understand the non-diet approach; the best episodes to answer the question HOW do I truly get out of the diet binge cycle)What I've learned about my field doing this podcast and how my thinking has shifted dramatically just in the past year, despite being in this field for almost 20 yearsThe truths that were really revealed to me through these conversations about sustainable habit change that I never fully understood until now
Want To Support Local Bookstores Near You?
Buy your books from Bookshop! Support local bookstores near you and this blog and podcast and help prevent Amazon from completely squashing the local book market.
Are You New Here?
Welcome! I’m so glad to have you. You might be wondering what this blog and podcast are all about.
We relate everything in this podcast back to motivation, but not the hustle and grind kind. Truly sustainable motivation that keeps you feeling energetic and engaged in your life for the long haul. We talk about why “I’m just not motivated” is a myth, and why the TYPE of motivation you have is so important to fully understand. If you are ready to learn about motivation and respecting your body in an effective way so that you can live a life you truly love, you are in the right place.
Check out the Foundational Episodes of the Motivation Made Easy Podcast here!
Introduction: What is this podcast all about?Episode 1: Want to Get & Stay Motivated? A Crash Course on Motivation, Weight Loss, and HealthEpisode 2: How Dieting Steals Our MotivationEpisode 3: How To Get Motivated To Improve Your Health (Motivation 101)Episode 4: How to Transform Health Fears Into Forward Progress
Do you ever worry that you are wasting your life?
I definitely did. In fact, I wrote that in my journal many years ago when I was in the middle of the diet-binge roller coaster ride.
I woke up every day thinking about food, my body, and what I would eat that day to “be healthy”The notebooks I had filled with calories and points could fill up a spare bedroomSocial events and vacations immediately prompted the thought “they will notice I gained weight” or “I need to lose weight by then”Deep down I knew I wasn’t living life the way I wanted to, but I didn’t know how to pull myself out of it.
If this is you, I want you to imagine what it would feel like to feel empowered in your body and proud of your choices on a consistent basis. I promise you, it isn’t too late.
Dieting steals our motivation. It makes us ineffective. It keeps us spinning our wheels in a system that was never built to work.
If you are ready take the first step to motivating yourself with what matters to you, download my free Create Powerful Motivation guide (which is quite beautifully designed if I do say so myself), and walk through the 3 simple steps to create motivation that works for YOU in 15 minutes or less. You will get a simple formula to write ONE SENTENCE you can use to motivate yourself on a daily basis.
You can write it on your bathroom mirror, put on the background of your phone, or just read it and repeat it in your mind.
Look, I know how much it hurts to live a life worrying you are missing out, not stepping into the person you were truly meant to be, vibrant, passionate, curious, vulnerable, and brave.
Episode 57. Oh my goodness, The Motivation Made Easy podcast is 1!
A year ago, on February 1st, 2021, I did a thing I've always wanted to do, but was never really sure I could. I started a podcast. So today's episode I do some reflecting back on, so settle in this is going to be a fun and jam packed episode full of the key lessons I've learned, both from a year of podcasting, and just over a year of leaving healthcare and doing fully weight-inclusive work.
We cover the following (and more!):
My favorite episodes and why you NEED to listen to themMME Episode Awards! Most downloaded interview and solo episodes, most talked about episodes, and the best kept secret episode, and my favorite episodes (consider this your binge listening guide)Top countries people are listening from!My main takeaways from a year of podcasting
Next week's episode (Part 2 of the Anniversary Episode) will include:
I'll breakdown some episodes for specific purposes that you often tell me you have (e.g., helping yourself or a loved one truly understand the non-diet approach and why it's incredibly evidence-based; HOW do I truly get out of the diet binge cycle)What I've learned about my field doing this podcast and how my thinking has shifted just in the past year, despite being in this field for almost 20 yearsThe truths that were really revealed about sustainable habit change that I never fully understood until now
Want To Support Local Bookstores Near You?
Buy your books from Bookshop! Support local bookstores near you and this blog and podcast and help prevent Amazon from completely squashing the local book market.
Are You New Here?
Welcome! I’m so glad to have you. You might be wondering what this blog and podcast are all about.
We relate everything in this podcast back to motivation, but not the hustle and grind kind. Truly sustainable motivation that keeps you feeling energetic and engaged in your life for the long haul. We talk about why “I’m just not motivated” is a myth, and why the TYPE of motivation you have is so important to fully understand. If you are ready to learn about motivation and respecting your body in an effective way so that you can live a life you truly love, you are in the right place.
Check out the Foundational Episodes of the Motivation Made Easy Podcast here!
Introduction: What is this podcast all about?Episode 1: Want to Get & Stay Motivated? A Crash Course on Motivation, Weight Loss, and HealthEpisode 2: How Dieting Steals Our MotivationEpisode 3: How To Get Motivated To Improve Your Health (Motivation 101)Episode 4: How to Transform Health Fears Into Forward Progress
Do you ever worry that you are wasting your life?
I definitely did. In fact, I wrote that in my journal many years ago when I was in the middle of the diet-binge roller coaster ride.
I woke up every day thinking about food, my body, and what I would eat that day to “be healthy”The notebooks I had filled with calories and points could fill up a spare bedroomSocial events and vacations immediately prompted the thought “they will notice I gained weight” or “I need to lose weight by then”Deep down I knew I wasn’t living life the way I wanted to, but I didn’t know how to pull myself out of it.
If this is you, I want you to imagine what it would feel like to feel empowered in your body and proud of your choices on a consistent basis. I promise you, it isn’t too late.
Dieting steals our motivation. It makes us ineffective. It keeps us spinning our wheels in a system that was never built to work.
If you are ready take the first step to motivating yourself with what matters to you, download my free Create Powerful Motivation guide (which is quite beautifully designed if I do say so myself), and walk through the 3 simple steps to create motivation that works for YOU in 15 minutes or less. You will get a simple formula to write ONE SENTENCE you can use to motivate yourself on a daily basis.
Episode 56. I am not one for dramatic statements. At the same time, this episode could save your life or the life of someone you love.
Episode 55. Today I have the pleasure of talking with Tanja Shaw!
Tanja Shaw has a Bachelors in Kinesiology (graduated in 2004), completed the Nutritional Therapy Practitioner Training (2017) and is a Certified High Performance Coach (2018) through the High Performance Institute.
We cover the following topics (and more!) in this week's episode:
What Tanja learned about wholistic health from her experiences with pistol shootingHow she used to think about health as eating habits, exercise, and mindset, and how she considers several other key factors that have made a huge difference for herTangible tips to get out of shame-based thoughts related to body or otherwise
“I used to pistol shoot, and I never looked at the target. I focused on my stance, I focused on my breath, I did this great meditation practice at the line, but I didn’t look at the target. And until you let the shot go and pull it back and you see where you’re at, THEN you make some tweaks…but you can’t control what happens out there. All you can control is what’s happening here and that’s so important because when you start to focus on that, you start to build more trust within yourself.”Tanja Shaw
Want To Support Local Bookstores Near You?
Buy your books from Bookshop! Support local bookstores near you and this blog and podcast and help prevent Amazon from completely squashing the local book market.
Are You New Here?
Welcome! I’m so glad to have you. You might be wondering what this blog and podcast are all about.
We relate everything in this podcast back to motivation, but not the hustle and grind kind. Truly sustainable motivation that keeps you feeling energetic and engaged in your life for the long haul. We talk about why “I’m just not motivated” is a myth, and why the TYPE of motivation you have is so important to fully understand. If you are ready to learn about motivation and respecting your body in an effective way so that you can live a life you truly love, you are in the right place.
Check out the Foundational Episodes of the Motivation Made Easy Podcast here!
Introduction: What is this podcast all about?Episode 1: Want to Get & Stay Motivated? A Crash Course on Motivation, Weight Loss, and HealthEpisode 2: How Dieting Steals Our MotivationEpisode 3: How To Get Motivated To Improve Your Health (Motivation 101)Episode 4: How to Transform Health Fears Into Forward Progress
Do you ever worry that you are wasting your life?
I definitely did. In fact, I wrote that in my journal many years ago when I was in the middle of the diet-binge roller coaster ride.
I woke up every day thinking about food, my body, and what I would eat that day to “be healthy”The notebooks I had filled with calories and points could fill up a spare bedroomSocial events and vacations immediately prompted the thought “they will notice I gained weight” or “I need to lose weight by then”Deep down I knew I wasn’t living life the way I wanted to, but I didn’t know how to pull myself out of it.
If this is you, I want you to imagine what it would feel like to feel empowered in your body and proud of your choices on a consistent basis. I promise you, it isn’t too late.
Dieting steals our motivation. It makes us ineffective. It keeps us spinning our wheels in a system that was never built to work.
If you are ready take the first step to motivating yourself with what matters to you, download my free Create Powerful Motivation guide (which is quite beautifully designed if I do say so myself), and walk through the 3 simple steps to create motivation that works for YOU in 15 minutes or less. You will get a simple formula to write ONE SENTENCE you can use to motivate yourself on a daily basis.
You can write it on your bathroom mirror, put on the background of your phone, or just read it and repeat it in your mind.
Look, I know how much it hurts to live a life worrying you are missing out, not stepping into the person you were truly meant to be...
Episode 54. This episode is truly one of my favorites. And that's saying something, because I am incredibly jazzed about each and every one of my guests, truly. In this episode of Motivation Made Easy, I got to talk with Dr. Yami Cazorla-Lancaster, DO, MPH, MS, FAAP.
Interview Highlights and What to Expect:
Answers to the questions that I've been asking myself on and off for the past year: can an Intuitive Eating approach truly jive with a vegan or plant-based lifestyle? How can you know if it's restrictive? Dr. Yami's take on food addiction, and I think you are going to be surprised and impressed with her answerThe sobering facts about the Standard American Diet and how you can use this information in an empowering and positive wayThe crucial common myths about dairy and animal protein you must understand (from a pediatrician with decades of experience, who also has family who were dairy farmers)What to make of information from other physicians who talk about things like "The Plant Paradox" and how to know who to trust? Her answer here was SO GOOD. Do not miss it.Tips to move towards adding in more whole plant foods and reducing ultra processed foods in your diet today, without being restrictive or it feeling like a diet
Who Is Dr. Yami?
Dr. Yami is a board-certified pediatrician, certified lifestyle medicine physician, certified health and wellness coach, author, and speaker. As a passionate promoter of healthy lifestyles, “Dr. Yami” champions the power of plant-based diets for the prevention of chronic disease.
Dr. Yami is a fellow of the American Academy of Pediatrics and a diplomate of the American College of Lifestyle Medicine. She also holds a certificate in plant-based nutrition and is a certified Food for Life Instructor.
In 2013, Dr. Yami founded VeggieFitKids.com to educate families about the importance of making healthy food choices and show them how easy it can be – even with today’s busy schedules. In her podcast, Veggie Doctor Radio, she explores diet and nutrition, healthy habit formation, behavior change, and motivation. New episodes are released weekly, featuring leading experts in plant-based nutrition and healthy living.
Dr. Yami’s pediatric micropractice, Nourish Wellness, is located in Yakima, Washington, where she lives with her husband and two sons.
You can follow her on Instagram here.
She has an incredible amount of free resources about practical ways to increase plant-based eating here.
Want To Support Local Bookstores Near You?
Buy your books from Bookshop! Support local bookstores near you and this blog and podcast and help prevent Amazon from completely squashing the local book market.
Are You New Here?
Welcome! I’m so glad to have you. You might be wondering what this blog and podcast are all about.
We relate everything in this podcast back to motivation, but not the hustle and grind kind. We promote truly sustainable motivation that keeps you feeling energetic and engaged in your life for the long haul. We talk about why “I’m just not motivated” is a myth, and why the TYPE of motivation you have is so important to fully understand. If you are ready to learn about motivation and respecting your body in an effective way so that you can live a life you truly love, you are in the right place.
Check out the Foundational Episodes of the Motivation Made Easy Podcast here!
Introduction: What is this podcast all about?Episode 1: Want to Get & Stay Motivated? A Crash Course on Motivation, Weight Loss, and HealthEpisode 2: How Dieting Steals Our MotivationEpisode 3: How To Get Motivated To Improve Your Health (Motivation 101)Episode 4: How to Transform Health Fears Into Forward Progress
Do you ever worry that you are wasting your life?
I definitely did. In fact, I wrote that in my journal many years ago when I was in the middle of the diet-binge roller coaster ride.
I woke up every day thinking about food, my body,
Episode 53. Today I have the pleasure of talking with Stefanie Michele. We are coming in hot in 2022. Seriously. If you missed last week's episode with Dr. Alexis Conason, please go back and check it out. This week's one is also incredible, and frankly so is next week's.
If you know me, you know I am not a social media fan. Perhaps because I am quite bad at it. Strong emotional writing isn't necessarily my strength. In fact, I have an incredible intern who is now officially a Psychology of Wellness team member who writes a lot of copy for me. I can write, but I have this tendency to focus on data and facts in a way that isn't always compelling.
Well, I said it at the end of this interview and I'll say it here now, Stefanie Michele has a gift. She is able to break down concepts related to the experience of binge eating and the binge restrict cycle in a way that is unique and speaks to the very human and real experience of this shame filled cycle.
It also struck me, somewhat while talking to her, that she is such a cool example of what I often talk about. That is, we need more women to get out of the ineffective dieting cycle asap so that they can show up in their lives in a courageous and connected way. Share their unique gifts with the world so we can start solving some of the world's very real and pressing problems.
Stefanie has 25K+ followers on IG at the time of recording and you can find her at @Iamstefaniemichele. She offers great free insights into binge eating recovery on there. Think of the domino effect of one person getting out of the cycle, and how many more people that one person can impact.
Interview Highlights and What to Expect
Stefanie's journey of being in the binge-restrict cycle for 25 years, and how a moment in her kitchen helped her turn the corner towards true recoveryWhy years of treatment for an eating disorder didn't work for herThe 5 questions to ask yourself if you can relate to this statement, "I'm allowing all foods but I'm still bingeing, is this right?"What it means to "stay with your body" and how it can help youHow a creative outlet may help accelerate your recovery
Who is Stefanie Michele?
Stefanie is a coach and a writer, a wife and a friend and a mother, a reader, a thinker, a runner, and a chocolate-chip mint ice cream lover.
But a little history: My disordered eating began when I was 15 years old dealing with adolescent strife and hormonal shifts. For the rest of my teens, 20’s, and well into my 30’s, I struggled with bulimia, binge-eating disorder, and orthorexia. The binge-restrict cycle was THE focus of my life for over 20 years and something from which I never, ever thought I would recover.
I thought I was broken.
Somehow during that time, I got married, had 3 girls, and led a pretty normal looking life. There were times I even felt normal — when I was with my friends, snuggling with my babies, or engrossed in a book. But most of the time, I felt ashamed, angry, and completely out of control. I hated my body and lived in fear of gaining weight.
Just before my 40th birthday, I made the decision to challenge diet culture and enlisted the support of a coach to work through my body image, which went hand in hand with food recovery. I did the work, and the work worked.
When I tell you that I’m excited to help you, I freaking mean it. I have laid in bed for days, canceled plans, avoided mirrors, and detached from my authentic self just like you have, and I know there is a different way. You can change your life, and start changing the way women in this world are valued and seen.
Want To Support Local Bookstores Near You?
Buy your books from Bookshop! Support local bookstores near you and this blog and podcast and help prevent Amazon from completely squashing the local book market.
Are You New Here?
Welcome! I’m so glad to have you. You might be wondering what this blog and podcast are all about.
Episode 52. Today I had the immense pleasure of talking with Dr. Alexis Conason! I feel like I sort of met a Health at Every Size® movement celeb, is anyone with me?
Alexis Conason, PsyD, CEDS-S, is a clinical psychologist and eating disorder specialist in private practice in New York City. She is the founder of The Anti-Diet Plan, a weight-inclusive online mindful eating program. She was previously a research associate at the New York Nutrition Obesity Research Center in affiliation with Columbia University. Her research has been published in peer-reviewed journals, she is a frequent speaker at conferences, and she has been featured widely as an expert on the topics of mindful eating, body image, and diet culture in the media. You can find her on social media @theantidietplan.
A lifelong New Yorker, Conason lives in Manhattan with her husband and two daughters. She loves all things related to food including cooking, food shopping, watching food shows on TV, and of course eating! But most rewarding is helping her clients transform their relationship with food and experience the joys of eating. She is a fierce advocate for helping people recognize and question the societal norms that encourage their feeling not good enough about themselves so they can stop fixating on shrinking their bodies and reclaim the space that they deserve in the world.
Check out Dr. Conason's new book! The Diet Free Revolution
Dr. Conason's website: https://drconason.com/
In this interview, we cover:
Dr. Conason's personal history with the ineffective diet cycleDr. Conason's professional transition from obesity research to Health at Every Size® and mindful eating workWhy she chose to focus so much on mindfulness and mindful eating versus intuitive eatingHer thoughts on how weight inclusive work merges with the weight loss surgery worldHow we are doing as a field and where she's like to see it improveWays to incorporate mindfulness that are simple and easy
Want To Support Local Bookstores Near You?
Buy your books from Bookshop! Support local bookstores near you and this blog and podcast and help prevent Amazon from completely squashing the local book market.
Are You New Here?
Welcome! I’m so glad to have you. You might be wondering what this blog and podcast are all about.
We relate everything in this podcast back to motivation, but not the hustle and grind kind. Truly sustainable motivation that keeps you feeling energetic and engaged in your life for the long haul. We talk about why “I’m just not motivated” is a myth, and why the TYPE of motivation you have is so important to fully understand. If you are ready to learn about motivation and respecting your body in an effective way so that you can live a life you truly love, you are in the right place.
Check out the Foundational Episodes of the Motivation Made Easy Podcast here!
Introduction: What is this podcast all about?Episode 1: Want to Get & Stay Motivated? A Crash Course on Motivation, Weight Loss, and HealthEpisode 2: How Dieting Steals Our MotivationEpisode 3: How To Get Motivated To Improve Your Health (Motivation 101)Episode 4: How to Transform Health Fears Into Forward Progress
Do you ever worry that you are wasting your life?
I definitely did. In fact, I wrote that in my journal many years ago when I was in the middle of the diet-binge roller coaster ride.
I woke up every day thinking about food, my body, and what I would eat that day to “be healthy”The notebooks I had filled with calories and points could fill up a spare bedroomSocial events and vacations immediately prompted the thought “they will notice I gained weight” or “I need to lose weight by then”Deep down I knew I wasn’t living life the way I wanted to, but I didn’t know how to pull myself out of it.
If this is you, I want you to imagine what it would feel like to feel empowered in your body and proud of your choices on a consistent basis. I promise you,
Episode 51. Today is Part 2 of my conversation with my first ever second time guest! Annyck Besso's interview in Episode 16 on Health at Every Size remains one of the most downloaded episodes to date.
In last week's interview, Annyck and I cover:
Her experiences with her pregnancy (she is due in a month from the interview!) and a discussion about both of our experiences with miscarriage and how it relates to size privilegeWhat are eating disorders? What do they look like?How can you tell if you have an eating disorder versus just disordered eating?What should you do if you think you have an eating disorder?
In Part 2 of this two part series, we cover:
How to create a health promoting home environment for parents, partners, and kids and why it's simpler than we often make itSports Nutrition 101: Relative Energy Deficiency in sport, what is it and what is the impact on mental health, physical health and performance?
Want To Support Local Bookstores Near You?
Buy your books from Bookshop! Support local bookstores near you and this blog and podcast and help prevent Amazon from completely squashing the local book market.
Are You New Here?
Welcome! I’m so glad to have you. You might be wondering what this blog and podcast are all about.
We relate everything in this podcast back to motivation, but not the hustle and grind kind. Truly sustainable motivation that keeps you feeling energetic and engaged in your life for the long haul. We talk about why “I’m just not motivated” is a myth, and why the TYPE of motivation you have is so important to fully understand. If you are ready to learn about motivation and respecting your body in an effective way so that you can live a life you truly love, you are in the right place.
Check out the Foundational Episodes of the Motivation Made Easy Podcast here!
Introduction: What is this podcast all about?Episode 1: Want to Get & Stay Motivated? A Crash Course on Motivation, Weight Loss, and HealthEpisode 2: How Dieting Steals Our MotivationEpisode 3: How To Get Motivated To Improve Your Health (Motivation 101)Episode 4: How to Transform Health Fears Into Forward Progress
Do you ever worry that you are wasting your life?
I definitely did. In fact, I wrote that in my journal many years ago when I was in the middle of the diet-binge roller coaster ride.
I woke up every day thinking about food, my body, and what I would eat that day to “be healthy”The notebooks I had filled with calories and points could fill up a spare bedroomSocial events and vacations immediately prompted the thought “they will notice I gained weight” or “I need to lose weight by then”Deep down I knew I wasn’t living life the way I wanted to, but I didn’t know how to pull myself out of it.
If this is you, I want you to imagine what it would feel like to feel empowered in your body and proud of your choices on a consistent basis. I promise you, it isn’t too late.
Dieting steals our motivation. It makes us ineffective. It keeps us spinning our wheels in a system that was never built to work.
If you are ready take the first step to motivating yourself with what matters to you, download my free Create Powerful Motivation guide (which is quite beautifully designed if I do say so myself), and walk through the 3 simple steps to create motivation that works for YOU in 15 minutes or less. You will get a simple formula to write ONE SENTENCE you can use to motivate yourself on a daily basis.
You can write it on your bathroom mirror, put on the background of your phone, or just read it and repeat it in your mind.
Look, I know how much it hurts to live a life worrying you are missing out, not stepping into the person you were truly meant to be, vibrant, passionate, curious, vulnerable, and brave.
You can listen to the podcast all day, but taking that first step, putting pen the paper (or typing on your phone) is required for true lasing change.
Episode 50. Today I bring back my first ever second time guest! Annyck Besso's interview in Episode 16 on Health at Every Size remains one of the most downloaded episodes to date.
Annyck is a Registered Dietitian and the Founder of Sööma, a private practice that specializes in the treatment of eating disorders and sports nutrition located in Montreal, Canada, but serving clients in the United States virtually. Annyck has developed an expertise in the treatment of eating disorders in both private and academic medical center settings. After completing a Bachelors in nutrition and dietetics, Annyck received her Masters in dietetics at McGill University. Annyck recently moved back to Canada after practicing at Mind Body Health in Washington, DC for the past three years. During her time there, Annyck worked in private practice and collaborated closely with medical doctors and mental health professionals. She also developed and directed a day program where people of all ages were admitted and treated 20h per week.
In this interview, Annyck and I cover:
Her experiences with her pregnancy (she is due in a month from the interview!) and a discussion about both of our experiences with miscarriage and how it relates to size privilegeWhat are eating disorders? What do they look like?How can you tell if you have an eating disorder versus just disordered eating?What should you do if you think you have an eating disorder?
In Part 2 of this two part series (coming out next week!), we cover:
How to create a health promoting home environment for parents, partners, and kids and why it's simpler than we often make itSports Nutrition 101: Relative Energy Deficiency in sport, what is it and what is the impact on mental health, physical health and performance?
Want To Support Local Bookstores Near You?
Buy your books from Bookshop! Support local bookstores near you and this blog and podcast and help prevent Amazon from completely squashing the local book market.
Are You New Here?
Welcome! I’m so glad to have you. You might be wondering what this blog and podcast are all about.
We relate everything in this podcast back to motivation, but not the hustle and grind kind. Truly sustainable motivation that keeps you feeling energetic and engaged in your life for the long haul. We talk about why “I’m just not motivated” is a myth, and why the TYPE of motivation you have is so important to fully understand. If you are ready to learn about motivation and respecting your body in an effective way so that you can live a life you truly love, you are in the right place.
Check out the Foundational Episodes of the Motivation Made Easy Podcast here!
Introduction: What is this podcast all about?Episode 1: Want to Get & Stay Motivated? A Crash Course on Motivation, Weight Loss, and HealthEpisode 2: How Dieting Steals Our MotivationEpisode 3: How To Get Motivated To Improve Your Health (Motivation 101)Episode 4: How to Transform Health Fears Into Forward Progress
Do you ever worry that you are wasting your life?
I definitely did. In fact, I wrote that in my journal many years ago when I was in the middle of the diet-binge roller coaster ride.
I woke up every day thinking about food, my body, and what I would eat that day to “be healthy”The notebooks I had filled with calories and points could fill up a spare bedroomSocial events and vacations immediately prompted the thought “they will notice I gained weight” or “I need to lose weight by then”Deep down I knew I wasn’t living life the way I wanted to, but I didn’t know how to pull myself out of it.
If this is you, I want you to imagine what it would feel like to feel empowered in your body and proud of your choices on a consistent basis. I promise you, it isn’t too late.
Dieting steals our motivation. It makes us ineffective. It keeps us spinning our wheels in a system that was never built to work.
If you are ready take the first step to motivating yourself wi...
Episode 49. I already slightly regret this topic. You see, I'm a people pleaser and I hate upsetting people. And yet, this is an important topic. One that needs to be discussed. And frankly, many people don't even know why food addiction is so controversial, or even the fact that it is. I believe this concept is at the center of some incredibly important issues. Namely, the fight against the weight loss and diet industry, as well as the fight against the food industry that markets highly processed and palatable foods. I see so much shaming of others within the field if people use terms like food addiction, and I find it incredibly unhelpful (well gosh, when is shame ever helpful?). So it's time to talk about these topics, go over where the disagreements are, and talk about some steps to move in a positive direction. Let's jump in!
What I Cover In This Episode:
Why is the concept of food addiction so controversial? A story about my own professional fears related to talking about food addiction in the health space3 crucial questions to ask yourself today about food addictionSuggestions for how to promote productive conversations about nuanced topics (Hint: Social media ain't involved)
Are You New Here?
Welcome! I’m so glad to have you. You might be wondering what this blog and podcast are all about.
We relate everything in this podcast back to motivation, but not the hustle and grind kind. Truly sustainable motivation that keeps you feeling energetic and engaged in your life for the long haul. We talk about why “I’m just not motivated” is a myth, and why the TYPE of motivation you have is so important to fully understand. If you are ready to learn about motivation and respecting your body in an effective way so that you can live a life you truly love, you are in the right place.
Check out the Foundational Episodes of the Motivation Made Podcast here!
Introduction: What is this podcast all about?Episode 1: Want to Get & Stay Motivated? A Crash Course on Motivation, Weight Loss, and HealthEpisode 2: How Dieting Steals Our MotivationEpisode 3: How To Get Motivated To Improve Your Health (Motivation 101)Episode 4: How to Transform Health Fears Into Forward Progress
Do you ever worry that you are wasting your life?
I definitely did. In fact, I wrote that in my journal many years ago when I was in the middle of the diet-binge roller coaster ride.
I woke up every day thinking about food, my body, and what I would eat that day to “be healthy”The notebooks I had filled with calories and points could fill up a spare bedroomSocial events and vacations immediately prompted the thought “they will notice I gained weight” or “I need to lose weight by then”Deep down I knew I wasn’t living life the way I wanted to, but I didn’t know how to pull myself out of it.
If this is you, I want you to imagine what it would feel like to feel empowered in your body and proud of your choices on a consistent basis. I promise you, it isn’t too late.
Dieting steals our motivation. It makes us ineffective. It keeps us spinning our wheels in a system that was never built to work.
If you are ready take the first step to motivating yourself with what matters to you, download my free Create Powerful Motivation guide (which is quite beautifully designed if I do say so myself), and walk through the 3 simple steps to create motivation that works for YOU in 15 minutes or less. You will get a simple formula to write ONE SENTENCE you can use to motivate yourself on a daily basis.
You can write it on your bathroom mirror, put on the background of your phone, or just read it and repeat it in your mind.
Look, I know how much it hurts to live a life worrying you are missing out, not stepping into the person you were truly meant to be, vibrant, passionate, curious, vulnerable, and brave.
You can listen to the podcast all day, but taking that first step, putting pen the paper (or typing on your phone) is required for true lasin...
Episode 48. I'm super excited about this conversation today! One of my goals on this podcast is to bring on a variety of viewpoints, not just the exact same anti-diet message. I think it's essential we have conversations about what to do, versus just what not to do (not having diet mentality for example!). I also think we need to keep having productive conversations across a variety of disciplines and we talk about some really cool ones in this episode! I'm really grateful to Alyssa for coming on and sharing her expertise with us this week. Let's dive in!
Dr. Vela is an Assistant Professor of Surgery and Psychiatry at the Northwestern Feinberg School of Medicine. Dr. Vela earned a PhD in Health Psychology at the University of North Carolina at Charlotte where she studied culturally-adapted lifestyle interventions for women with disordered eating and diabetes. She completed her internship/residency in Health Psychology at the Louis Stokes Cleveland VA Medical Center, and a fellowship in Clinical Health Psychology with an emphasis in medical education with the Michigan Center for Advanced Psychology Training in affiliation with Michigan State College of Human Medicine. She completed her board certification in lifestyle medicine in 2020.
Alyssa’s main area of research and clinical interest is lifestyle interventions for cardiometabolic health and she has a strong passion for helping people change their lifestyles and health behaviors so they can live their best lives. She is also passionate about addressing health disparities, and providing culturally-sensitive care to all patients, and is actively involved in diversity, equity, and inclusion work and education at Northwestern.
In this interview, we cover:
What is health psychology/behavioral medicine?What is lifestyle medicine?What is nutritional psychiatry? What do we know about the impact of nutrition and it's impact on mental and emotional well-being? What the pros and cons are of thinking about food as medicine?What do we need to know about how research applies to diverse samples?
Want To Support Local Bookstores Near You?
Buy your books from Bookshop! Support local bookstores near you and this blog and podcast and help prevent Amazon from completely squashing the local book market.
Are You New Here?
Welcome! I’m so glad to have you. You might be wondering what this blog and podcast are all about.
We relate everything in this podcast back to motivation, but not the hustle and grind kind. Truly sustainable motivation that keeps you feeling energetic and engaged in your life for the long haul. We talk about why “I’m just not motivated” is a myth, and why the TYPE of motivation you have is so important to fully understand. If you are ready to learn about motivation and respecting your body in an effective way so that you can live a life you truly love, you are in the right place.
Check out the Foundational Episodes of the Motivation Made Easy Podcast here!
Introduction: What is this podcast all about?Episode 1: Want to Get & Stay Motivated? A Crash Course on Motivation, Weight Loss, and HealthEpisode 2: How Dieting Steals Our MotivationEpisode 3: How To Get Motivated To Improve Your Health (Motivation 101)Episode 4: How to Transform Health Fears Into Forward Progress
Do you ever worry that you are wasting your life?
I definitely did. In fact, I wrote that in my journal many years ago when I was in the middle of the diet-binge roller coaster ride.
I woke up every day thinking about food, my body, and what I would eat that day to “be healthy”The notebooks I had filled with calories and points could fill up a spare bedroomSocial events and vacations immediately prompted the thought “they will notice I gained weight” or “I need to lose weight by then”Deep down I knew I wasn’t living life the way I wanted to, but I didn’t know how to pull myself out of it.
If this is you, I want you to imagine what it would feel like to feel empowered ...
Episode 47. Hey everyone! This episode is going to give you one big take home message, and ideas for a few simple ways you can move towards what matters. Are you ready? Let's dive in!
In this episode you will learn:
The #1 factor that predicts long term changes (in behavior, and overall well-being)Stories about myself at age 18 when I first started therapy, and how I was a somewhat difficult therapy client, ha!Why I decided to change the support structure within The Body Respect ProgramSome ideas about what you can do today to improve your chances of long-term success
Want To Support Local Bookstores Near You?
Buy your books from Bookshop! Support local bookstores near you and this blog and podcast and help prevent Amazon from completely squashing the local book market.
Are You New Here?
Welcome! I’m so glad to have you. You might be wondering what this blog and podcast are all about.
We relate everything in this podcast back to motivation, but not the hustle and grind kind. Truly sustainable motivation that keeps you feeling energetic and engaged in your life for the long haul. We talk about why “I’m just not motivated” is a myth, and why the TYPE of motivation you have is so important to fully understand. If you are ready to learn about motivation and respecting your body in an effective way so that you can live a life you truly love, you are in the right place.
Check out the Foundational Episodes of the Motivation Made Easy Podcast here!
Introduction: What is this podcast all about?Episode 1: Want to Get & Stay Motivated? A Crash Course on Motivation, Weight Loss, and HealthEpisode 2: How Dieting Steals Our MotivationEpisode 3: How To Get Motivated To Improve Your Health (Motivation 101)Episode 4: How to Transform Health Fears Into Forward Progress
Do you ever worry that you are wasting your life?
I definitely did. In fact, I wrote that in my journal many years ago when I was in the middle of the diet-binge roller coaster ride.
I woke up every day thinking about food, my body, and what I would eat that day to "be healthy"The notebooks I had filled with calories and points could fill up a spare bedroomSocial events and vacations immediately prompted the thought "they will notice I gained weight" or "I need to lose weight by then"Deep down I knew I wasn't living life the way I wanted to, but I didn't know how to pull myself out of it.
If this is you, I want you to imagine what it would feel like to feel empowered in your body and proud of your choices on a consistent basis. I promise you, it isn't too late.
Dieting steals our motivation. It makes us ineffective. It keeps us spinning our wheels in a system that was never built to work.
If you are ready take the first step to motivating yourself with what matters to you, download my free Cultivate Powerful Motivation guide (which is quite beautifully designed if I do say so myself), and walk through the 3 simple steps to cultivate motivation that works for YOU in 15 minutes or less. You will get a simple formula to write ONE SENTENCE you can use to motivate yourself on a daily basis.
You can write it on your bathroom mirror, put on the background of your phone, or just read it and repeat it in your mind.
Look, I know how much it hurts to live a life worrying you are missing out, not stepping into the person you were truly meant to be, vibrant, passionate, curious, vulnerable, and brave.
You can listen to the podcast all day, but taking that first step, putting pen the paper (or typing on your phone) is required for true change. It's time to start living my friend.
It's 100% free, so what are you waiting for? Grab your free copy of the guide today at DrHondorp.com/Motivate
Take Home Message
I spent years focusing on what I thought was the problem, and wasted time doing what would actually solve the problem. We do this all the time, but the cool thing is, we can use stories to learn from one another.
Episode 46. You guys. I have the pleasure of sharing with you today my chat with Emilee VanHoven PT, DPT, AT, ATC. I was excited about this interview, but listening to it back today, I got chills. I think that Emilee is wise beyond her years and I've learned so much from her. I've gone down a rabbit hole lately into the world of women's health care and the areas where we are missing the mark. This podcast is all about how to move away from ineffective strategies to "control our bodies" and try to get them to fit into societal mold of what health is supposed to look like. Then we also want to look at what works, what's effective.
What struck me in this interview was Emilee's talk about holding space for women, meeting them where they are at and helping guide them to take the step that feels doable at that time. Empowering them and not worrying about throwing all the evidence-based strategies at them during the short amount of time they have.
It made me truly reflect on the importance of having more women in healthcare, because women can be pretty darn great at doing this. We need more providers willing and able to work within the system to hold space for all people, but particularly women as they navigate balancing work and home life, particularly pregnancy and post-partum.
In this interview, we cover a lot, including but not limited to:
What is the pelvic floor and why all women, really all humans, need to better understand itThe time periods in your life where a pelvic floor PT visit would be useful (you'll probably be surprised about this!)What symptoms indicate pelvic floor dysfunctionThere is WAY more to it than "Just do kegels!" And in fact that advice may not be what you need at all We talk about the role of shame, pressure, and shoulds and again how it's way less about your provider having the perfect strategies and way more about creating space for healing, which may mean you don't get to all the perfect strategiesDo NOT miss what she says that almost every women says when Emilee looks at their abdomen during her assessmentThe crucial importance of creating more space for women to share their stories versus just giving them all the strategies
Emilee is a licensed physical therapist and athletic trainer who practices in the fields of both pelvic health and performing arts. She has been working in healthcare for eight years and has a passion for helping her patients return to what they love. She has completed her pelvic floor coursework through Herman and Wallace and is eager to continue diving deeper into her areas of interest. Presently, she treats women only, and enjoys seeing diagnoses including: urinary incontinence, pelvic pain, pain with intercourse, pelvic organ prolapse, back and tailbone pain, and pregnancy and postpartum-related issues such as back, SI joint, and pelvic pain, diastasis recti, and C-section/perineal scar dysfunction. What Emilee is most passionate about is getting to know you as a person and walking alongside you as you find holistic fulfillment in your health.
Want To Support Local Bookstores Near You?
Buy your books from Bookshop! Support local bookstores near you and this blog and podcast and help prevent Amazon from completely squashing the local book market.
Are You New Here?
Welcome! I’m so glad to have you. You might be wondering what this blog and podcast are all about.
We relate everything in this podcast back to motivation, but not the hustle and grind kind. Truly sustainable motivation that keeps you feeling energetic and engaged in your life for the long haul. We talk about why “I’m just not motivated” is a myth, and why the TYPE of motivation you have is so important to fully understand. If you are ready to learn about motivation and respecting your body in an effective way so that you can live a life you truly love, you are in the right place.
Check out the Foundational Episodes of the Motivation Made Easy Podcast here!
Episode 45.
You are Being Lied To
I hate to say it, but it's happening early and often. To all of us.
When I'm not getting angry about it, it's sort of fascinating.
We actually have a pretty good sense of what constitutes evidence-based nutrition.
But the diet and weight loss industry needs to complicate it so that we are reliant on their products. Their business model is designed to create repeat customers, not help us. They want to confuse us and convince us that some great plan is around the corner to save us from our misery.
Having us obsess about weight loss and our body size is a great way to do that.
When really, they want to hide the fact that it's diet culture and the internalized notion that thinness equals health that makes us feel bad and sometimes quite sick.
Today's episode includes:
My personal diet culture gaslighting story and how it kept me away from finding an eating pattern that worked for me for years3 diet culture myths that will surprise youWhat you actually should focus on doingNew free resource! 7 Satisfying Snacks You'll Actually Want to Eat
Want To Support Local Bookstores Near You?
Buy your books from Bookshop! Support local bookstores near you and this blog and podcast and help prevent Amazon from completely squashing the local book market.
Are You New Here?
Welcome! I’m so glad to have you. You might be wondering what this blog and podcast are all about.
We relate everything in this podcast back to motivation, but not the hustle and grind kind. Truly sustainable motivation that keeps you feeling energetic and engaged in your life for the long haul. We talk about why “I’m just not motivated” is a myth, and why the TYPE of motivation you have is so important to fully understand. If you are ready to learn about motivation and respecting your body in an effective way so that you can live a life you truly love, you are in the right place.
Check out the Foundational Episodes of the Motivation Made Easy Podcast here!
Introduction: What is this podcast all about?Episode 1: Want to Get & Stay Motivated? A Crash Course on Motivation, Weight Loss, and HealthEpisode 2: How Dieting Steals Our MotivationEpisode 3: How To Get Motivated To Improve Your Health (Motivation 101)Episode 4: How to Transform Health Fears Into Forward Progress
Do you ever worry that you are wasting your life?
I definitely did. In fact, I wrote that in my journal many years ago when I was in the middle of the diet-binge roller coaster ride.
I woke up every day thinking about food, my body, and what I would eat that day to "be healthy"The notebooks I had filled with calories and points could fill up a spare bedroomSocial events and vacations immediately prompted the thought "they will notice I gained weight" or "I need to lose weight by then"Deep down I knew I wasn't living life the way I wanted to, but I didn't know how to pull myself out of it.
If this is you, I want you to imagine what it would feel like to feel empowered in your body and proud of your choices on a consistent basis. I promise you, it isn't too late.
Dieting steals our motivation. It makes us ineffective. It keeps us spinning our wheels in a system that was never built to work.
If you are ready take the first step to motivating yourself with what matters to you, download my free Create Powerful Motivation guide (which is quite beautifully designed if I do say so myself), and walk through the 3 simple steps to create motivation that works for YOU in 15 minutes or less. You will get a simple formula to write ONE SENTENCE you can use to motivate yourself on a daily basis.
You can write it on your bathroom mirror, put on the background of your phone, or just read it and repeat it in your mind.
Look, I know how much it hurts to live a life worrying you are missing out, not stepping into the person you were truly meant to be, vibrant, passionate, curious, vulnerable, and brave.
Episode 44. Today I have the pleasure of talking with Shadoe Ball.
Shadoe is an artist and writer that lives in Toronto, Ontario with her husband and adorable dog named Gertie. Her essay, Stranger Words was included in the anthology BIG: Stories about Life in Plus-Sized Bodies, published by Caitlin Press. She is also the person behind the Instagram account "The Word Fat", an art project that encourages submissions from everyone. Her only rule for this project is to be compassionate and curious about the feelings that may come up during the process.
IG: @shadoeball and @TheWordFat and @tinygertie
What to Expect in This Interview:
In this week's episode, Shadoe and I talk about:
How she came to find intuitive eating (you'll be surprised about where she learned about it!)Her journey moving from chronic dieting to using intuitive eating and body liberation to stop obsessing about making her body smaller.Her concerns about rejecting diet rulesFears of weight gain and how she handled thisHer favorite parts and hardest parts of intuitive eatingWhat gentle nutrition looks like for her and how she is learning to tune in and nourish her body
Are You New Here?
Welcome! I’m so glad to have you. You might be wondering what this blog and podcast are all about.
We relate everything in this podcast back to motivation, but not the hustle and grind kind. Truly sustainable motivation that keeps you feeling energetic and engaged in your life for the long haul. We talk about why “I’m just not motivated” is a myth, and why the TYPE of motivation you have is so important to fully understand. If you are ready to learn about motivation and respecting your body in an effective way so that you can live a life you truly love, you are in the right place.
Check out the Foundational Episodes of the Motivation Made Easy Podcast here!
Introduction: What is this podcast all about?Episode 1: Want to Get & Stay Motivated? A Crash Course on Motivation, Weight Loss, and HealthEpisode 2: How Dieting Steals Our MotivationEpisode 3: How To Get Motivated To Improve Your Health (Motivation 101)Episode 4: How to Transform Health Fears Into Forward Progress
Do you ever worry that you are wasting your life?
I definitely did. In fact, I wrote that in my journal many years ago when I was in the middle of the diet-binge roller coaster ride.
I woke up every day thinking about food, my body, and what I would eat that day to "be healthy"The notebooks I had filled with calories and points could fill up a spare bedroomSocial events and vacations immediately prompted the thought "they will notice I gained weight" or "I need to lose weight by then"Deep down I knew I wasn't living life the way I wanted to, but I didn't know how to pull myself out of it.
If this is you, I want you to imagine what it would feel like to feel empowered in your body and proud of your choices on a consistent basis. I promise you, it isn't too late.
Dieting steals our motivation. It makes us ineffective. It keeps us spinning our wheels in a system that was never built to work.
If you are ready take the first step to motivating yourself with what matters to you, download my free Cultivate Powerful Motivation guide (which is quite beautifully designed if I do say so myself), and walk through the 3 simple steps to cultivate motivation that works for YOU in 15 minutes or less. You will get a simple formula to write ONE SENTENCE you can use to motivate yourself on a daily basis.
You can write it on your bathroom mirror, put on the background of your phone, or just read it and repeat it in your mind.
Look, I know how much it hurts to live a life worrying you are missing out, not stepping into the person you were truly meant to be, vibrant, passionate, curious, vulnerable, and brave.
You can listen to the podcast all day, but taking that first step, putting pen the paper (or typing on your phone) is required for true change.
Episode 43. "Stay silent, stay still." Have you ever unconsciously followed that command? I know I have. Today I have the pleasure of talking with Racheal Rickabaugh where we dive into learning and un-learning and her journey of regaining the sense that her body, and her intuition, could in fact be trusted.
Racheal is a 33 year old second grade teacher from Grand Haven, Michigan. She is passionate about supporting her students' social/emotional development and fostering a mindset for learning in her classroom. She enjoys walks along the pier, board games, listening to podcasts, reading, and spending time with her friends. Racheal enjoys writing. Currently, she does it mostly for herself but has blogged a bit and hopes to have a more public platform one day. Check out her blog on her eating disorder journey here.
Today Racheal shares about her journey with her relationship with food and her body. Racheal is one of my early blog and podcast listeners/readers and has been such a wonderful part of the Psychology of Wellness community. She was one of our Founding Members of the Body Respect Program, our online program. What I have so appreciated about Racheal is her inquisitive nature, her deep desire to understand her body, openness to learning, and wanting to look at things truly holistically. She has the BEST questions. Many times when I’m asking questions to guests on the podcast or various settings, Racheal is the voice behind them! I’m so excited to dive in today and have her share more about her journey.
In this interview, we cover:
Racheal's early relationship with food and her body and how being biracial growing up in predominantly white West Michigan impacted her identity and sense of selfHer progress with weight loss and flexible habit change (and the impact of people's comments and being asked to share this publicly online) and when it turned into an eating disorderHere extreme skepticism at first with Health at Every Size and Intuitive Eating (e.g., "I thought they were BS") and what eventually changed her mindHow she has used science and research to really empower herself and achieve a more wholistic and flexible view of health than ever beforeWhat she wants providers and people to know about making comments about weight loss
Want To Support Local Bookstores Near You?
Buy your books from Bookshop! Support local bookstores near you and this blog and podcast and help prevent Amazon from completely squashing the local book market.
Are You New Here?
Welcome! I’m so glad to have you. You might be wondering what this blog and podcast are all about.
We relate everything in this podcast back to motivation, but not the hustle and grind kind. Truly sustainable motivation that keeps you feeling energetic and engaged in your life for the long haul. We talk about why “I’m just not motivated” is a myth, and why the TYPE of motivation you have is so important to fully understand. If you are ready to learn about motivation and respecting your body in an effective way so that you can live a life you truly love, you are in the right place.
Check out the Foundational Episodes of the Motivation Made Easy Podcast here!
Introduction: What is this podcast all about?Episode 1: Want to Get & Stay Motivated? A Crash Course on Motivation, Weight Loss, and HealthEpisode 2: How Dieting Steals Our MotivationEpisode 3: How To Get Motivated To Improve Your Health (Motivation 101)Episode 4: How to Transform Health Fears Into Forward Progress
Do you ever worry that you are wasting your life?
I definitely did. In fact, I wrote that in my journal many years ago when I was in the middle of the diet-binge roller coaster ride.
I woke up every day thinking about food, my body, and what I would eat that day to "be healthy"The notebooks I had filled with calories and points could fill up a spare bedroomSocial events and vacations immediately prompted the thought "they will notice I gained weight" or "I need to...
Episode 42. Have you ever had a health scare (for you or a loved one) and been frustrated with yourself that it didn't propel you to make a big lifestyle change?
On today's episode of the Motivation Made Easy podcast, I talk about our family's experience learning of our high genetic risk of cancer. I share this as one example of how external fear based motivation can be shifted to internal autonomous motivation and what this has looked like for us.
Are you ready to take that first step?
Are you sick of decision fatigue and feelings of overwhelm? You wake up feeling anxious, not sure what to eat or focus on in your day. Not exactly sure how to spend your time. Maybe you end up scrolling your phone or just jump into your emails, not really sure how to spend your time.
You finish your day focused on all the things you didn't get done, frustrated and angry that you aren't more focused on what truly matters. Maybe you felt that you weren't present with your kids or loved ones? I know that's the one that hurts me the MOST.
I think we have all been there.
If you are ready to start getting clear on what you should be spending your time on and what's helpful, it first starts with clarifying your values.
The #1 strategy I hear over and over that is MOST HELPFUL in developing autonomous and sustainable motivation is to clarify your values. Have you done it yet? Or lately?
I, for one, do this regularly, particularly when I'm feeling a bit lost. And as a new entrepreneur, this happens quite often!
Grab the free guide at DrHondorp.com/goals, which will walk you through a step by step process to get started on clarifying what matters to you and what you should be focusing on at this season of your life. I promise you; it’s never too late to stop dieting and start truly living.
A Personal Story
Today we are getting personal. I talk first about about having basal cell carcinoma last year and how a recent experience brought up fears about our family history.
I share that my husband has Lynch syndrome, a genetic mutation that greatly increases his risk (and potentially our kids) of many types of cancer.
How to Transform Fear into Positive Progress
When (Fear-Based) External Motivation Does Not Motivate
Have you had a health scare in the past where you really hoped it would propel you to make habit changes in your life, but it didn't? I know this is extremely common, because I would often talk to patients about this.
They might have recently had a heart attack and be incredibly frustrated with themselves that they weren't "taking it more seriously."
I can relate to this, as I think many of us can. In the past, before I stopped dieting, I always hoped that health scares would motivate me to live a healthier life.
I would try to use them as a reason for eating differently ("I have high cholesterol, I shouldn't have that") but really when push came to shove, it didn't work.
The motivation was solidly in the external category. A "should" that was not transforming into any internal motivation any time soon.
How to Merge the Eating Disorder & Weight Management Worlds in a Healthy Way
We happened to find out about my husband having Lynch syndrome when I was working in a Preventive Cardiology clinic that recommended plant-based eating.
Therefore, I decided to try out the Forks Over Knives Meal Planner as this was often being recommended to our patients.
It basically gives you a concrete grocery list and meal plan to follow every week so that you don't have to stress about what to eat or what to buy at the store. It does have all plant based recipes, but you can absolutely add meat or other foods you enjoy to the pre-planned meals if you'd like.
And, it's very affordable! I highly recommend trying it if you want to save time and take worry away from planning your own meals.
However, more than focusing on the meal planner,
Episode 41.
"I am just not motivated."
"I just need more willpower."
Have you ever said or thought something like this?
Well, it's actually not supported by science.
"I'm terrified I'm wasting my life."
I wrote this in a journal in the middle of the diet-binge cycle. And frankly, I kind of was.
I’m here to tell you it’s never too late to gain control of your eating, respect your body, and live a life that’s TRULY consistent with your values. But you need to take the first step.
One of the very first steps in developing truly autonomous and body respecting motivation is to clarify what actually matters to you. Not your mom, not your sister, not your best friend, YOU.
The more you reflect on this, the more you can connect your values to your behaviors in a sustainable and empowering way.
Grab the free guide at DrHondorp.com/goals and get started today. I promise you, it’s never too late to stop dieting and start truly living. You will not regret it.
It Ain't About Amount, It's About Type
In episode 39, we talked all about the 3 KEY psychological needs that facilitate long-term behavior change. As a refresher, they are:
AutonomyCompetenceRelatedness
Today, we are building on this information to talk about different types of motivation.
The different types listed above (ranging from external to internal) are:
External: You do the behavior for the reward or to avoid a punishment. Should or shame based motivation would fall here. Also exercising for the calorie burn or to lose weight would also fall into this category. Introjected: This one is still shame-based, usually. The behavior is often motivated by guilt and shoulds and the person is often putting a lot of internal pressure of themselves to do it, which makes it hard to keep up over the long-term. If nothing else it's because stress and pressure is exhausting. Identified/Integrated: These types of motivation are based in the person you want to be, like you exercise because it's personally important and/or consistent with how you want to show up in the world. You may or may not love it all the time, but often doing a certain exercise is part of who you are, part of your identity. Intrinsic: You do the behavior because something about it is inherently enjoyable.
Examples of Internal Motivators for Exercise
I wrote a detailed post on this in the past, that you can check out here. The idea with this list is to give you ideas about some of internal motivations for some. Remember that there are no right or wrong answers here, but the list below is just for ideas of what some internal motivators might be for you.
As a reminder, here are some of the ideas:
Make Exercise a Social Occasion
Improve Mobility and Reduce Pain
Manage Stress or Boost Your Mood
Increase Focus & Concentration
Improve Creativity & Problem-Solving
5 Tips to Move Towards Internal Motivation For Exercise
Be on the lookout for ways to make exercise more enjoyable or fun! Time to move away from the shoulds! As children, at some point we intuitively loved to move our bodies. Many of us have lost touch with that and we need to work to get back in touch with our body and what movement it actually likes. I made a free 10 minute audio to help you with this goal. Grab it for free here! Make a realistic plan for the timing and routine that will work best for YOU. Have you heard those articles about the fact that you should workout in the morning? Yeah, me too, and they stress me out. Working out in the morning is great because you get it done and you are less likely to have things come up that get in your way, however, this isn’t right for everyone. Right now, working out in the morning sounds terrible to me. I want to sleep in, so I let myself. In the evening if a walk sounds better than a strength/cardio workout in my basement, I let that “count.” Being flexible in this way leads to better mood benefits from exercise and ...
Episode 40. This episode is all about why dieting does NOT work and the many ways in which getting caught in the dieting cycle keeps us distracted from the things that matter.
Very often, it keeps us from the good we want to do in the world.
Topics Covered
We talk about how dieting causes stress and very often preoccupation with food. Although many people assume that they are "failing the diet", many of their perceived "failures" (like binge eating) are 100% caused by dieting itself. But yet, we blame ourselves and start another diet or "eating plan" and keep the cycle going.Giving up dieting does not mean giving up any pursuit of your health. In fact, quite the opposite is usually true. Giving up dieting lets us see more clearly what matters and what we need to do logistically to improve our health, if that's what we choose. We just get to do it without all the diet-binge-shame BS. I talk about the Minnesota Starvation Experiment and how 36 men that were "starved" (put on a 1570 per day diet and lost 25% of their weight) became obsessed and preoccupied with food, and lost all interest in other things like hobbies, sex, etc (Keys et al., 1950). I discuss some of what this can teach us about the biological impact of dieting.I talk about the research study looking at calorie restriction without food monitoring (with pre-packaged meals) and how that increased cortisol, suggesting that calorie restriction itself inherently causes stress (Tomiyama et al., 2011) which makes us more prone to weight gain.
Learn More About How Dieting Fails Us
Check out my blog post for a comprehensive overview of the ways diet fails us (called "How Dieting Fails Us: A Comprehensive Guide").
Self Control is a Limited Resource
We only get so much willpower and self control in a given day.
People with sustainable habits they feel good about are not fighting tooth and nail every single day to keep them up.
If you find that you DO have to use significant energy and willpower on simply maintaining your habits, then chances are they aren't sustainable.
And believe it or not, it IS possible to form practices that don't exhaust you.
I wrote previously about how to use this knowledge in our favor and learn to make habit changes that can actually last over the long haul. Check out the post here: NEWSFLASH: No One Has Enough Willpower for Dieting.
Dieting Messes with our Biology
It isn't just in your head.
Food is fuel, and we need enough of it to thrive.
Our bodies fight incredibly hard to reject our dieting attempts, and much of the weight regain people experience is a result of this.
Sadly, we still tend to blame ourselves for weight regain because the scientific explanation is not often talked about. There is solid research on the biological changes that occur after weight loss, and it does not bode well for the diet industry.
If this doesn't convince you that diets are failing us, and not the other way around, I don't know what will. Check it out here: How Dieting Messes with Our Biology.
Dieting Erodes the Very Things that Are Essential for Long-Term Change
We know from decades of research on motivation that we all need three psychological needs met to promote behavior change over the long-term:
Competence RelatednessAutonomy
Without these needs being met, sustained change in any important area of your life is unlikely. Dieting usually diminishes all three. More on this here.
Defining the "Diet Mentality"
An attempt to control your weight as the ultimate goal.The mindsets involved in a weight loss attempt that comes from a place of external "should-based motivation".Often coming from a place of "I'm not ok" as I am now. Typically this is the message we get from the diet and weight loss industry. "I'm not ok, but I could feel SO great and confident about myself if I just lost weight!"It comes along with an assumption that whatever program or plan you are taking part in knows wha...
Episode 39. Want to get and stay motivated for healthier habits? Have you tried every diet in the book and are beyond frustrated with yourself that you haven't had the success you want? This week's episode is for you.
Welcome to the Motivation Made Easy Podcast!
What to Expect
This episode of the Motivation Made Easy podcast goes over the ways we are getting things REALLY wrong when it comes to our health and how we typically approach weight loss.
My approach to motivation is rooted in Self-Determination Theory, a well-studied theory of motivation. This theory has been studied in controlled lab settings and long-term longitudinal studies across SO many areas, including health but also in education, sports, parenting, psychological treatment, and so much more.
In this podcast we learn about motivation and how it REALLY works, and how to apply it to our relationship with food, and beyond!
"I'm terrified I'm wasting my life."
Before we dive in to all things motivation, health and weight, and I wanted to share something with you.
I wrote this statement in a journal in the middle of the diet-binge cycle. And frankly, I kind of was. I was disconnected and distracted, self-conscious about my body almost 100% of the time, and generally feeling like a failure, though no one truly knew the depths of this pain.
I’m here to tell you it’s never too late to gain control of your eating, respect your body, and live a life that’s TRULY consistent with your values. But you need to take the first step.
One of the very first steps in developing truly autonomous and body respecting motivation is to clarify what actually matters to you. Not your mom, not your sister, not your best friend, YOU.
The more you reflect on this, the more you can connect your values to your behaviors in a sustainable and empowering way.
Grab the free guide at DrHondorp.com/goals and get started today. I promise you, it’s never too late to stop dieting and start truly living.
The Field of Weight Management is Missing the Mark
Let's dive in and get started with some of the MANY ways the diet and weight loss industry and the weight management field in general are missing the mark.
I should know, as I have been a part of it for many years now, as a researcher developing and delivering weight management interventions for NIH-funded research trials.
A few of the ways we are failing (as a field)
The 78 billion dollar weight loss industry (as of 2019) and the ways they profit based on things NOT working for us. Repeat customers, they need. (Said in a yoda voice).The 3 Key Psychological Needs we all have when it comes to any sustained habit changes (autonomy, competence, and relatedness; Deci & Ryan, 2012) and how almost all of the ways we approach weight loss and dieting reduce these, making it VERY hard to make changes that stick.
How calorie restriction causes biological stress and increased cortisol which is one of the MANY ways dieting undermines our ability to achieve our goals and reduce our sense of effectiveness (Tomiyama et al., 2011). You see, we need to feel some degree of success to want to keep going long-term. Makes sense, right? Well, the fact is that MOST weight loss programs result in weight gain over time, not loss. At some point we need to start looking at the system, not the person.The ways we GREATLY overestimate the impact of weight on our health, and how little of a role it truly plays based on science. This doesn't mean that weight does not matter. Most people I work with will tell you it matters very much to them, however, the ways in which we are told it matters and that we "need" to lose weight, are actually not often true. In fact, there's good data that focusing on weight loss will take you away from your goals, not towards them. Most importantly, we talk about what the heck can be done about this. How can we improve things on an individual and larger systems level?
Episode 38. This episode is a reflection on how things have been going, and the ways I'm working towards practicing what I preach.
I will cover:
A little update on some of the things going on with me latelyWhat I've learned over the past 9 months of being an entrepreneur and working fully in the way I want to with peopleHow I'm working to work smarter not harder and how you can do the sameWhy we often need to slow down and create space to create true and lasting changeReflections on our August Digital Declutter from the Digital Minimalism book
Want To Support Local Bookstores Near You?
Buy your books from Bookshop! Support local bookstores near you and this blog and podcast and help prevent Amazon from completely squashing the local book market.
I highly recommend Digital Minimalism: Choosing a Focused Life in a Noisy World and will be talking about the impact it had on us in August in today's episode.
Are You New Here?
Welcome! I’m so glad to have you. You might be wondering what this blog and podcast are all about.
We relate everything in this podcast back to motivation, but not the hustle and grind kind. Truly sustainable motivation that keeps you feeling energetic and engaged in your life for the long haul. We talk about why “I’m just not motivated” is a myth, and why the TYPE of motivation you have is so important to fully understand. If you are ready to learn about motivation and respecting your body in an effective way so that you can live a life you truly love, you are in the right place.
Check out the Foundational Episodes of the Motivation Made Easy Podcast here!
Introduction: What is this podcast all about?Episode 1: Want to Get & Stay Motivated? A Crash Course on Motivation, Weight Loss, and HealthEpisode 2: How Dieting Steals Our MotivationEpisode 3: How To Get Motivated To Improve Your Health (Motivation 101)Episode 4: How to Transform Health Fears Into Forward Progress
Ready to motivate yourself in a truly effective way?
Are you sick of feeling pulled in a million directions, stressed about all the things you are not doing?
Tired of dieting and fixating on the scale, but unsure what else to focus on?
Does the term "anti-diet" make you think "anti-motivation?"
I'm here to tell you that moving away from dieting is the BEST way to cultivate lasting motivation for the things in your life that matter.
I should know. I spent 13 years of my life doing all the "good diets" under the sun. And what did I have to show for it? A whole lot of half completed food journals, mostly weight gain, a loss of belief in myself.
If you are ready to ask the question, what SHOULD I be focused on instead, then it's time to take the first step: Getting SUPER clear on what matters to you right now.
This is the #1 strategy I hear over and over that is MOST HELPFUL in developing autonomous and sustainable motivation, is to clarify your values. Have you done it yet?
I do this exercise at least twice a year now, particularly when I'm feeling a bit lost and directionless.
Grab the free guide at DrHondorp.com/goals which will walk you through step by step a process to get started on clarify what matters to you, and what you should be focusing on at this season of your life. It’s never too late to stop dieting and start truly living.
How to Know When You Need to Create Some Space
Do you know your signs of stress or Impending burnout?
They're different for everyone, and the first step in figuring out when it's time to slow down is being attentive and having the ability to recognize those signs.
You may get irritable, unfocused, or scatterbrained. Or you might try to focus on things you can control, only to get angry or frustrated when they don't go the way you want.
And if you DO recognize that you feel overly stressed, it's probably time to create some space in your life for restoration.
A good way to better recognize signs of burnout is to activel...
Episode 37. Dr. Theresa Osmer is the founder of FLOW Chiropractic. Dr. Osmer received her Doctor of Chiropractic from National University of Health Sciences near Chicago, Illinois, in 2012. She has additional post-graduate training in prenatal and postpartum care, pediatrics, functional rehabilitation, ergonomics, athletic taping, and lifestyle medicine. Dr. Osmer also has the Webster Certification, Mercier Therapy certification, and has recently completed her training to become a Certified Functional Medicine Practitioner.
Born and raised in Michigan, Dr. Osmer grew up in Owosso and is the oldest of 5 girls! She attended Michigan State University for her Human Biology degree with a specialization in Bioethics and Humanities.
Following graduation, Dr. Osmer and her husband moved to Grand Rapids, Michigan. Outside of FLOW, Dr. Osmer is very involved in her Grand Rapids community with The Junior League of Grand Rapids and The Grand Rapids Community Foundation as a 100 New Philanthropist. In her free time, Dr. Osmer enjoys spending time with her family (including her Golden Retriever, Roubaix-Salsa, her nephew August, and her niece Savannah), cooking, and traveling. As a self-proclaimed “Mermaid,” Dr. Osmer is happiest in the water or on a beach!
You can connect with Theresa at her website FLOWChiro.com or on Instagram.
Want To Support Local Bookstores Near You?
Buy your books from Bookshop! Support local bookstores near you and this blog and podcast and help prevent Amazon from completely squashing the local book market.
Are You New Here?
Welcome! I’m so glad to have you. You might be wondering what this blog and podcast are all about.
We relate everything in this podcast back to motivation, but not the hustle and grind kind. Truly sustainable motivation that keeps you feeling energetic and engaged in your life for the long haul. We talk about why “I’m just not motivated” is a myth and why the TYPE of motivation you have is so important to fully understand. If you are ready to learn about motivation and respecting your body in an effective way so that you can live a life you truly love, you are in the right place.
Check out the Foundational Episodes of the Motivation Made Easy Podcast here!
Introduction: What is this podcast all about?Episode 1: Want to Get & Stay Motivated? A Crash Course on Motivation, Weight Loss, and HealthEpisode 2: How Dieting Steals Our MotivationEpisode 3: How To Get Motivated To Improve Your Health (Motivation 101)Episode 4: How to Transform Health Fears Into Forward Progress
Are you ready to take that first step?
Are you sick of decision fatigue and feelings of overwhelm? You wake up feeling anxious, not sure what to eat or focus on in your day. Not exactly sure how to spend your time. Maybe you end up scrolling your phone or just jump into your emails, not really sure how to spend your time.
You finish your day focused on all the things you didn't get done, frustrated and angry that you aren't more focused on what truly matters. Maybe you felt that you weren't present with your kids or loved ones? I know that's the one that hurts me the MOST.
I think we have all been there.
If you are ready to start getting clear on what you should be spending your time on, what's helpful, and what it's, it first starts with clarifying your values.
The #1 strategy I hear over and over that is MOST HELPFUL in developing autonomous and sustainable motivation is to clarify your values. Have you done it yet? Or lately?
I, for one, do this regularly, particularly when I'm feeling a bit lost. And as a new entrepreneur, this happens quite often!
Grab the free guide at DrHondorp.com/goals, which will walk you through step by step a process to get started on clarifying what matters to you and what you should be focusing on at this season of your life. I promise you; it’s never too late to stop dieting and start truly living.
Episode 36. This week I am incredibly excited to talk to Joanna Pustilnik, MS, RDN. Joanna is a non-diet Registered Dietitian, Certified Diabetes Care and Education Specialist, certified intuitive eating counselor, and personal trainer with a background in disordered eating and eating disorders, metabolic and digestive health, plant-based nutrition, and fertility and women's health with special focus of Polycystic Ovary Syndrome. She sees clients locally in Arlington, Virginia at MindBodyHealth.com
Are You New Here?
Welcome! I'm so glad to have you. You might be wondering what this blog and podcast are all about.
We relate everything in this podcast back to motivation, but not the hustle and grind kind. Truly sustainable motivation that keeps you feeling energetic and engaged in your life for the long haul. We talk about why "I'm just not motivated" is a myth, and why the TYPE of motivation you have is so important to fully understand. If you are ready to learn about motivation and respecting your body in an effective way so that you can live a life you truly love, you are in the right place.
Check out the Foundational Episodes of the Motivation Made Podcast here!
Introduction: What is this podcast all about?Episode 1: Want to Get & Stay Motivated? A Crash Course on Motivation, Weight Loss, and HealthEpisode 2: How Dieting Steals Our MotivationEpisode 3: How To Get Motivated To Improve Your Health (Motivation 101)Episode 4: How to Transform Health Fears Into Forward Progress
"I'm terrified I'm wasting my life."
I wrote this in a journal in the middle of the diet-binge cycle. And frankly, I kind of was.
I’m here to tell you it’s never too late to gain control of your eating, respect your body, and live a life that’s TRULY consistent with your values. But you need to take the first step.
One of the very first steps in developing truly autonomous and body respecting motivation is to clarify what actually matters to you. Not your mom, not your sister, not your best friend, YOU.
The more you reflect on this, the more you can connect your values to your behaviors in a sustainable and empowering way.
Grab the free guide at DrHondorp.com/goals and get started today. I promise you, it’s never to late to stop dieting and start truly living. You will not regret it.
What is Polycystic Ovary Syndrome (PCOS)?
PCOS stands for Polycystic Ovary Syndrome, and it's important to note that it is a SYNDROME rather than a disease.
What's the difference?
Well, diseases have one cause, but symptoms can show in very different ways. When it comes to syndromes, we aren't 100% sure what the cause is but the symptoms are very similar.
We do know that PCOS is a hormonal syndrome that usually shows in increased levels of androgens, which can but doesn't always lead to irregular menstruation, persistent acne, development of cysts on ovaries, and more...which can in turn cause issues with fertility.
Androgens should be found in everyone. These hormones include testosterone and DHEAS, and these are the hormones that increase sex drive and focus. We often see higher levels of androgens in those who have been diagnosed with PCOS, but this can vary from person to person.
How is it diagnosed?
The truth is, it isn't 100% clear.
There is still a large gray area when it comes to PCOS, and there is also disagreement and conflicting information in the medical field.
However, the Rotterdam criteria is mostly commonly used and accepted to diagnose PCOS.
It requires that a patient must have two out of three of these criteria:
Oligo-ovulation (irregular ovulation) or Anovulation (no ovulation)Hyperandrogenism (high levels of androgens)Polycystic ovaries
Hypothalamic Amenorrhea
It's possible for Hypothalamic Amenorrhea to be misdiagnosed as PCOS, which is incredibly dangerous.
HA is a condition that is characterized by the hypothalamus failing to produce a key hormone that signals ...
Episode 35. Today I have the pleasure of talking with Victoria Evans.
Victoria Evans began her career in the corporate world with a prominent Fortune 500 company in the beauty industry in Montreal. During this time, her challenges related to eating disorders, mental health, extreme dieting, and overexercising became a catalyst for creating a solution to an issue millions of women deal with today. As a successful Intuitive Eating Coach, she is disrupting the wellness industry through her fundamentally science-based approach. Victoria helps countless women heal their relationship with food by optimizing their mindset for happier and healthier lifestyles.
You can find Victoria and connect with her here!
IG: @victoriaevansofficial
LinkedIn: VJEVANS
This Episode was SOOOOO good. Here are the Highlights:
If you are like me, you love to understand the science of WHY something works. But also, I'm a practical person. By the time I found Intuitive Eating, I had tried every diet under the sun, and frankly, most of them were quite "healthy" by societal standards. I did Weight Watchers many times, MyFitnessPal, Jenny Craig, and tons of self-directed attempts, usually recording calories or making myself a meal plan.
My first Weight Watchers attempt worked fairly well, meaning I lost some weight and kept it off for maybe a year or so.
What Victoria does so well in this interview and her work is really breaking down the science of why intuitive eating is so effective. She ties it to a theory by Stephen Porges called Polyvagal Theory that helps us understand our body's threat response and what starts it.
This interview helps explain things like:
Why binge eating never was and never will be a willpower problemHow your brain is trying to self-protect, because your primitive brain, the part that makes sure you stay alive, truly hasn't evolved for the availability of food that we have todayHow understanding your body and it's physiology can be the difference that truly makes the difference for you in reclaiming your relationship to food and getting your life back
The True Meaning of Intuition
This episode really made me think about and consider the term intuition and how SO many of us get out of touch with our true intuition and how much of a disservice this is doing for us and the world.
Intuition is not a single way of knowing—it's our ability to hold space for uncertainty, and our willingness to trust the many ways we've developed knowledge and insight, including instinct, experience, faith, and reason.- Brene Brown
As you listen to this episode, keep an open mind and really consider how your body and physiology work, how you might inadvertently be activating your threat response, and what you might be able to do instead.
Are You New Here?
Welcome! I’m so glad to have you. You might be wondering what this blog and podcast are all about.
We relate everything in this podcast back to motivation, but not the hustle and grind kind. Truly sustainable motivation that keeps you feeling energetic and engaged in your life for the long haul. We talk about why “I’m just not motivated” is a myth and why the TYPE of motivation you have is so important to fully understand. If you are ready to learn about motivation and respecting your body in an effective way so that you can live a life you truly love, you are in the right place.
Check out the Foundational Episodes of the Motivation Made Easy Podcast here!
Introduction: What is this podcast all about?Episode 1: Want to Get & Stay Motivated? A Crash Course on Motivation, Weight Loss, and HealthEpisode 2: How Dieting Steals Our MotivationEpisode 3: How To Get Motivated To Improve Your Health (Motivation 101)Episode 4: How to Transform Health Fears Into Forward Progress
“I’m terrified I’m wasting my life.”
I wrote this in a journal in the middle of the diet-binge cycle. And frankly, I kind of was.
Episode 34. This week I sat down with Dr. Heather Gunn, PhD. Dr. Gunn is an Assistant Professor at University of Alabama and a licensed Clinical Psychologist. In her role, she is engaged in research, teaching, mentoring, and service. Her goal is for individuals to have meaningful and engaging (and autonomy granting!) relationships and to be able to have restful sleep. Away from the office, she enjoys walking phone dates, exercise, baking, reading, and spending time with her husband and son and dog and cat.
What to Expect In This Conversation:
We continue the conversation from last week. Make sure you check out Part 1 here.
Do you really HAVE to get your phone out of the bedroom? How to promote sleep in kiddos in a flexible wayWhat to do if you and your partner have very different sleep schedule preferencesAnd much more!
New to the Podcast and Blog? Welcome!
I’m so glad to have you. You might be wondering what this blog and podcast are all about.
We relate everything in this podcast back to motivation, but not the hustle and grind kind. Truly sustainable motivation that keeps you feeling energetic and engaged in your life for the long haul. We talk about why “I’m just not motivated” is a myth, and why the TYPE of motivation you have is so important to fully understand. If you are ready to learn about motivation and respecting your body in an effective way so that you can live a life you truly love, you are in the right place.
Check out the Foundational Episodes of the Motivation Made Easy Podcast here!
Introduction: What is this podcast all about?Episode 1: Want to Get & Stay Motivated? A Crash Course on Motivation, Weight Loss, and HealthEpisode 2: How Dieting Steals Our MotivationEpisode 3: How To Get Motivated To Improve Your Health (Motivation 101)Episode 4: How to Transform Health Fears Into Forward Progress
How to Build Truly Long-Term Sustainable Motivation
Do you ever feel like you are just going through the motions? Being pulled in a million directions, and not really spending your time the way you want to be? There are so many things to do, fires to put out, that self-care behaviors immediately go to the bottom of the list.
Then you feel angry and frustrated with yourself and the world, resolve to "be better" and then the cycle starts all over again?
I get this, and I still live this. Not in a diet mentality way now, but I still struggle with consistently prioritizing myself over all the other to dos. And yet, I know me doing so allows me to be the very best partner, partner, and do my best work.
One of the very first steps in developing truly internal motivation is to clarify what actually matters to you. Not your mom, not your sister, not your best friend, YOU.
The more you reflect on this, the more you can move through your day knowing that even when it's hard to say not, and leave things undone, you are prioritizing your time in the way that's best for YOU.
If you've never clarified your values, the time is now. I do it early and often to stay grounded and make sure I'm using the precious time I have in this life in the ways that I wont regret. It's a work in process, but values clarification is something we rarely do and we honestly all need to. And I don't say that about many things.
Grab the free guide at DrHondorp.com/goals and get started today. I promise you, it’s never too late to stop dieting and start truly living. You will not regret it.
Do we really have to take our phones out of the bedroom?
Well in short, the answer is no.
It's true that focusing on or engaging in something on your phone late at night CAN mask sleepiness, and it's important to be aware of that and try to remain disciplined if it's affecting you negatively.
However, you don't NEED to take it out of the bedroom, as phones can also be very useful for sleep.
There are TONS of resources like podcasts, meditations, calming sleep sounds,
Episode 33. This week I sat down with Dr. Heather Gunn, PhD. Dr. Gunn is an Assistant Professor at University of Alabama and a licensed Clinical Psychologist. In her role, she is engaged in research, teaching, mentoring, and service. Her goal is for individuals to have meaningful and engaging (and autonomy granting!) relationships and to be able to have restful sleep. Away from the office, she enjoys walking phone dates, exercise, baking, reading, and spending time with her husband and son and dog and cat.
"Sleep is important." Well, duh.
I know you probably already know that sleep matters for your health, but in this conversation we are going to cover a take on sleep you probably never considered. Heather's area of focus is on sleep and interpersonal relationships, so we are going to cover standard behavioral treatments for sleep, and also how your relationship to people in your life, yourself, and your feelings of psychological safety matter a TON.
We had SO much important stuff to cover, that this is Part 1 of a 2 part series.
Here's What You Can Expect:
How much sleep do we need? (Hint: There isn't a hard and fast rule for everyone, and Heather will tell you how to know what the right amount for you is)"I don't have time to sleep!" How to recognize what you are trying to get for yourself by staying awake, and what to do about it.Ways to improve your sleep if you are having mild insomnia (wanting to sleep but you can't), or have had it for 15 years.How sleep relates to eating and weightWhy sleep got worse for so many of us during the pandemic and how to approach sleep during times of transitionHow hyperarousal and psychological safety relate to sleepHow much your physiology gets synced with the people around you and how this relates to sleep (and eating!)
New to the Podcast and Blog? Welcome!
I’m so glad to have you. You might be wondering what this blog and podcast are all about.
We relate everything in this podcast back to motivation, but not the hustle and grind kind. Truly sustainable motivation that keeps you feeling energetic and engaged in your life for the long haul. We talk about why “I’m just not motivated” is a myth, and why the TYPE of motivation you have is so important to fully understand. If you are ready to learn about motivation and respecting your body in an effective way so that you can live a life you truly love, you are in the right place.
Check out the Foundational Episodes of the Motivation Made Easy Podcast here!
Introduction: What is this podcast all about?Episode 1: Want to Get & Stay Motivated? A Crash Course on Motivation, Weight Loss, and HealthEpisode 2: How Dieting Steals Our MotivationEpisode 3: How To Get Motivated To Improve Your Health (Motivation 101)Episode 4: How to Transform Health Fears Into Forward Progress
How to Build Truly Long-Term Sustainable Motivation
Do you ever feel like you are just going through the motions? Being pulled in a million directions, and not really spending your time the way you want to be? There are so many things to do, fires to put out, that self-care behaviors immediately go to the bottom of the list.
Then you feel angry and frustrated with yourself and the world, resolve to "be better" and then the cycle starts all over again?
I get this, and I still live this. Not in a diet mentality way now, but I still struggle with consistently prioritizing myself over all the other to dos. And yet, I know me doing so allows me to be the very best partner, partner, and do my best work.
One of the very first steps in developing truly internal motivation is to clarify what actually matters to you. Not your mom, not your sister, not your best friend, YOU.
The more you reflect on this, the more you can move through your day knowing that even when it's hard to say not, and leave things undone, you are prioritizing your time in the way that's best for YOU.
If you've never clarified your values, the time is now.
Episode 32. Today I have the pleasure of talking with Dr. Jillian Murphy, ND.
Cutting the Diet Culture Cord
One thing that really becomes evident in the conversation with Dr. Murphy, is that anti-diet, weight inclusive approaches benefit all bodies. Not just people with eating disorders or in a certain body size, but ALL OF US. I'm really excited for you to listen to this interview, because we cover a lot and Dr. Murphy is a WEALTH of knowledge as she's been practicing naturopathic medicine in the weight inclusive space for a decade.
One thing that was super interesting to me is the fact that even when things feel "mild" in terms of "healthy eating", how much freedom you can still gain from cutting the diet culture cord.
I seriously learned a ton in this interview. Let's dive in!
In the interview, we cover:
Why Health at Every Size is not just a social movement, but an evidence-based movement rooted heavily in science. She breaks this down in a way that I truly haven't heard before, so make sure you stay tuned to really understand why and how this isn't just a "don't judge people for their body size" movement (though that's of course very important, too!)We talk about her training as a Doctor of Naturopathic Medicine and where her focus is, as well as the ways that her training, just like pretty much all standard training programs, were steeped in diet culture beliefs.Her experience with orthorexia and how she finally fully cut the diet culture cord.We talk about her work learning about competent eating through the Ellyn Satter Institute and the power of this approach for kids and adults. I'm SO excited for this part of this conversation, because we talk about a nuanced approach to moving towards a flexible, healthy, sustainable relationship with food called Competent Eating that can be really helpful for people who want more structure than Intuitive Eating provides. Super cool.
Want To Support Local Bookstores Near You?
Buy your books from Bookshop! Support local bookstores near you and this blog and podcast and help prevent Amazon from completely squashing the local book market.
Are You New Here?
Welcome! I’m so glad to have you. You might be wondering what this blog and podcast are all about.
We relate everything in this podcast back to motivation, but not the hustle and grind kind. Truly sustainable motivation that keeps you feeling energetic and engaged in your life for the long haul. We talk about why “I’m just not motivated” is a myth, and why the TYPE of motivation you have is so important to fully understand. If you are ready to learn about motivation and respecting your body in an effective way so that you can live a life you truly love, you are in the right place.
Check out the Foundational Episodes of the Motivation Made Easy Podcast here!
Introduction: What is this podcast all about?Episode 1: Want to Get & Stay Motivated? A Crash Course on Motivation, Weight Loss, and HealthEpisode 2: How Dieting Steals Our MotivationEpisode 3: How To Get Motivated To Improve Your Health (Motivation 101)Episode 4: How to Transform Health Fears Into Forward Progress
Are you ready to take that first step?
Are you sick of decision fatigue and feelings of overwhelm? You wake up feeling anxious, not sure what to eat or focus on in your day. Not exactly sure how to spend your time. Maybe you end up scrolling through your phone, or maybe you just jump into your emails. You don't really know what to prioritize.
You finish your day focused on all the things you didn't get done, frustrated and angry that you aren't more focused on what truly matters. Maybe you felt that you weren't present with your kids or loved ones. I know that's the one that hurts me the MOST.
Or maybe you are like okay, so don't focus on calorie counting or dieting, but what DO I focus on?
If you are ready to start getting clarity on this, it first starts with refining your values.
Episode 31. This week I sat down with Dr. Karen Stewart, PhD. This was a very important conversation where we talked about her own experiences with dieting and struggles with food, her ADHD diagnosis, and how her personal journey led her to eventually become a health psychologist. Here are some of the highlights of this interview so you know what to expect:
Her process of repeated dieting and eventually having gastric bypass surgery a few years agoHow she decides whether to share her story with her personal network and with patientsHer personal and professional goal of hers to increase awareness of the relationship between ADHD and eating behaviorAn overview of ADHD symptomsChanges in how it's diagnosedThe importance of understanding yourself and advocating for yourself with whatever psychological strengths and difficulties you might have
Want To Support Local Bookstores Near You?
Buy your books from Bookshop! Support local bookstores near you and this blog and podcast and help prevent Amazon from completely squashing the local book market.
Meet Dr. Karen Stewart
Dr. Karen Stewart is a licensed clinical psychologist specializing in behavioral medicine with expertise in weight management, bariatric surgery, and the impact of mental health symptoms on efforts at lifestyle change. In particular, she is interested in the largely underrecognized impact of ADHD symptoms in adults who are struggling with healthy habits.
Dr. Stewart has published a number of peer-reviewed articles and book chapters on assessment and treatment of a range of eating and weight related issues. She has also published in the area of integrated care and associated cost savings. Her career is focused on helping individuals realize their personal goals and the larger community by advocating for health care system change.
You can connect with Dr. Stewart on Twitter, Facebook, or Instagram.
Are You New Here?
Welcome! I’m so glad to have you. You might be wondering what this blog and podcast are all about.
We relate everything in this podcast back to motivation, but not the hustle and grind kind. Truly sustainable motivation that keeps you feeling energetic and engaged in your life for the long haul. We talk about why “I’m just not motivated” is a myth, and why the TYPE of motivation you have is so important to fully understand. If you are ready to learn about motivation and respecting your body in an effective way so that you can live a life you truly love, you are in the right place.
Check out the Foundational Episodes of the Motivation Made Easy Podcast here!
Introduction: What is this podcast all about?Episode 1: Want to Get & Stay Motivated? A Crash Course on Motivation, Weight Loss, and HealthEpisode 2: How Dieting Steals Our MotivationEpisode 3: How To Get Motivated To Improve Your Health (Motivation 101)Episode 4: How to Transform Health Fears Into Forward Progress
“I’m terrified I’m wasting my life.”
I wrote this in a journal in the middle of the diet-binge cycle. And frankly, I kind of was.
I’m here to tell you it’s never too late to gain control of your eating, respect your body, and live a life that’s TRULY consistent with your values. But you need to take the first step.
One of the very first steps in developing truly autonomous and body respecting motivation is to clarify what actually matters to you. Not your mom, not your sister, not your best friend, YOU.
The more you reflect on this, the more you can connect your values to your behaviors in a sustainable and empowering way.
Grab the free guide at DrHondorp.com/goals and get started today. I promise you, it’s never too late to stop dieting and start truly living. You will not regret it.
Karen's Personal Journey with Eating & Weight Struggles
Karen briefly explains her own personal journey with weight struggles and repeated dieting. She talks about how she was caught in a dieting cycle for years before ultimately deciding to have g...
Episode 30. This week I am going to share some of my reflections on the Health at Every Size® movement and how we will discuss this important topic on this podcast and in this blog. I cover why it isn't more widely accepted in medical settings and otherwise. And what we can do about it.
What to Expect in this Blog Post and Podcast Episode:
I will share some thought based on many conversations with my colleagues (Health at Every Size® -aligned and otherwise) as well as my clients.I will also share how I think about the Health at Every Size® movement, how it has shaped the language I use, and the approach I take. This conversation is great for healthcare professionals or people trying to navigate the healthcare system. I will also talk about other conversations we have had on the podcast about these crucial topics.I'll talk about why one of my major goals on this podcast is to have productive and respectful conversations about the Health at Every Size® movement and how weight inclusive approaches can be successfully incorporated into medicineWhere the movement misses the mark and may have blind spots, and what we can do about it.
So make yourself comfortable and let's dive in!
Are You New Here?
Welcome! I’m so glad to have you. You might be wondering what this blog and podcast are all about.
We relate everything in this podcast back to motivation, but not the hustle and grind kind. Truly sustainable motivation that keeps you feeling energetic and engaged in your life for the long haul. We talk about why “I’m just not motivated” is a myth, and why the TYPE of motivation you have is so important to fully understand. If you are ready to learn about motivation and respecting your body in an effective way so that you can live a life you truly love, you are in the right place.
Check out the Foundational Episodes of the Motivation Made Podcast here!
Introduction: What is this podcast all about?Episode 1: Want to Get & Stay Motivated? A Crash Course on Motivation, Weight Loss, and HealthEpisode 2: How Dieting Steals Our MotivationEpisode 3: How To Get Motivated To Improve Your Health (Motivation 101)Episode 4: How to Transform Health Fears Into Forward Progress
“I’m terrified I’m wasting my life.”
I wrote this in a journal in the middle of the diet-binge cycle. And frankly, I kind of was.
I’m here to tell you it’s never too late to gain control of your eating, respect your body, and live a life that’s TRULY consistent with your values. But you need to take the first step.
One of the very first steps in developing truly autonomous and body respecting motivation is to clarify what actually matters to you. Not your mom, not your sister, not your best friend, YOU.
The more you reflect on this, the more you can connect your values to your behaviors in a sustainable and empowering way.
Grab your free guide today at DrHondorp.com/goals. It’s never too late to stop dieting and start truly living.
The Health at Every Size® Framework
Just like Intuitive Eating, I think of Health at Every Size® as a framework. A way of viewing or orienting towards our health, weight, eating, etc. Dr. Lindo Bacon wrote the book Health at Every Size in 2010. I found the book and read it soon after I read Intuitive Eating in maybe 2014 or 2015. Then I remained working in the healthcare system, in a Preventive Cardiology clinic and a Bariatric Surgery clinic for several years.
Health at Every Size® - Some Data
In this book, Dr. Bacon makes several science-backed arguments that greatly question our current approach to weight loss. As we talk about in this podcast, the statistics are true that behavioral weight loss (e.g., diet and exercise) is really ineffective long-term.
There is a lot of data in this book, but in short, we cover the fact that although people with higher body weight are often associated with higher health risk, this does not imply causation.
Episode 29. This week I am going to reflect on some of the things I've learned and noticed while working with my clients lately. This episode will dive into questions like:
Can you be an intuitive eater and still follow a certain style of eating, like plant-based, Mediterranean diet, or intermittent fasting? Heads up: These are complicated questions and answers with nuanced responses but I'm excited to dive into them.How do you know if you are really listening to your body, or giving in to pressures of others with regards to what you "should" eat? What if I really want to be vegan or go more plant-based but I'm worried it will become yet another diet? How can I tell what my underlying motivation actually is?
One of the things I've noticed in my time in the field is how confused people get when we say the word diet. Understandably so! This post and episode are going to break down some terms so that we are all on the same page, and really dig in to what makes dieting truly harmful, what aspects are pretty harmless (e.g., the word diet being used to describe simply how you are eating), and how this is going to vary from person to person. So, we will talk about some ways to know where you are at in your journey, and help yourself focus on what's important now, versus getting thrown off track by various health messages that we are all bombarded with on a daily basis!
Are You New Here?
Welcome! I’m so glad to have you. You might be wondering what this blog and podcast are all about.
We relate everything in this podcast back to motivation, but not the hustle and grind kind. Truly sustainable motivation that keeps you feeling energetic and engaged in your life for the long haul. We talk about why “I’m just not motivated” is a myth, and why the TYPE of motivation you have is so important to fully understand. If you are ready to learn about motivation and respecting your body in an effective way so that you can live a life you truly love, you are in the right place.
Check out the Foundational Episodes of the Motivation Made Easy Podcast here!
Introduction: What is this podcast all about?Episode 1: Want to Get & Stay Motivated? A Crash Course on Motivation, Weight Loss, and HealthEpisode 2: How Dieting Steals Our MotivationEpisode 3: How To Get Motivated To Improve Your Health (Motivation 101)Episode 4: How to Transform Health Fears Into Forward Progress
“I’m terrified I’m wasting my life.”
I wrote this in a journal in the middle of the diet-binge cycle. And frankly, I kind of was.
I’m here to tell you it’s never too late to gain control of your eating, respect your body, and live a life that’s TRULY consistent with your values. But you need to take the first step.
One of the very first steps in developing truly autonomous and body respecting motivation is to clarify what actually matters to you. Not your mom, not your sister, not your best friend, YOU.
The more you reflect on this, the more you can connect your values to your behaviors in a sustainable and empowering way.
Grab the free guide at DrHondorp.com/goals and get started today. I promise you, it’s never too late to stop dieting and start truly living. You will not regret it.
Intuitive Eating as a Framework, Not Dogma
Intuitive Eating is a self-care framework that began back in 1995 with a book called Intuitive Eating written by dietitians Evelyn Tribole and Elyse Resch.
It's an incredible book, and it's now on it's 4th edition.
I did a prior episode called What is Intuitive Eating and How Can It Help Me? where we went into the 10 principles in some depth. I will be having some guests coming up talking more about the HOW of Intuitive Eating, so make sure you stay tuned for those.
Intuitive Eating as a Framework for Regaining Autonomy
Autonomous motivation or autonomous choice is freedom to behave a certain way without excessive pressure.
There are many components to Intuitive Eating,
Episode 28. This week I am incredibly excited to talk to Dr. Adia Gooden, PhD, all about how to develop unconditional self-worth. This is a very important topic that frankly, all humans need to hear about. I imagine this isn't the first time you've heard someone talk about the importance of developing a positive self-concept or valuing your own self-worth. Maybe you've heard messages about self-love and how important it can be. Maybe you even watched the Sturt Smalley SNL skit and tried saying affirmations to yourself. "I'm good enough. I'm smart enough. And doggone it, people like me!" (Video linked here for your viewing pleasure). But in all seriousness, Dr. Gooden has some amazingly practical strategies you can start implementing today that just might change your life. Make sure you stay until the end to hear it all, and review the main takeaways. And promise me you will give at least one of the things we talk about a true try. Cultivating unconditional self-worth is so incredibly essential for living a life that's most consistent with your values, and this just might be the difference that makes the difference for you.
Are You New Here?
Welcome! I'm so glad to have you. You might be wondering what this blog and podcast are all about.
We relate everything in this podcast back to motivation, but not the hustle and grind kind. Truly sustainable motivation that keeps you feeling energetic and engaged in your life for the long haul. We talk about why "I'm just not motivated" is a myth, and why the TYPE of motivation you have is so important to fully understand. If you are ready to learn about motivation and respecting your body in an effective way so that you can live a life you truly love, you are in the right place.
Check out the Foundational Episodes of the Motivation Made Podcast here!
Introduction: What is this podcast all about?Episode 1: Want to Get & Stay Motivated? A Crash Course on Motivation, Weight Loss, and HealthEpisode 2: How Dieting Steals Our MotivationEpisode 3: How To Get Motivated To Improve Your Health (Motivation 101)Episode 4: How to Transform Health Fears Into Forward Progress
"I'm terrified I'm wasting my life."
I wrote this in a journal in the middle of the diet-binge cycle. And frankly, I kind of was.
I’m here to tell you it’s never too late to gain control of your eating, respect your body, and live a life that’s TRULY consistent with your values. But you need to take the first step.
One of the very first steps in developing truly autonomous and body respecting motivation is to clarify what actually matters to you. Not your mom, not your sister, not your best friend, YOU.
The more you reflect on this, the more you can connect your values to your behaviors in a sustainable and empowering way.
Grab the free guide at DrHondorp.com/goals and get started today. I promise you, it’s never to late to stop dieting and start truly living. You will not regret it.
Introducing Dr. Adia Gooden, PhD, Your New Favorite Self-Worth Expert
Today I have the pleasure of talking with Dr. Adia Gooden. Dr. Gooden received her bachelor’s degree in Psychology from Stanford University and her PhD in Clinical Community Psychology from DePaul University.
She delivered a Tedx Talk entitled Cultivating Unconditional Self-Worth that as of the time of this recording, has over 750,000 views (!!). She recently left academia and became an entrepreneur and now has an excellent podcast called Unconditionally Worthy as well as an online program that helps people discover the power of their unconditional self-worth.
She is a native of Southern California but currently resides in Chicago with her fiancé. Music and summer festivals spark immense joy in her life, and she loves cooking and dancing.
Welcome to the Motivation Made Easy podcast, Dr. Gooden!
The Pursuit of Perfection to Defend Against Feelings of Unworthiness
Dr. Gooden opens up about how struggles with self-worth m...
Episode 27. This week we are going to talk about storytelling. I tell more of my personal journey with disordered eating to help demonstrate the ways that the immense amount of shame I felt about it kept me so incredibly stuck and all the evidence-based information and tools truly made no difference. I'm going to go over the things that TRULY made the biggest difference for me, and WHY none of the self-help versions (including books on Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy, Acceptance and Commitment Therapy) just were not enough. Let's dive in!
Are you new here?
Welcome! I'm so glad to have you. You might be wondering what this blog and podcast are all about.
We relate everything in this podcast back to motivation, but not the hustle and grind kind. Truly sustainable motivation that keeps you feeling energetic and engaged in your life for the long haul. We talk about why "I'm just not motivated" is a myth, and why the TYPE of motivation you have is so important to fully understand. If you are ready to learn about motivation and respecting your body in an effective way so that you can live a life you truly love, you are in the right place.
Check out the Foundational Episodes of the Motivation Made Podcast here!
Introduction: What is this podcast all about?Episode 1: Want to Get & Stay Motivated? A Crash Course on Motivation, Weight Loss, and HealthEpisode 2: How Dieting Steals Our MotivationEpisode 3: How To Get Motivated To Improve Your Health (Motivation 101)Episode 4: How to Transform Health Fears Into Forward Progress
"I'm terrified I'm wasting my life."
I wrote this in a journal in the middle of the diet-binge cycle. And frankly, I kind of was. I was disconnected and distracted, self-conscious about my body almost 100% of the time, and generally feeling like a failure, though no one truly knew the depths of this pain.
I’m here to tell you it’s never too late to gain control of your eating, respect your body, and live a life that’s TRULY consistent with your values. But you need to take the first step.
One of the very first steps in developing truly autonomous and body respecting motivation is to clarify what actually matters to you. Not your mom, not your sister, not your best friend, YOU.
The more you reflect on this, the more you can connect your values to your behaviors in a sustainable and empowering way.
Grab the free guide at DrHondorp.com/goals and get started today. I promise you, it’s never too late to stop dieting and start truly living.
The Power of Story
I'm a HUGE podcast fan. For a multi-tasker at heart (I know, I know, this isn't a great thing) and someone who is quite frugal and minimalistic at their core (though you wouldn't know if you walked into our house), the idea of free information I can listen to while I exercise or clean is very exciting!
I started listening to podcasts in 2008 or 2009 when I was living in Philadelphia going to grad school at Drexel University (Go Dragons!).
I was big into walking for transportation (saves money, plus I get sort of motion sick, so a win win!). I would walk to and from campus every day. I'd download podcasts from iTunes to my desktop computer, then plug in my little iPod and transfer the episodes over. It was not a fast process. I didn't have a smartphone for several more years.
The main podcasts I remember listening to most were The Nutrition Diva's Quick and Dirty Tips (started in 2008 and is still going strong) and a podcast called Inside Out Weight Loss by Renee Stephens.
The Power of One Woman's Story
I had access to all the tools and resources related to evidence-based approaches to eating disorders and weight management. Literally, that's all my lab did. Acceptance-based adaptations for weight management and eating disorders. We were at the forefront of studying what were arguably some of the most innovative strategies out there.
And yet, what moved the needle most for me in my own struggle at ...
Episode 26. Comparative suffering is the act of ranking our pain against others' pain. For example, someone who is going through a tough breakup might see their pain as worse than someone who is stressed about getting a bad grade in a class, but less bad compared to someone experiencing poverty and homelessness. I'll say it right away: comparative suffering does not benefit anyone. In this episode we are going to delve into why that is and what to do instead. This also relates to our topic for next week which is all about why and how sharing our stories is so powerful. Comparative suffering is often a major barrier to doing so. Let's dive in!
Want to get some background on what this podcast is ALL about? Check out the Foundational Episodes of the Motivation Made Podcast here!
Introduction: What is this podcast all about?Episode 1: Want to Get & Stay Motivated? A Crash Course on Motivation, Weight Loss, and HealthEpisode 2: How Dieting Steals Our MotivationEpisode 3: How To Get Motivated To Improve Your Health (Motivation 101)Episode 4: How to Transform Health Fears Into Forward Progress
What is Comparative Suffering?
Comparative suffering is all about evaluating our current pain against others and deciding which one ranks higher and therefore is more "deserving" of being felt.
Have you ever said:
"But so many people have it worse than me, I feel bad for even mentioning it."
"I feel like I'm just whining and complaining."
"I have it so good in the grand scheme of things, I should just be grateful."
I get it. I did this all the time in the past. A LOT. I STILL do it, and frankly, I'm actively working on this. Just this past week I realized how much shame I had about my frustration with my core muscles after childbirth. But my immense shame came from the fact that I know some women cannot have children even when they desperately want to.
Even as I write this, I feel the need to justify to you all, my listeners, how incredibly grateful I am for my children and how I'd take a lifetime of a non-functional core for them. I still feel guilty and bad, like I'm "complaining" about it.
But here's the thing. No one benefits from my unaddressed shame. Literally no one. Not the women who have what I view as potentially worse pain to cope with. In fact, if my pain and guilt is unaddressed, I might be less emotionally available and present when I have the opportunity to listen and support them.
Understanding Your Struggle by Understanding Your Past
Many times in therapy, I hear people say, "gosh, I feel bad even saying this, but it might be easier if I had a more objectively difficult past". Like, if I had significant trauma in my past, then maybe I'd be able to give myself empathy more readily because I'd feel like my pain was more valid.
Not only is this quite unlikely to be true, as most therapists who have worked with people across the spectrum of various "amounts" of trauma can tell you; But even if it were true, from a deep down practical level, is NOT acknowledging or validating your pain helping you?
No One Wins from You Not Acknowledging Your Pain
The more I continue in this field and interact with people inside and outside of therapy, and reflect on my own experiences, the more I realize that not only does one benefit from you acknowledging and validating your pain, but the world NEEDS you to do so.
The world needs you to show up as your full authentic self in courageous ways.
This might be to fight for just causes, or to show up vulnerably and authentically in the relationships that matter most to you.
The truth is, not validating and acknowledging your pain might feel slightly less uncomfortable in the moment than acknowledging it and moving through it, but truly no one is benefitting.
Typically, our unacknowledged pain comes out as anger, depression, and anxiety, and it negatively affects us and the ones around us. It keeps us living small, not fully seen,
Episode 25. This week I talk to Dr. Mary Dagen. Dr. Dagen is a board-certified family medicine physician and has been practicing as a medical Bariatrician for the past two years. Dr. Dagen became a certified culinary medicine specialist in 2018 and is currently serving a 3-year term as a board member for Ottawa Food, whose mission is to ensure affordable access to nutritious food. Away from the office, she enjoys running, gardening, and wildlife photography. Her favorite time is spent with her husband, two kitties, and their bunny.
Want to get some background on what this podcast is ALL about? Check out the Foundational Episodes of the Motivation Made Podcast here!
Introduction: What is this podcast all about?Episode 1: Want to Get & Stay Motivated? A Crash Course on Motivation, Weight Loss, and HealthEpisode 2: How Dieting Steals Our MotivationEpisode 3: How To Get Motivated To Improve Your Health (Motivation 101)Episode 4: How to Transform Health Fears Into Forward Progress
What to Expect from this Interview:
Discussion of the pros and cons of considering obesity a diseaseSome of the barriers physicians face with regards to measurement of weight and health markersWays to understand your health beyond just the number on the scaleThe importance of working with a health care professional who seeks additional training in something like lifestyle medicine and not believing everything you learn on the internetWhy you should never worry about eating fruit again!The importance of taking a wholistic view of health, all from the physician's perspectiveA physician's take on her introduction to the Health at Every Size movement
Beyond Body Mass Index (BMI)
There are many ways to measure your health besides the body mass index. Dr. Dagen and I discuss why the BMI is problematic and some of the other ways she tries to measure health. She states:
"I'm pretty honest with patients. I put it [BMI] on the chart because I have to put it on the chart, but it really doesn't define anything so we're working to improve other health conditions that they are coming to see me for."Dr. Mary Dagen, MD
Culinary Medicine: Using Food to Prevent or Reverse Disease
Dr. Dagen talks about her certification in Culinary Medicine and how she learned in that program about using food to prevent or reverse disease.
The culinary medicine classes typically involve a chef, a physician, and a dietitian. As someone who has taken these classes, we reflect on how these classes are typically the opposite of diet mentality, and instead teach people to enjoy cooking, build mastery, while also creating a sense of community.
The hope and the plan is to build in this type of education on a larger scale over time, given how effective this would be over counting your calories for the millionth time in a row.
The culinary medicine specialty falls under a bigger umbrella of Lifestyle Medicine.
What is Lifestyle Medicine?
We talked about the field of Lifestyle Medicine and how it incorporates many aspects of health beyond just what we eat. This field talks about the importance of:
SleepStressEmotional well-beingMovement
Dr. Dagen talks about how even though she already had specialty training in obesity medicine and culinary medicine she has learned an immense amount within the process of studying for Lifestyle Medicine board certification.
We discuss the fact that most physicians don't get any of this training unless they specifically seek it out, and even when they do there is a LOT to learn in this field, given how complex it is. Dr. Dagen talks about the fact that even though she is board certified in family medicine, she did not get any of this training at all. Though the training in medicine in this area is shifting, it's a very slow and gradual process.
That said, if you are seeking out a different way to look at weight loss and dieting, you are very likely to come across physicians who have views that are uninformed an...
Episode 24. In this episode we talk about the concept of psychological flexibility. Do you ever feel like you are playing whack-a-mole with your negative thoughts? Like ok I'm supposed to feel worthy, and energized, and have internal motivation, and never have diet mentality thoughts. Then having negative thoughts or self-doubt becomes another way to feel like you have failed? Do you ever think, "Why can't I just be confident?" or "Why do I care so much what other people think?"
Today's episode is all about the concept of psychological flexibility. This has overlap with the concept of acceptance. It does NOT mean accepting all as it is and becoming complacent and it also does not mean accepting things won't change. It means being willing to have uncomfortable thoughts, emotions, and physical sensations in service of your most important values, your WHY, your reasons and purpose for living.
This conversation builds on our previous ones about support and accountability. Accountability can be incredibly useful as we work through discomfort.
We are going to talk about:
Why "just think positive" is a major problem and rarely moves us in a positive directionThe concept of toxic positivity and how it keeps us from emotional agilityHow to use the concepts of psychological flexibility and willingness from Acceptance and Commitment Therapy to get you unstuck and moving forward regardless of how "motivated" you feel
Want to start from the beginning? Check out the Foundational Episodes of the Motivation Made Podcast here!
Introduction: What is this podcast all about?Episode 1: Want to Get & Stay Motivated? A Crash Course on Motivation, Weight Loss, and HealthEpisode 2: How Dieting Steals Our MotivationEpisode 3: How To Get Motivated To Improve Your Health (Motivation 101)Episode 4: How to Transform Health Fears Into Forward Progress
Clarify Your Values
Want a step by step guide to help you reflect on your most important values so you can remind yourself WHY you are getting comfortable with being uncomfortable? My free values and goals guide does just that. Check it out for free here!
What if I Can't Change My Thoughts?
Have you heard of cognitive-behavioral therapy? It's an evidence-based and incredibly effective therapy that works for a wide-variety of conditions.
The idea goes like this. If you have an event happen to you, like someone walks by you on the street and makes a frowning face, your interpretation of the situation will impact how you feel, and perhaps how you behave.
If you assume they frowned because they think you are fat or unattractive, then you may feel angry, or sad, or ashamed of your body. You might feel depressed, and you might stop walking as a result.
Alternatively, if you assume that they probably were thinking about something unrelated to you and just randomly frowned while they happened to be looking at you, you might feel neutral, not feel down, and go on with your day and continue walking in that area in the future.
Change How You Think to Change How You Feel
So the idea in CBT is, we identify unhelpful thoughts like "he thinks I'm fat and unattractive" and examine whether that is likely true or not, and even if true, whether it's helpful. We change the thought and practice thinking differently, then ideally we feel better.
But what about when thoughts are really hard to change? We argue with them, but it doesn't really make us feel better. What about when they just won't go away? When we are really down or really anxious, it can feel impossible to change our thoughts or beliefs. Particularly when they are entrenched in feelings of shame, as most of our really difficult stuff often is. Then what do we do?
The energy required to challenge each and every thought we have might feel daunting, or darn near impossible. We might be so tired of fighting our thoughts, we have no energy left for actual things we need to do in our life,
Episode 23. In this episode, we are talking ALL about accountability. When you read the title "You Need More Accountability," what did you think? Were you like, "heck yes, I know I do!" or did it make you cringe and sort of resent me? If the latter is true, nice work for hitting play on this episode anyways! That shows willingness to experience discomfort and not to avoid a feeling we don't like. Whether or not accountability sounds like something you can't wait to get more of or truly makes you angry, this episode is for you.
I cover:
Why the right kind of compassionate accountability is key to moving us towards any goalHow our ideas about rugged individualism harm our ability to make progressHow to increase accountability in an effective way, so you don't waste any more time or money on ineffective tools
Want to start from the beginning? Check out the Foundational Episodes of the Motivation Made Podcast here!
Introduction: What is this podcast all about?Episode 1: Want to Get & Stay Motivated? A Crash Course on Motivation, Weight Loss, and HealthEpisode 2: How Dieting Steals Our MotivationEpisode 3: How To Get Motivated To Improve Your Health (Motivation 101)Episode 4: How to Transform Health Fears Into Forward Progress
Meeting Our Big Important Goals
Think about the things you've accomplished in your life. Maybe it's your education or related to parenting. Maybe related to your career. What are some of the things that helped you excel and meet those goals?
Sometimes when I talk to people about developing intrinsic motivation, they get this idea that intrinsic motivation is ideal so they should always want to do the behavior and always feel great about it.
Like, if we work hard enough on your mindset, you will naturally wake up each day wanting to exercise, wanting to eat nourishing foods, and while we are at it, wanting to do all the other tasks you need to do in your day (work, caring for the kids, cleaning, laundry, dishes). You will do them all effortlessly, feel great, and hey, look! We have achieved the optimally motivated intrinsic motivation life.
Autonomous Motivation is More than Just Intrinsic
Autonomous motivation is the type associated with long-term change. Within autonomous motivation are technically three types: identified, integrated, and intrinsic. Identified and integrated are similar, and they are about doing the behavior because it's consistent with your identity and how you want to show up in the world. Intrinsic is the one where you get inherent satisfaction out of the behavior.
So I want you to think about the things in your life that you do that are hard and/or uncomfortable to do. That you maybe do not like or even hate doing. How do you get yourself to do it?
You may not be fully aware of this, but let's take the example of grocery shopping.
Anna is a mother of 3 young boys, and she also works full-time. She is separated from her husband and she has full-time custody. Her mother lives with her and helps out, but isn't very mobile, so Anna is responsible for all the grocery shopping for the family. Anna really hates grocery shopping. She is tired at the end of her workday, and shopping 1-2 times per week and cooking each night is frankly the last thing she wants to do.
But she does it on a regular basis. Whether she's aware of this or not, Anna's strong value is cooking at home for her family. This is how her mother raised her, and it's highly congruent with her identity to do so.
If We Were Truly Intrinsically Motivated for All Behaviors Consistent With Our Values, We Would Not Need Accountability
But the reality is, if you value growth and pursuing meaning in your life, you are not going to be intrinsically motivated to do everything you do on a daily basis. That just does not make sense.
If you buy into the BS messages we are fed by the media: "Just follow our plan and lose weight effortlessly! Never feel hungry again!
Episode 22. In this episode I dive into the topic of support. We will cover why you more than likely need more support, what type of support you need, and how to go about getting that support. We will talk about how having people around versus truly utilizing your support system effectively is very different, and how to make shifts in this area that truly move you forward in a positive direction.
Want to start from the beginning? Check out the Foundational Episodes of the Motivation Made Podcast here!
Introduction: What is this podcast all about?Episode 1: Want to Get & Stay Motivated? A Crash Course on Motivation, Weight Loss, and HealthEpisode 2: How Dieting Steals Our MotivationEpisode 3: How To Get Motivated To Improve Your Health (Motivation 101)Episode 4: How to Transform Health Fears Into Forward Progress
Do You Have Enough Support?
At my previous job, I did pre-surgical psychological evaluations for people looking to have bariatric surgery, or weight loss surgery. I would ask every person about their support system, including asking about people they have for emotional support (e.g., someone they can talk to openly if they are sad, scared, ashamed, etc) as well as logistical support (e.g., who do you have that can help you out as you recover).
I would ask them the simple question, "Do you feel you have enough support?"
Most people would tell me that yes, in fact, they did. Or they might say, "I rely on myself only" or "I don't need that much support."
Other times, they would say they had enough support, but perhaps later if I saw them for another visit, they might admit: "Well, I have people who care about me, but I rarely tell them how I'm truly doing." Or on the flip side, they would share that in fact while they had people in their life that expressed caring for them, these people would also make very food policing and weight biased comments that would ultimately lead the person down a trajectory of body shame.
Shame and Fear of Rejection
Fears of not belonging, fears of failure, and being rejected by others, is a universal struggle. If you have this struggle, it has nothing to do with something being "wrong" with you, and everything to do with you being a human being.
If I had a dollar for every time I heard, "They wont get it," or "I don't want to bother anyone," or "I don't want to be a burden" or "be too negative", I'd be a rich woman.
Here's the thing. When people come to you with pressure that you need to fix their shame, yes it can be a burden. OR, when you endlessly complain about surface level things, or tell someone over and over that you are stressed about hating your body, or various surface level worries or anxieties that actually aren't what's truly bothering you, it can be ineffective and over time can become draining.
But that isn't really what you need support for, and it isn't really what it's about. Underneath all the diet and calorie obsession, or the random worry about minute details, or your unhealthy relationship patterns or other symptom level stuff, is your underlying stuff. Your human being core stuff that we ALL HAVE. Fears of failure. Fears of discomfort and your "negative emotions," fears of not belonging, and your self-doubt.
That's what you need support for. And that's where you relate to other humans. When you share that stuff with the right people who are emotionally mature enough to realize that they don't need to fix it, and that just empathy and understanding is all you need, that's where the magic happens, where you feel supported, and when you can truly start to move through your stuff and thrive.
Wanna Take a Walk with Me?
Have you taken a walk with me yet? Maybe you listen to this podcast on a walk but how about listening to a guided audio all about shifting your motivation from external diet mentality to internal empowered changes and respecting your body. Download my free 10 minute audio, pop your ear buds in,
Episode 21. This week I talk to Marie-Pier Pitre-D'Iorio, RD, B.SC. Marie-Pier is an anti-diet Registered Dietitian with a B.Sc. in Psychology and the founder of The Balanced Dietitian. She is passionate about helping folx discover how to nourish their bodies without guilt, shame or restrictions. She strives to provide evidence-based nutrition interventions to all her clients and support them in their recovery journeys. She is the host of The Balanced Dietitian Podcast where she provides listeners a different approach to nutrition. She also has an amazing group program that can be found here!
Marie's Journey
Marie-Pier talks about her experience with developing an eating disorder and process of her recovery. She talks about her experience with more standard eating disorder treatment, and how there was little connection or discussion around how her thoughts and beliefs about food and her body impacted her emotions, self-worth and overall feelings about herself.
This prompted her to pursue a career in dietetics where she eventually learned about anti-diet approaches, diet culture and started to apply that to the work she did with clients as well as her own personal journey and experience of herself.
She's got some great takeaways so make sure you stay to the end to hear those!
Wanna Take a Walk with Me?
Have you taken a walk with me yet? Maybe you listen to this podcast on a walk but how about listening to a guided audio all about shifting your motivation from external diet mentality to internal empowered changes and respecting your body. Download my free 10 minute audio, pop your ear buds in, and take a walk with yours truly today!
Nutrition Training Within Diet Culture
Marie talks about her experience going through nutrition education within diet culture and our more standard weight centric model. She talks about how she had the thoughts "I can't be a fat dietitian" and the fact that restoring her weight to a "healthy weight" was good, but how feelings of control creeped in in thinking, "I can't gain too much weight."
She graduated from school and still wasn't fully on board with the anti-diet movement and looking back, she believes at times she was causing more harm that good in helping people move towards weight loss.
She reflects on the incoherence between the messages of what we tell people in larger bodies (you should lose weight) versus those in smaller bodies (you must gain weight) and how she also started to realize that if she holds these standards for others that your body must fit into a certain mold of what is "good" then she will never be set free.
Becoming a Bright Light
Marie stated that the way she shows up in the world today is as such a bright light, and reflecting back on how different that is from the way she used to be. I didn't know her then, but I completely agree her energy comes through the screen in talking to her. She is so passionate about what she does and that is why I highly recommend you all follow her on Instagram to see for yourself.
Building Internal Cues with Helpful Boundaries
Marie discusses a period of time when she was in recovery from her eating disorder where she would go to family parties and have her husband put his hand on her arm to remind her to tune in to her body. We talked about the difference between autonomy of behavior, versus being controlled and how only the person truly knows.
We talked about the fact that you don't go from a lifetime of dieting to the next day tuning in to your intuition, and how it's okay and normal to stumble, but how it's also ok and normal to notice and ask for boundaries and supports along the way.
This might mean asking a support person to help you tune in to your body when you are out of sync, or to keep certain foods out of the home for a particularly period of time. This is going to be incredibly individual for different people and it's hard because it requires continued trust in yourse...
Episode 18. Today I sit down with Brianna Wilkerson to discuss her health journey and her relationship with food.
Brianna Wilkerson is a Holistic Health and Life Coach, wife and momma, chai tea lover and at-home crossfitter. She helps women find peace with food, feel confident in their bodies again, and develop a healthy lifestyle that’s more than just about their weight. You’ll leave sessions with her feeling supported and empowered to make simple, sustainable changes that work and fit into your life.
She is also an Essential Oils Advocate for doTERRA Essential Oils and loves helping women to use essential oils in simple, fun and effective ways for their health, home and family. You’ll leave her essential oils classes and consultations feeling excited and empowered to use essential oils in your daily life.You can find Brianna hanging out in the More Than Your Weight Women’s Community, on her Facebook Page or Instagram!
Did you grab your freebie??
Grab my free fun 10 minute audio that helps you reclaim exercise from a "should" to a "want to?"
Brianna's Background - A Way to Feel in Control
She talked about losing weight without necessarily trying to in high school due to playing 3 sports and eating differently, and then getting comments about how good she looked.
She talked about how she noticed that when she looks a certain way, she belonged, and is valued and was seen
Starting 3 sports in high school and started losing weight. She described feeling "I belong, I'm valued, and I'm seen." She stated that she is from the Cayman islands and they experienced a hurricane and experienced a lot of change, and focused on what she can control: eating, exercise, and performance in school.
She stated that she lived in the Cayman Islands and they were hit by a major hurricane which caused a lot of change and transition. She described feeling out of control at that time, and focusing on her eating, exercise, and her school performance in school.
Food as Comfort
She stated that a few years later food became something she went to for comfort. And regained all of the weight she had lost as well as a lot of shame and guilt. She noticed starting the dieting cycle for many years in attempts to fix feelings of shame.
She stated that an important shift was to re-connect with her faith and find her worth and her value in things that were not food or body related.
Finding Peace with Food and her Body
She stated that she did eventually lost weight and maintained that weight loss for 7 years prior to having her daughter recently. However, she noted that she was not trying to lose weight, but was really taking a wholistic approach to how she approaches her body and self-care, versus focusing on the number on the scale.
Anchoring in an Immovable Truth
Brianna talks about the importance of anchoring herself in an immovable truth. For Brianna, she stated that this was related to her faith and realizing that "I created by this God" and "there was no mistake in me." She describes reflecting on this fact and this truth and the fact that others in her life believe this, and questioning why she did not. And eventually moving towards believing that truth that does not change based on what you achieve or don't achieve.
We related to this the idea of unconditional self-worth.
Broadening Health Beyond Just Physical Health
She talked about how important it was for her to take a broader view of health, beyond just physical health. She talked about paying attention to personal development, career development, her spiritual growth, and reminding her of her value beyond her physical body.
Books Brianna is Reading
She is currently reading Intuitive Eating and finding it really helpful to remind her of some core concepts and refocus on connecting with her true hunger skills.
She is also reading When Women Stop Hating Their Bodies which talks about how women often displace feelings and emotions ...
Episode 19. In this 3rd post of the Intuitive Eating series, we bring it all together. We ask and answer the most frequently asked questions I get about Intuitive Eating.
We Will Cover:
Why isn't Intuitive Eating talked about more if it's so helpful?Can Intuitive Eating ever lead to weight loss? How it's essential to avoid "towing the line" like I did for yearsHow to move towards autonomy and choice
But first, did you grab my free guide yet? In the moments when you have a strong desire to eat to cope with emotions, it can feel almost impossible to do something else. I created this guide for those moments. It lists several different options for things to do instead of eating. It's all about choice, increasing confidence, and therefore feelings of empowerment. Grab it for free here for quick and simple options right at your fingertips (with links, most 100% free) for those difficult moments.
Why isn't Intuitive Eating talked about more widely if it's so helpful?
Intuitive Eating has been around for over 20 years and does have good evidence to support it in terms of improving health, yet is not widely adopted or discussed as an option, particularly in the medical community. Why is this?
Intuitive Eating suggests we need to give up all efforts for intentional weight loss in order to truly get in touch with internal hunger/fullness signals and make peace with food. The reality is, there is a lot of pressure from almost everywhere we look that we need to "get weight off quickly", and this approach does not and will not promise that.
Additionally, many health professionals still believe that weight loss is the best way to improve health (aka, based on the weight-centric model) and therefore want to offer an approach (like portion control, calorie counting, reducing intake) that is more likely to result in "results" (typically, weight loss).
Do I have to give up on weight loss completely if I pursue an Intuitive Eating approach? Or can I benefit from Intuitive Eating principles while still wanting to lose weight?
This is the million dollar question, and an incredibly tricky one to answer.
In general, while actively pursuing an Intuitive Eating approach and focusing on healing a very strained relationship with food (this is common among longstanding chronic dieters or someone with an eating disorder history) it is very often (if not always) incompatible with actively trying to lose weight.
That is, if you are frequently checking your weight and/or actively restricting what you are eating (eating less intentionally, avoiding foods intentionally) this will almost always undermine the process of re-learning to trust your body again.
That said, I think there are still benefits to many of the principles on their own, but focusing on part and not the whole picture could leave you feeling like you are spinning your wheels a bit.
It's essential to be honest with yourself about WHY you are making the choices you are making, and that can help you uncover whether desire for weight loss is undermining your ability to make a given choice.
Can Intuitive Eating ever lead to weight loss?
I think a lot of people are hesitant to answer this question, rightfully so. They don't want to trigger people towards more disorder and/or undermine people's ability to achieve an improved relationship with food because they are still secretly (or not so secretly) hoping for weight loss.
However, I believe in informed choice which means explaining what I've seen occur in the research and then with individuals.
I have seen people lose weight after they've developed a more intuitive relationship with food and/or followed the Intuitive Eating model. This isn't guaranteed, and I personally haven't seen it occur quickly.
The thing I see people do most often (and I myself did for many years) is try to get more in touch with internal signals while also trying to lose weight.
Episode 18. Have you heard of Intuitive Eating? I gave an overview in my first post and episode in this series.
But first, did you grab my free guide yet? In the moments when you have a strong desire to eat to cope with emotions, it can feel almost impossible to do something else. I created this guide for those moments. It lists several different options for things to do instead of eating. It's all about choice, increasing confidence, and therefore feelings of empowerment. Grab it for free here for quick and simple options right at your fingertips (with links, most 100% free) for those difficult moments.
Intuitive Eating Review
Intuitive eaters do not restrict themselves for the purpose of weight loss. They honor their hunger and fullness signals and they are most certainly not on a diet.
Sounds nice, right? Or maybe for some, initial thoughts may be that it sounds impossible, irresponsible, or even scary.
Research suggests that Intuitive Eating is helpful for many people. This is particularly true if you have struggled with chronic dieting, weight cycling, and/or an eating disorder. This approach can be incredibly empowering after a lifetime of tracking everything that goes in your mouth, or feeling guilty when you are not.
That said, we are all individual and unique. For that reason alone, the Intuitive Eating approach may not right for everyone. In this post and episode we will cover:
Some objections or concerns people have about Intuitive EatingSome reasons Intuitive Eating might not be more widely promoted, including objections from the medical community7 ways you can utilize wisdom from Intuitive Eating regardless of the approach you take
Questions and Concerns about Intuitive Eating
Some of the questions and concerns I often hear about Intuitive Eating include:
Can everyone get to a place of true intuitive eating in our food environment? Or could this paradigm set some people in some environments up for significant weight gain, since hyperpalatable foods are so readily available?How do eating preferences play into this? If you hate vegetables, will this approach really allow you to reclaim an eating pattern that optimizes your health?Are there other times when an Intuitive Eating approach wouldn't be the best option, like times when someone is incredibly stressed, for example?What populations has Intuitive Eating been studied in?
Today we will dive into some of these questions, but I'll warn you right now I don't have all the answers. I, like you, am growing learning and changing all of the time. The important thing to consider as you listen or read is that you get to decide which approach makes you feel empowered and feels useful to you right now. You can get guidance, but you are the deciding factor. You know what's best for you.
Individual Objections to Intuitive Eating
I often discuss Intuitive Eating with people I work with 1-on-1 or in groups. There are a number of concerns and objections that come up, including:
"I need to start losing weight now."
The Intuitive Eating approach is very clear: quick weight loss is not the goal.
I will talk in my next post (Part 3 of 3) about the fact that over the long-term (over years, not weeks), an Intuitive Eating approach can lead to weight loss at least for some. Additionally, I have heard of and worked with folks who describe feeling autonomous in their motivation and experiencing some weight loss, who are arguably doing several of the principles with Intuitive Eating. The tricky thing is, as Intuitive Eating talks about, if you are doing it just hoping that it will lead to weight loss, it can and does very often undermine the process of returning to Intuitive Eating.
Bottom line: Most of the research would suggest that if quick weight loss is your most important goal, the Intuitive Eating approach is probably not the best option. The good news is, Intuitive Eating will always be around and can be considered down...
Episode 17. We are talking all things Intuitive Eating today! What Intuitive Eating is, how it can help you, and how it relates to developing an autonomous and therefore sustainable relationship to food.
But first, did you grab my free guide yet? In the moments when you have a strong desire to eat to cope with emotions, it can feel almost impossible to do something else. I created this guide for those moments. It lists several different options for things to do instead of eating. It's all about choice, increasing confidence, and therefore feelings of empowerment. Grab it for free here for quick and simple options right at your fingertips (with links, most 100% free) for those difficult moments.
What is Intuitive Eating?
You know people who stop eating after having half of their delicious dessert and put down their fork without effort?
I'm not talking about someone who actively limits themselves to 1/2 their key lime pie because they only have so many calories left for the day, but someone who allows themselves to have it without guilt and then makes the choice to stop solely because they are satisfied, not because they are worried about weight gain.
I'm talking about someone who truly has peace with their relationship with food.
The intuitive eater.
I used to incredibly be jealous of intuitive eaters and also in awe. I used to think to myself, "How on earth are they able to stop?"
After much internal work, practice, and re-connecting with my body, I now consider myself an intuitive eater. I also think that the concept of Intuitive Eating has a lot of wisdom that we can all learn from as we work to develop a healthier relationship with food.
The concept of Intuitive Eating has been around for some time and is extremely helpful for many people. The book Intuitive Eating was written by two dietitians Evelyn Tribole and Elyse Resch and is on it's 4th edition. Despite this, relatively few people have heard of it and it is rarely discussed in the mainstream medical community (though this is changing to some extent).
My next three posts & episodes will focus on Intuitive Eating. In this 3-part series I will review:
Part 1. What Intuitive Eating is, how it relates to the Health at Every Size® movement, a summary of the research, and how it can be useful.
Part 2. Some of the reasons that Intuitive Eating and Health at Every Size® are not more widely adopted, including some alternate views and unanswered questions.
Part 3. Frequently Asked Questions I get about Intuitive Eating including: Will Intuitive Eating help me meet my goals?
Intuitive Eating Overview
"Intuitive Eating is a self-care eating framework, which integrates instinct, emotion, and rational thought and was created by two dietitians, Evelyn Tribole and Elyse Resch in 1995." - Taken from the Intuitive Eating website
It’s a personal and dynamic process, which includes 10 principles (Taken directly from the Intuitive Eating website):
Reject the Diet Mentality: Throw out the diet books and magazine articles that offer you false hope of losing weight quickly, easily, and permanently. Get angry at the lies that have led you to feel as if you were a failure every time a new diet stopped working and you gained back all of the weight. If you allow even one small hope to linger that a new and better diet might be lurking around the corner, it will prevent you from being free to rediscover Intuitive Eating. Honor Your Hunger: Keep your body biologically fed with adequate energy and carbohydrates. Otherwise you can trigger a primal drive to overeat. Once you reach the moment of excessive hunger, all intentions of moderate, conscious eating are fleeting and irrelevant. Learning to honor this first biological signal sets the stage for re-building trust with yourself and food. Make Peace with Food: Call a truce, stop the food fight! Give yourself unconditional permission to eat.
Episode 15. Today's episode is a little different. I'll take you behind the scenes on my journey building my two businesses as a brand new entrepreneur and the parallels I am seeing in terms of weight loss and our obsession with outcomes. I talk about the challenges of not focusing on the outcomes and the importance of doing so.
Have you grabbed my free guide all about how to clarify your values and tie them to your most important goals. If not, you can check it out here!
Insider's Peek into My Entrepreneurial Journey
I recorded part of this episode in February, right after launching my podcast. I then am re-listening and reflecting on where I am at as of early April.
The good news is, I took my own advice pretty well! That can be hard sometimes, right?
I have been in an incredibly busy season of my business as I just finishing launching my brand new program, The Body Respect Program. I'm happy to report that I have been able to mostly enjoy the journey and the process.
I attribute most of this to not being focused on the outcomes. Outcomes meaning how much money I make, or how many people respond to my posts or get on my email list. I've actually gotten increasingly better at this over time.
When Effort does not Result in Immediate Outcomes
I tell the story about how last fall I did my first (and pretty much only, haha) Facebook Live. In the only entrepreneur world it's talked about how doing live video is good. So I said, ok I can do hard things.
After doing it, I immediate found myself checking my email list. I was so ready for the validation of 100 new people signed up for my list and 500 new viral likes. I am exaggerating of course, but somehow I felt like since putting myself out there was so hard, I would clearly see some immediate benefit.
Nope, haha.
How this Ties to Weight Loss
I couldn't help but consider how this applies to weight loss. I talk often to people about how when they are making habit changes they of course want to see results on the scale. This clearly makes sense, and yet, because of biological factors and other things outside of our control, results do not always come.
How to Focus on Habits Instead of Outcomes
This is so hard, you guys. And yet, it's essential. So let's dive into tips to show up with the habits that are consistent with the person YOU want to be, with much less focus on the outcome.
First, take a deep breath. I know, I know, cliche, but it helps ground us.Ask yourself, WHY am I doing this? Why do you want to improve your health? Why does it matter? Do you want to show up differently in your life? Do you want to take care of your body so that you have the energy and vibrancy and focus to do so? Do you want to be a better parent, sister, daughter, or friend?Celebrate your wins. Ideally with someone who will help you really do so. Each time you make a habit change, soothe yourself in a way other than food, or each time you get up and move, pat yourself on the back. Feel great about it. The more we celebrate our wins, the more we feel good and continue to make progress. Remember that showing up with consistent effort is hard when you aren't seeing the outcome immediately. But you can do hard things and you can learn to enjoy the journey and the discomfort and uncertainty that comes with it. With that, you can learn to respond differently to your body and build a relationship to food that frees you up to do all the wonderful things you were meant to do in the world.
"You can control your actions but not the results. So your regret should be about the best effort and not about the desired result." - Simply Vedant
Disclaimer: This blog and podcast is for informational and educational purposes only. It is not a substitute for individual professional advice or treatment, including medical or mental health advice. It does not constitute a provider patient relationship.
Episode 14. Today I had the pleasure of talking with Dr. Afton Koball, a board certified clinical health psychologist with a wealth of knowledge in the areas of behavioral weight management, bariatric surgery, weight bias, motivation, and many other related areas. She obtained her PhD in Clinical Psychology from Bowling Green State University and did internship at Rush University Medical Center and fellowship at the Mayo Clinic.
What to Expect in this Episode
We dive into a lot of topics with Dr. Koball including but not limited to:
How she got interested in health psychology and the weight management fieldHer difficulties at times with accepting her post-partum bodyWhat is weight biasHow Dr. Koball would like to see the field improve as it relates to recommending weight loss surgeryWays to improve your relationship with food from an evidence-based approach
Who Struggles with Body Image (Pretty Much, Everyone)
Afton talks about some of her struggles with accepting her body after her third kiddo, even when she feels she "knows better" and knows self-critical thoughts aren't helpful.
On How We Are Doing as a Field with Helping People Lose Weight
"I think we are doing such a crappy job. I think we have perpetuated this idea in the media and popular culture and unfortunately even in healthcare that weight loss is all about diet and exercise so if you just eat less and exercise more you will lose weight. And if you aren't losing weight, then something is wrong with you, you're bad or you aren't working hard enough or you are lazy." (In reference to how we are doing as a field with regards to helping people lose weight)- Dr. Afton Koball, PhD, ABPP
That pretty much sums it up! Just kidding, we dive into more details in the episode.
She talked about how it of course is not bad advice to eat well and move more, but that weight is so much more complicated than we lead people to believe. She mentions our environment, physiology, our stress and yet we pin it all on diet and exercise.
What Aren't We Talking About
Dr. Koball talked about how much we emphasize "diet and exercise" as the end all be all and we rarely talk about all the other contributors to weight, like physiology, genetics, environment, stress and so many other factors.
Metaphor of Trying to Slow Your Respiratory Rate
She talked about a metaphor equating large amounts of weight loss to trying to slow down your respiratory rate. She talked about how it is possible for a period of time, but since your body was not designed to do that it takes a lot of willpower and effort and energy and you aren't able to focus on much else.
What is Weight Bias?
We talked about weight bias, which is negative attitudes and stereotypes about people solely due to their weight or body size. And how in some ways we are more stigmatized against larger bodies than every and it can still be one of the more socially acceptable forms of bias.
She discussed weight bias and its association with negative physical outcomes (e.g., weight gain over time, increased stress hormones) and the importance of sharing this information with people, particularly medical professionals.
She talked about even when controlling for all other factors, weight bias still is predictive of early mortality (Sutin, Stephan, & Terracciano, 2016).
The Way We Approach Weight Loss Undermine Key Psychological Needs for Long-Term Change?
Undermining Competence (Feeling effective, "I can do what I set out to do") and Autonomy (Freedom from excessive pressure to behave in a certain way)
The messages that a one size fits all works for everyone. This can be particularly problematic for people of higher weights, with medical conditions, or who are debilitated by their weight.Focus on what not to do makes people want the foods more.
What Do We Think about the Body Mass Index?
We talked about the very limited utility of BMI.
Episode 13. Today's episode is all about binge eating and emotional eating. What is it, why do we do it, and how to stop.
Stressed about emotional eating? Thinking of ideas in the moment when the urge strikes can feel near impossible. Grab my free guide for 23 positive ideas here!
Can You Relate to This?
You've eaten "well" all day. You had a sensible breakfast with lean protein, a salad for lunch, and an portioned out handful of almonds mid-afternoon. You sat down to dinner and had a "normal" amount, enough to fit in your calorie limit for the day. You are feeling good.
But then, for whatever reason you at a little extra -- Most likely because you are a human being who isn't programmed to eat an exact amount of calories.
Maybe someone offered you an extra roll and you ate it without thinking or maybe you got up and had a second portion of food.
Whatever the reason, your immediate automatic thought is "Well, I screwed up, might as well enjoy the night" and you proceed to have a lot more food until you are incredibly full. You feel out of control and frustrated with yourself. You beat yourself up and resolve to get "back on track" tomorrow.
Sound familiar?
What Binge Eating Does to Our Sense of Self
Binge eating can feel incredibly hopeless and overwhelming.
It can feel like you have zero control and destroy your self-confidence.
Today's post will go over what binge eating is, the causes of binge eating, how it's different than (and at times similar to) emotional eating, and most importantly what to do about it.
What is Binge Eating?
Technical Definition of a Binge Episode
Binge eating's technical definition according to the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-V) is eating:
Eating, in a discrete period of time (e.g., within any 2-hour period), an amount of food that is definitely larger than what most people would eat in a similar period of time under similar circumstances.A sense of lack of control over eating during the episode (e.g., a feeling that one cannot stop eating or control what or how much one is eating)
The binge eating episodes also need to be associated with at least three of the following:
Eating much more rapidly than normalEating until feeling uncomfortably fullEating large amounts of food when not feeling physically hungryEating alone because of feeling embarrassed by how much one is eatingFeeling disgusted with oneself, depressed, or very guilty afterwards
What is Binge Eating Disorder
To meet criteria for binge eating disorder, you must have had at least 1 binge episode once per week for at least 3 months.
There are other circumstances were you might not meet criteria for binge eating disorder but still have an eating pattern that you are distressed about.
Some examples of this includes:
If you experience binge eating and are distressed by this, but it occurs less often than once a week.If you feel out of control with your eating, but you don't eat an amount that is "definitely larger" than what others might eat in a similar circumstances (e.g., you eat 3 small cookies, but feel out of control and guilty afterwards).
In these cases, assuming your symptoms are not better characterized in another disorder or category, you might get a less specific diagnosis, like eating disorder not otherwise specified.
What If I Feel Out of Control But Do Not Eat Much?
This is called subjective binge eating. This occurs if you feel out of control, but only end up eating a relatively small amount of food (e.g., 1 cookie) but you intended to make a different choice or eat less and now you are feeling guilty about it.
What Causes Binge Eating?
The causes of binge eating are multi-faceted.
Like most things, our genetics can set us up for developing any condition or behavior pattern, and binge eating is no different. Our food environment also plays a role. Food is more readily available and more processed than ev...
Episode 12. Today on the podcast, I got to talk to my very dear friend and incredibly talented colleague Dr. Sapna Doshi.
Dr. Sapna Doshi is a licensed clinical psychologist and owner of Mind Body Health. Dr. Doshi earned her Ph.D. from Drexel University and completed her internship at Duke University Medical Center. In 2015, she opened her private practice, Mind Body Health which now operates in Arlington, VA and Washington, DC and is staffed with 25 psychologists and dietitians. Mind Body Health specializes in providing evidence-based treatment in the areas of eating disorders, insomnia, obesity, chronic pain, anxiety disorders, and mood disorders.
What We Cover
What is the field of clinical health psychology doing well?Where are we missing the mark?How can people balance working on improving their relationship to food and their bodies when they have difficulty letting go of weight loss as a goal?
Health at Every Size and Intuitive Eating
Dr. Doshi talks about the positive effects of the Health at Every Size movement and Intuitive Eating as an alternative approach.
We also discuss a controversial topic which is the effect she and I have seen where some members of a social movement can come across as shaming to others.
She talked about the environment she has created within her practice where they can have conversations between professionals that are respectful, even if they ultimately disagree. This has created a community where collaboration and focus on the client remains the top priority.
Striking the Balance Between External Suggestions and Internal Cues
Dr. Doshi talks about the balance and difficulty of this in the real world. She discusses her own personal experience with having a diagnosis of small intestinal bacterial overgrowth (SIBO) and how challenging it is to tune inwards while having to avoid certain foods she enjoys.
Considerations for the Body Mass Index in South Asian Community
Dr. Doshi talks about her experience as a South Asian woman growing up in the United States. We also talk about her dissertation research and the fact that South Asian women on average actually have higher body fat percentage at a lower body mass index (Doshi, 2012). So again we see the limitations of the body mass index in actually predicting health.
She also discussed a finding from her dissertation that more cultural conflict (that is, more conflict between the South Asian and standard American culture) was associated with higher levels of disordered eating (Doshi, 2012).
Ways to Improve Cultural Adaptations to Improve Care
Dr. Doshi shares a story of her experience being told how to treat her SIBO and the lack of cultural adaptation and flexibility in the standard medical approach.
She also shares about the fact that South Asians are underrepresented in the mental health field. Therefore, it's important to work towards increasing diversity in different health professions.
Why Does Behavioral Weight Loss so Often Fail?
We talked about our experiences with behavioral weight loss trials, and ways in which we were part of methods that were ultimately rarely successful long-term.
"Deprivation is not a state we can constantly be living in."Dr. Sapna Doshi, PhD
She also discusses the fact that prior weight loss attempts can sometimes be romanticized, leaving people to forget the negative and focus on all the positive (e.g., "I think I was happy... I must have been, I was thin!")
Is Long-Term Weight Loss Possible? What Do We Know?
We talked about the National Weight Control Registry. This is a registry for people who have lost at least 30 pounds and kept it off for at least a year, though on average they have lost more weight and kept it off longer than that (Thomas et al., 2014).
What Have We Learned from this Registry?
Regularly activeModifying their eating in some wayMost eat breakfast regularlyThey aren't watching a ton of television
Episode 11. Today's episode I dive into 3 tips to improve your relationship with food that you may not have considered.
Free Resources Mentioned in this Episode
Anti-Diet Pep Talk: Struggling to regain control of your eating? Grab this audio guide to walk you through the steps to regain control and get in touch with your body in an anti-diet way.
Yes, our food environment 100% matters. However, I want to talk about your social environment. You often hear me talk about autonomy as a key psychological need for long-term habit change.
My question for you is, is your environment supporting your autonomy? Or is it consistently thwarting it?
Have the Conversations with a Plan
I often talk to folks who are in relationships where they don't feel free to be themselves, or they feel constantly criticized or judged for their decisions, food or otherwise.
If you have people in your life playing the "food police" and you haven't taken the time to calmly explain to them why it's unhelpful, now is a great time to do so. Even if they don't change their behavior, you have calmly asserted yourself and given yourself the message that your feelings matter, as does your autonomy.
I also often talk to folks about assertive communication. Assertive communication often gets confused with aggression or confrontation. But assertiveness is actually the exact opposite of this. It's communicating in a way that's respectful of the other person and of yourself.
It isn't blaming or shaming, but simply stating the facts based on your experience.
Assertive Communication Example
Instead of angrily saying, "that isn't helpful! You are just making things worse!" you could try something like:
"When you comment on my eating, it makes me feel self-conscious and anxious. It would be more helpful if you could not say anything." or "I have a hard time not judging myself and trusting my body and it's important for me to learn to do this. I know you think you are helping, but the best way to help is to [help me plan the meals at the beginning of the week]" (Or enter in whatever would be helpful to you).
As essential component of gaining autonomy is having the freedom of choice without excessive pressure to behave in a certain way.
I recently did a podcast interview with Annyck Besso, MA, RD, a registered dietitian with a master's in dietetics and we talked all about Health At Every Size and some of the myths about it. Although with any community and social movement there can be polarized views, the messaging is that fat and body size acceptance is a way to decrease the focus on weight and size as the sole measure of health, and broaden the circle to what actually impacts health.
"But Shawn, I can't control myself with food. Look at how often I'm binge eating."
Often, this lack of trust truly comes from being physiologically undernourished. It also often is caused by repeated dieting even at calorie levels that we have been told for years is "healthy" (e.g., 1200 calories, 1500 calories).
In a few more week's my podcast interview with Annyck Besso, MA, RD will come out and we debunk the myth that 1200 calories is "enough" food.
Additionally, it can come from years of feeling that (and often being told that) you "failed" because you failed to lose weight and keep it off (like 95% of others as well, yet most often we blame ourselves).
There is a reason so many people eat in response to stress. When I ran my group called the "Healthy Living Group" it was often also called the stress eating group. I have never had so many people self-disclosure that they needed my group. Often in a joking way, but stress eating is incredibly common.
The more I do this work and reflect on how we are doing as a field and on my personal experience and work with clients,
Episode 10. I get asked often about my nutrition background. While I have extensive training in psychology and behavior change, my nutrition training is mostly self-study. I did do a 6-week online Plant-Based Nutrition Certification at Cornell University and have read a lot of nutrition books, but I am certainly not a dietitian or trained in the ins and outs of nutrition. I'm also not a physician.
For this reason, I rely heavily on my esteemed nutrition and medical colleagues to help us understand the evidence for nutrition and how we can apply it in our lives.
Today, I had the pleasure of interviewing my colleague and friend Holly Dykstra, MA, RD, who has her Bachelor's of Science and Master's of Arts in dietetics from Western Michigan University and has worked as a registered dietitian since 2008 in many different hospital-based settings, most recently Preventive Cardiology and Cardiac Rehabilitation where she and I worked together at my previous job.
Free Resources
Are you struggling to control your eating or feeling stressed about weight gain? Download my free audio guide which walks you through the simple steps of the HOW of anti-dieting. It helps you tune in to your body and make the next positive empowered choice for yourself and your body. Grab that here!
Plant-Based, Vegan, Vegetarian, Mediterranean, Oh My!
We start by breaking down some of the differences in plant-based diets, Mediterranean diets, vegan diets and what some of the evidence says about the impact of these diets on disease risk. These diets can all fall in the category of "plant-forward" meaning they emphasize plants heavily, but not necessarily exclusively.
We dicuss the fact that the Mediterranean diet is very well studied with 5-10 year follow up data. Interestingly, this diet is often more of an overall lifestyle so we can't fully separate the "what people are putting in their mouths" with other health-related factors like being physically active, strong social connections, regular relaxation and self-care behaviors, and so on.
"Plant-Forward" diets have strong evidence for:
Reducing inflammation (reduction in C-Reactive protein, a marker of inflammation - a nutrient dense vegan diet appears to have the strongest evidence for this effect)Reducing cognitive decline (Mediterranean diet appears to have the strongest evidence for this effect)Among other impacts on reduced disease risk like reduced heart disease, cancer, diabetes, etc
Differences Between Eating Patterns Were Relatively Small
We talked about the fact that differences between the above eating patterns were relatively small. Notably, the samples were smaller for the studies of vegan or vegetarian diets. Not surprisingly, stronger health outcomes are found in more nutrient dense diets versus nutrient poor. That is, you could eat a vegan diet and still eat a lot of processed foods (processed vegan meats, snacks, etc), which would have less of a positive effect on your health than eat whole foods close to their "natural state".
Types of Carbohydrate Matters a Lot
Holly talked about a study by Satija and colleagues (2017) where they found that when refined carbohydrates (e.g., juice, french fries, desserts) were swapped out for foods like fruits and vegetables and whole grains and saw improved cardiac outcomes.
So remember, eating more whole foods and fewer processed foods matters. Plant-based does not just need to be taken as "eat less meat."
What about Plant Forward Diets (Vegan, Vegetarian, and Mediterranean) and Weight Loss?
Although I'm not a proponent of focusing on weight loss as the driving factor as I think it can backfire, inquiring minds want to know, do these eating styles impact weight loss? Particularly, I was interested in talking to Holly about long-term outcomes, like 4-5 years.
The answer is yes these eating patterns are associated with weight loss, with a caveat. Most of the large long-term scale studies were done in indi...
Episode 9. Today's episode is all about how to shift a habit from a "should" to a "want to."
Free Resources Mentioned in this Episode:
23 Positive Things to do Besides Eating: A list of 23 quick ideas, with links, most 100% free!
Back on Track Pep Talk: Struggling to regain control of your eating without dieting? Grab this audio guide to walk you through the steps.
Autonomy is the Jam
As someone who worked for years trying to help people lose weight, the stats are simply not inspiring. The cool thing is, we do understand a lot about what TYPE of motivation facilitates long-term behavior change and even weight loss maintenance.
When women participating in a health program had autonomous motivation for exercise, they continued to exercise and maintained their weight loss 3 years later (Silva et al., 2011). So, there is actual data that making this shift translates into behavior change over quite a long period of time.
If that doesn't encourage you to gain this type of motivation for yourself, I don't know what would.
What is Autonomous Motivation Really? Do You Always Have to Love What You Are Doing?
A common misconception when I talk about internal/autonomous motivation is that it means you always love everything you are doing all day every day.
Intrinsic motivation does mean that you get inherent satisfaction from the behavior.
But there are other essentially important types of Internal or Autonomous motivation too. These include Integrated and Identified motivation. Essentially, these types boil down to choosing a behavior because it's consistent with your values and the person you want to be.
5 Ways to Shift from "Should" to "Want To" (or "Choose To")
Ok Shawn, great. How do I get more autonomous motivation for a habit I want to shift? I'm so glad you asked. Here are some strategies to help with this. The good news? Sometimes it only takes one!
Reflect on How Its Helpful to You (Well, first make sure it is helpful, then reflect on this): If you want to get yourself to meal prep more, change how you talk to yourself about it. Instead of telling yourself you "should" do it and if you don't you're lazy, remind yourself of how it makes you feel when you do. For example, if you feel more confident, in control, and less stressed on weeks when you meal prep, remind yourself of this.
Evaluate How and Where the Shoulds are Coming From: There are a TONS of ways diet culture, societal pressure, and equating weight with health undermine our autonomy and feelings of control. It's ok to be mad about it, because it likely is holding you back, maybe just a little, or maybe to a great extent from true body respect and health. It makes me incredibly mad when I think about it, all the things I missed out on due to worry about dieting. Give yourself a moment, journal about it, vent to someone you trust. Just naming it and acknowledging it helps to remove it as the barrier that it has been.
Remind Yourself You Have a Choice. Here comes the autonomy, my friends. A lot of times the external shoulds from diet culture or society get internalized, this is "introjected motivation" (see image above) which is associated with short term change and sporadic change, at best. This often leads to the "I'll start again on Monday" thought and fits and starts of taking care of ourselves. Although we are at times fighting an uphill battle, we can reclaim autonomy by changing how we talk to ourselves.
Ask Yourself How You Want to Feel? Ask "How do I want to feel at the end of my day or week?" This can work for pesky work tasks you're avoiding, meal prep, any "should" task that is hanging over your head, really! Humans are motivated by emotions, not logic, so focusing on the feeling in a self supportive way can be incredibly useful.
Challenge Perfectionism/All-or-Nothing Thinking: This mindset is PERVASIVE in how we approach weight loss or "lifestyle change.
Episode 8. Today's episode is a conversation with Jenn Radke and it's a great one.
Jennifer Radke is a certified body image coach, podcast host and fat activist. Her story includes decades on a diet cycle, two bodybuilding shows and a diagnosed eating disorder. In her coaching practice, her focus is on giving chronic dieters practical tips to being able to improve the relationship they have with their bodies and get off the diet rollercoaster. Her podcast, Fat Girl Book Club talks to people doing cool things in body acceptance spaces about a body acceptance book. You can find her under her business name, I Wish I Were Me on Facebook and Instagram.
Jenn's Body Liberation Journey
She shares her journey of extreme weight loss cycling for 20 years and arguably having a diet-type mentality dating back to age 5 or 6. She ended this 3 years ago and started on her body liberation journey. I didn't know her back then but she is a happy, healthy, vibrant human doing work she loves. Important work in the body acceptance space.
She reflects with us on the 2 decades of intense dieting, 18 formal diets (including Weight Watchers, Jenny Craig, and many more), 2 body building shows and an eating disorder diagnosis.
What Motivates Change? Emotions, not Information.
She talks about what made her eventually stop. Jenn and I reflected on the fact that although she loves books, research and information, that alone was not enough to get her to change. She had to have what she calls a "rock bottom moment" where her weight loss coach questioned her commitment to her "self-care" when she took two weeks to care for her uncle who was in hospice.
She had read Health at Every Size by Dr. Lindo Bacon, but it was that moment that really made the difference for her.
Deconstructing and Redefining "Health"
I can decide what does the value of health mean for me.Jenn Radke
Jenn gives us the insider's view of what it was like to try to reframe and reconstruct what health meant to her.
She talked about practical things she did like writing down all the things she gave to dieting, including all of the mental, emotional, and cognitive energy it took from her for years. She reflects on this if she is tempted to diet again.
Only the Person in the Body Knows
We discussed how most of the time, with the exception of more extreme behaviors, typically only the person in the body knows if their behavior is healthy or not.
The judgment of this can go both ways. Someone can look at someone who is exercising 4 times per week and say "oh that's really healthy" or even in the other extreme, Jenn talks about how occasionally in the body acceptance space people can assume this means someone is still in the "diet mentality."
We clarify that the true definition of autonomy is someone that's known by the person in the body alone and how the exact same behavior can be autonomous or controlled (by the diet mentality or "shoulds") and it's important not to judge a book by it's cover (in many, many ways).
Practical Ways to Improve Your Body Image
Jenn gives us some really practical strategies for improving body image. These include:
Reflecting on your dieting triggers. Being aware of what these are (e.g., might be seeing a picture of yourself, or noticing you gained weight) can help you be prepared and know you have choices when you get that urge. Weight loss dieting isn't the only option.Curating your social media. Become aware of the messages you consume. Avoid following folks who make you feel bad about yourself.Buying comfortable clothes.
Take Home Message: It's Great Over Here!
Jenn exudes vibrancy and energy. Again, I didn't know her when she was dieting, but based on her story I venture a guess that she's bringing so much more of her authentic self to the world now that she isn't focused on rigid calorie counting and plan following and achieving a certain body in the name of "health."
Episode 7.
Hey everyone! Before we dive in to this great episode, did you hear yet about my Free 5-Day Body Respect Challenge?! It's all about how to dig DEEP on your values and tie them directly to your health behaviors. It brings together everything we talk about on this podcast and goes over the HOW of bringing it all together.
Grab your spot today! Doors open Saturday Feb 27th!
Do You Worry about "Messing Up" your Kid's Relationship with Food?
Do you worry that your comments or your struggles with your weight or body image are somehow going to get transferred to your kids? Do you stress that you've already "messed up" your kid's relationship with food and it's beyond repair?Are you stressing about accommodating your children's picky eating and feel that you need to become a short-order cook to get everyone fed? Do you feel frustrated that you want or feel the need to make different meals for different family members due to different health concerns?
If so, you are in the right place. Today's post is for you if you are a parent of any age kid, or have kids in your life you care about. Even if your kids are adults, I promise it isn't too late. Stay tuned for what you can do to prevent difficulties or remedy the situation whether your "kid" is 2, or 62.
Body Image: Let's Take a Look at the Numbers
Let's check out a few stats about body image to see where we are at:
Males
25% of male children and adolescents were concerned about muscularity and leanness and expressed a desire for more toned and defined muscles (Calzo et al., 2015)For adult men in the US, 9% reported frequent body checking and 5% reported body image avoidance (Striegel-Moore et al., 2009).
Females
Of 1000 adult women in Switzerland (ages 30-74), 70% expressed a desire to be thinner (Allaz et al., 1998).50% of girls in the US are unhappy with their body; by 17 years, this number is nearly 80% (Kearney-Cooke et al., 2015).
This is clearly a major issue. This isn't just on the individual families to change this. We need to change at a societal level in terms of how we think about and pursue health. However, as a family unit we have opportunities to improve how we communicate with our loved ones. If nothing else, this can set an example for the world at large.
Am I Going to Say Something to Negatively Impact My Kid?
Frankly the answer is probably. But don't despair. Even if you make a harmful comment, it's never to late to remedy. You are an imperfect human and you are never going to it get it right 100% of the time.
I've worked with many adults and have heard countless stories about how comments from their parents have negatively influenced their relationship with food.
I've heard stories from clients who are in their 60s and 70s tell of how their parents finally owned their mistakes from childhood or parenting them as an adult, and how incredibly helpful and meaningful that conversation was.
Your Anxiety about Your Kiddos is a Major Concern Here
Parental anxiety and worry is REAL. And it isn't going away. But we have to be aware of it and keep it in check, in many areas but particularly when it comes to their health.
The absolute hardest thing do to as a parent is to watch your children be in pain and to struggle. And yet, we have to allow them space to do so so that they can learn and develop confidence.
I know you want your kids to eat well and be as healthy as possible. You want to help them avoid significant weight gain, as you are well aware that being in a larger body in our society is harder. You know that if they gain weight, not only it is harder to lose it (particularly when it's more than 20-30 lbs or so), but that they are also much more likely to experience significant bias and may have a harder time in social relationships or finding a job due to their weight.
Your Suggestions about "Health" Are Probably Making Things Worse
You can have your anxiety,
Episode 6. For this episode I talked with Quinn Menier about the book The Body is Not an Apology: The Power of Radical Self-Love by Sonya Renee Taylor. Quinn is a fellow entrepreneur and podcaster, board certified case manager in behavioral health, and friend of mine and she was gracious enough to come on today to talk about some of the concepts in this book from the perspective of a Black Woman.
The Body Respect Free Challenge Opens Saturday Feb 27th!
You will learn:
How to dig deep and clarify your valuesEasy ways to add more plants into your lifeMost importantly, how to apply an anti-diet mindset to habit change
All 100% free and in 10-20 minutes per day. Giveaway for fun prizes at the end and free PDF workbook to take with you. Learn more and join us here!
Body Shame and The Black Body
Although our conversation certainly isn't comprehensive and frankly is just the tip of the iceberg in terms of these important topics, Quinn and I talk about the following:
Body shame from the perspective of a Black Woman, including the additional barriers to body acceptance and radical self-loveWhy certain groups like the Black community have additional barriers to body acceptance and radical self-love, and how understanding and breaking down these barriers is essential for the health of all of usSome ways we can move towards a inclusive view of health, starting with our school systems
"It's a lot to unpack."
This phase was used at least 3 times in this podcast. We have so much work to do in better understanding issues of racial justice and equity for all bodies. This includes but is not limited to different races, ethnicities, abilities, beliefs, and sexual orientation.
This isn't just a matter of social justice and doing what is "right" but a matter of life and death in many ways. We need to start viewing our health as a whole picture.
What is Poodle Science?
The author discussed the concept of poodle science as a metaphor and illustration of lack of appreciation for body diversity. Check out this video for a video depiction of this.
This metaphor is based on the idea that "poodles" meaning the white majority culture conducts health research and measurements that are based on the white majority culture, and do not take into account the fact that diversity is inherent and useful biologically and "poodle" bodies are not going to look or weigh the same as say, "mastiff" bodies. Therefore, for "poodles" to come in and tell mastiff's that they need to lose weight to make their bodies look like poodles isn't helpful or healthy for the mastiff's.
We also talk about the body mass index and it's failure to be useful in determining true health, how this wasn't necessarily a new concept to Quinn. We also talk about some of her experiences with weight bias and lack of appreciation for diversity in medical care.
Key Takeaways from our Discussion
We talk about some tough topics in this podcast, but if you read to the book, you will hear a hopeful message. A message that reminds you that there is a lot that can be done to improve these issues, and we have more control than we think.
Here are a few places to start:
Keep talking. Only by continuing to have these conversations about the fact that we need to re-think our definitions of health to support the health of everyone will we actually make progress. Even when you don't fully agree with everything we talk about here, that is okay. Let's still have the conversation so we can move forward. It can be hard and uncomfortable at times, but oh-so worth it. Start with yourself. The great news is, not only can we start working on radical self-love within ourselves (of which we have more control), doing so will allow us to better support others getting there. Is it hard work? Of course, we have many barriers as body shame is pervasive. Folks in bodies that aren't the "default body" meaning not the white, slim, able-bodied,
Episode 5. Today's podcast will help to clarify some important questions. You all have had some amazing questions over the past few weeks and I think it's important that everyone benefit from the answers.
Before we dive in, this is a good time to remind you that this podcast is for educational and information purposes only and does not constitute any form of medical, psychological, or professional advice. Please always consult with a professional regarding your specific needs and situation.
Listener Questions
Here are some of your great questions.
Can I move away from a diet mentality and still want to change my body or lose weight? Like choose bariatric surgery or follow a specific eating plan?
I'm all about autonomy. Autonomy is freedom of choice without excessive pressure to behave or be a certain way. When I talk about the "diet mentality" or "no longer dieting", I'm talking about how you think and feel about what you are doing, not the specific eating behaviors you are or aren't doing (e.g., following a specific eating plan).
A diet mentality moves us away from autonomy because its all about shoulds, pressures, and typically associated with feelings of restriction or stress about being "on the plan." However, you can autonomously decide to follow any eating plan, because you want to, because you feel good doing it, or because it feels like the best choice for you and your life and specific health considerations.
Let's take an example. If someone has had bariatric surgery and is stressing out because they heard someone say "you can never eat bread after surgery" and feel like they really "shouldn't" eat bread and feel deprived. That's a diet mentality. It's all about shoulds, stress, all-or-nothing thinking.
Yet that same person could choose to eat bread on occasion and really enjoy it without guilt. Alternatively, they could choose to avoid bread due to internal reasons (when they eat bread they feel ill). Both of these examples are autonomous choices. It isn't about the behavior (bread or no bread) it's about how the person thinks and feels about it.
Diet mentality: "I can't or shouldn't ever have bread."
Autonomous motivation: "Avoiding bread feel best for my body. I don't have it, based on my own choice."
Can I move away from the diet mentality and follow a plan like intermittent fasting?
Again, the main question is why are you doing it? Do you feel good following this type of plan? What's the goal here? Is weight loss a main goal or it is about energy, concentration, gut health, etc.? Be honest with yourself here. The underlying reason is what makes all the different in terms of whether it's a diet mentality or autonomous.
Shawn, is this a body acceptance/Health At Every Size podcast or a Plant-Based Podcast? What is happening here? What can I expect?
Great question. I don't know that I can put myself in only one of those buckets and truly support autonomy. The podcast is called Motivation Made Easy because I want to stay true to motivation tory. And that means giving you autonomy and choice. I want you to have access to all the research findings and I want to make it as unbiased as possible. Some of those buckets have strong social movements and followings and that's great and truly important. But I want us to learn from all camps. I think there are many ways to health.
How can I know if I have a diet mentality or if the choice is autonomously motivated?
A great question to ask to ask is whether you would do the behavior even if you knew the scale would never budge.
I'm not saying you have to make yourself not desire weight loss, that's a BIG ask for someone living in our society. But WHY are you making the choices/changes you are making? Do you feel good on the keto diet, intermittent fasting, the plant-based diet? Do you like the exercise or movement you are doing?
I want you to dig deep to your deepest most important values and reasons for change.
Episode 4. Have you ever had a health scare (for you or a loved one) and been frustrated with yourself that it didn't propel you to make a big lifestyle change?
On today's episode of the Motivation Made Easy podcast, I talk about our family's experience learning of our high genetic risk of cancer. I share this as one example of how external fear based motivation can be shifted to internal autonomous motivation and what this has looked like for us.
A Personal Story
Today we are getting personal. I talk first about about having basal cell carcinoma last year and how a recent experience brought up fears about our family history.
I share that my husband has Lynch syndrome, a genetic mutation that greatly increases his risk (and potentially our kids) of many types of cancer.
How to Transform Fear into Positive Progress
When (Fear-Based) External Motivation Does Not Motivate
Have you had a health scare in the past where you really hoped it would propel you to make habit changes in your life, but it didn't? I know this is extremely common, because I would often talk to patients about this.
They might have recently had a heart attack and be incredibly frustrated with themselves that they weren't "taking it more seriously."
I can relate to this, as I think many of us can. In the past, before I stopped dieting, I always hoped that health scares would motivate me to live a healthier life.
I would try to use them as a reason for eating differently ("I have high cholesterol, I shouldn't have that") but really when push came to shove, it didn't work. The motivation was solidly in the external category. "A should" that was not transforming into any internal motivation any time soon.
How to Merge the Eating Disorder & Weight Management Worlds in a Healthy Way
We happened to find out about my husband having Lynch syndrome when I was working in a Preventive Cardiology clinic that recommended plant-based eating. Therefore, I decided to try out the Forks Over Knives Meal Planner as this was often being recommended to our patients.
The Most Shocking Thing I Learned in My Plant-Based Eating Class
I have written about this in the past, but I share again some of the data on how percentage of calories from animal protein is highly linked to cancer risk.
This is another example of how our over focus on weight loss distracts us from the things we actually do have control over (e.g., our habits, how many fresh fruits and vegetable we have on a regular basis).
Take Home Message
I urge you to consider the information you have gotten about your health and your weight. Are you over emphasizing your weight and how much it impacts your health risk?
If you are having a lot of shoulds or fears about your health, I urge you to just notice that, but then turn inward and ask yourself the question, "What do I really want for my life?" "Why is my health important to me?"
Usually our health is important to use because of the things it will allow us to do, now or in the future. If you want more help clarifying this, download my free guide here.
References
Campbell, T. & Campbell, T. C. (2006). The China Study: The Most Comprehensive Study of Nutrition Ever Conducted and the Startling Implications for Diet, Weight Loss, and Long-term Health.
Dunaif, G. E. & Campbell, T. C. (1987). Dietary protein level and aflatoxin B1-induced preneoplastic hepatic lesions in the rat. The Journal of Nutrition, 117, 1298–1302.
Madhavan, T. V. & Gopalan, C. (1968). The effect of dietary protein on carcinogenesis of aflatoxin. Archives of Pathology & Laboratory Medicine, 85, 133-137.
Youngman, L.D., & Campbell, T. C. (1992). Inhibition of aflatoxin B1-induced gamma-glutamyl transpeptidase positive (GGT+) hepatic preneoplastic foci and tumors by low protein diets: evidence that altered GGT+ foci indicate neoplastic potential. Carcinogenesis, 13, 1607–1613.
Youngman, L. D., & Campbell, T. C.
Episode 3. "I am just not motivated."
"I just need more willpower."
Have you ever said something like this? But actually, science does not support that.
It Ain't About Amount, It's About Type
Our first episode of the podcast was all about the 3 KEY psychological needs that facilitate long-term behavior change:
AutonomyCompetenceRelatedness
Today, we are building on this information to talk about different types of motivation.
The different types listed above (ranging from external to internal) are:
External: You do the behavior for the reward or to avoid a punishment. Should or shame based motivation would fall here. Also exercising for the calorie burn or to lose weight would also fall into this category. Introjected: This one is still shame-based, usually. The behavior is often motivated by guilt and should and the person is often putting a lot of internal pressure of themselves to do it, which makes it hard to keep up over the long-term. If nothing else because stress and pressure is exhausting. Identified/Integrated: These types of motivation are based in the person you want to be, like you exercise because it's personally important and/or consistent with how you want to show up in the world. You may or may not love it all the time, but often doing a certain exercise is part of who you are, part of your identity. Intrinsic: You do the behavior because something about it is inherently enjoyable.
Examples of Internal Motivators for Exercise
I wrote a detailed post on this in the past, that you can check out here. The idea with this list is to give you ideas about some of internal motivations for some. Remember that there are no right or wrong answers here, but the list below is just for ideas of what some internal motivators might be for you.
As a reminder, here are some of the ideas:
Make Exercise a Social Occasion
Improve Mobility and Reduce Pain
Manage Stress or Boost Your Mood
Increase Focus & Concentration
Improve Creativity & Problem-Solving
5 Tips to Move Towards Internal Motivation For Exercise
Be on the lookout for ways to make exercise more enjoyable or fun! Time to move away from the shoulds! As children, at some point we intuitively loved to move our bodies. Many of us have lost touch with that and we need to work to get back in touch with our body and what movement it actually likes. I made a free 10 minute audio to help you with this goal. Grab it for free here! Make a realistic plan for the timing and routine that will work best for YOU. Have you heard those articles about the fact that you should workout in the morning? Yeah, me too, and they stress me out. Working out in the morning is great because you get it done and you are less likely to have things come up that get in your way, however, this isn’t right for everyone. Right now, working out in the morning sounds terrible to me. I want to sleep in, so I let myself. In the evening if a walk sounds better than a strength/cardio workout in my basement, I let that “count.” Being flexible in this way leads to better mood benefits from exercise and better long term adherence. And it’s the long-term adding up of your habits that really matters, not whether I can force myself to get up at 5:30am and workout for 21 days in a row.Find a supportive and like-minded community. We are incredibly influenced by the people around us in so many ways. If you are constantly around someone who is saying “I’m too fat, I need to exercise more” or “I need to burn off the calories from this meal” in a self-deprecating way, it will likely influence you negatively. The more we can surround ourselves with people who are exercising in a self-supportive way, the more we get inspired and find new ideas to do the same. Myself and about 10 of my friends have had a private group to provide support and accountability for exercise for about 3 years now. Most of us post several times per week about what we did along with a...
Episode 2. This episode is all about why dieting does not work and the many ways in which getting caught in the dieting cycle keeps us distracted from the things that matter.
Very often, it keeps us from the good we want to do in the world.
Topics Covered
We talk about how dieting causes stress and very often preoccupation with food. Although many people assume that they are "failing the diet", many of their perceived "failures" (like binge eating) are 100% caused by dieting itself. But yet, we blame ourselves and start another diet or "eating plan" and keep the cycle going.Giving up dieting does not mean giving up any pursuit of your health. In fact, quite the opposite is usually true. Giving up dieting lets us see more clearly what matters and what we need to do logistically to improve our health, if that's what we choose. We just get to do it without all the diet-binge-shame BS. I talk about the Minnesota Starvation Experiment and how 36 men that were "starved" (put on a 1570 per day diet and lost 25% of their weight) became obsessed and preoccupied with food, and lost all interest in other things like hobbies, sex, etc (Keys et al., 1950). I discuss some of what this can teach us about the biological impact of dieting.I talk about the research study looking at calorie restriction without food monitoring (with pre-packaged meals) and how that increased cortisol, suggesting that calorie restriction itself inherently causes stress (Tomiyama et al., 2011) which makes us more prone to weight gain.
Learn More About How Dieting Fails Us
Check out my blog post for a comprehensive overview of the ways diet fails us (called "How Dieting Fails Us: A Comprehensive Guide").
Self Control is a Limited Resource
We only get so much "willpower" or self control in a given day, as it turns out. People with sustainable habits they feel good about are not fighting tooth and nail every single day to keep them up.
I wrote previously about how to use this knowledge in our favor and learn to make habit changes that can actually last over the long haul. Check out the post here: NEWSFLASH: No One Has Enough Willpower for Dieting.
Dieting Messes with our Biology
It isn't just in your head. Our body fights hard against our dieting attempts, and much of the weight regain people experience is due to this. Yet they blame themselves. There is solid research on the biological changes that occur after weight loss, and it does not bode well for the diet industry.
If this does not convince you that diets are failing us, and not the other way around, I don't know what will. Check it out here: How Dieting Messes with Our Biology.
Dieting Erodes the Very Things that Are Essential for Long-Term Change
We know from decades of research on motivation that we all need three psychological needs met to promote behavior change over the long-term: competence, relatedness, and autonomy.
Without these needs being met, sustained change in any important area of your life is unlikely. Dieting usually reduced all three, yet we keep dieting. More on this here.
Defining the "Diet Mentality"
An attempt to control your weight as the ultimate goal.The mindsets involved in a weight loss attempt, that comes from a place of external "should-based motivation".Often coming from a place of "I'm not ok" as I am now. Typically this is the message we get from the diet and weight loss industry. "I'm not ok, but I could feel SO great and confident about myself if I just lost weight!"It comes along with an assumption that whatever program or plan you are going on knows what you "should" eat.It is also based on the assumption that if you do XYZ steps "right" you will lose weight. Dieting attempts to give us a feeling of control, at least in the short-term.
The "Dieting Overlay" Covers Up the Other Stuff
This illusion of control is incredibly alluring, however, it distracts us from other important thingsOften we are so caught up in t...
Episode 1. Want to get and stay motivated for healthier habits? Have you tried every diet in the book and are beyond frustrated with yourself that you haven't had the success you want? This week's episode is for you.
Welcome to the Motivation Made Easy Podcast!
What to Expect
This first full episode of the Motivation Made Easy podcast goes over the ways we are getting things REALLY wrong when it comes to our health and how we typically approach weight loss.
My approach to motivation is rooted in Self-Determination Theory, a well-studied theory of motivation. This theory has been studied in controlled lab settings and long-term longitudinal studies across SO many areas, including health but also in education, sports, parenting, psychological treatment, and so much more.
In this podcast we learn about motivation and how it REALLY works, and how to apply it to our relationship with food, and beyond!
"I'm terrified I'm wasting my life."
Before we dive in to all things motivation, health and weight, and I wanted to share something with you.
I wrote this statement in a journal in the middle of the diet-binge cycle. And frankly, I kind of was. I was disconnected and distracted, self-conscious about my body almost 100% of the time, and generally feeling like a failure, though no one truly knew the depths of this pain.
I’m here to tell you it’s never too late to gain control of your eating, respect your body, and live a life that’s TRULY consistent with your values. But you need to take the first step.
One of the very first steps in developing truly autonomous and body respecting motivation is to clarify what actually matters to you. Not your mom, not your sister, not your best friend, YOU.
The more you reflect on this, the more you can connect your values to your behaviors in a sustainable and empowering way.
Grab the free guide at DrHondorp.com/goals and get started today. I promise you, it’s never too late to stop dieting and start truly living.
The Field of Weight Management is Missing the Mark
Let's dive in and get started with some of the MANY ways the diet and weight loss industry and the weight management field in general is missing the mark. I should know, I had been a part of it for many years now, as a researcher developing and delivering weight management interventions for NIH-funded research trials.
A few of the ways we are failing (as a field)
The 78 billion dollar weight loss industry (as of 2019) and the ways they profit based on things NOT working for us. Repeat customers, they need. (Said in a yoda voice).The 3 Key Psychological Needs we all have when it comes to any sustained habit changes (autonomy, competence, and relatedness; Deci & Ryan, 2012) and how almost all of the ways we approach weight loss and dieting reduce these, making is VERY hard to make changes that stick.
How calorie restriction causes biological stress and increased cortisol which is one of the MANY ways dieting undermines our ability to achieve our goals and reduces our sense of effectiveness (Tomiyama et al., 2011). You see, we need to feel some degree of success to want to keep going long-term. Makes sense, right? Well, the fact is that MOST weight loss programs result in weight gain over time, not loss. At some point we need to start looking at the system, not the person.The ways we GREATLY overestimate the impact of weight on our health, and how little of a role it truly plays based on science. This doesn't mean that weight does not matter. Most people I work with will tell you it matters very much to them, however, the ways in which we are told it matters and that we "need" to lose weight, are actually not often true. In fact, there's good data that focusing on weight loss will take you away from your goals, not towards them. Most importantly, we talk about what the heck can be done about this? How can we improve things on an individual and larger systems level?
Have You Ever Asked Yourself...
How can I stop emotional eating or binge eating and gain control over my eating habits?Can I truly learn to love my body?I am addicted to food?How can I get and stay motivated to make lifestyle changes?Is it possible to have a healthy relationship with food?
The Motivation Made Easy Podcast is Here!
Each week I'll bring you science-backed information, strategies, and inspiration to:
Master your relationship with foodGain control of your habitsRespect your bodyAnd free your mind to focus on the things that truly matter
What Is This Podcast All About?
In this Introduction Episode, you will learn:
How I came up with the title of the podcast including why I hesitated at first, but ultimately decided on Motivation Made Easy: Body Respect, True Health.How my experiences professionally and personally will bring a unique perspective to these discussions.The ways in which we will embrace uncertainty to learn from opposing viewpoints. Examples include: 1) the research and patient care world, 2) the eating disorder and obesity world, 3) the prevention and treatment world.
Types of Shows:
Dr. Hondorp talking about personal stories, motivation science, tips, and strategies to master your relationship with foodInterviews with experts in fields of psychology, nutrition, body image, and much moreStories from real people about how they navigated their relationship with food
Subscribe So You Don't Miss An Episode!
New episodes will come out each week, so make sure you hit subscribe so you don't miss one!
To grab my FREE audio guide to stop diet and take control of your habits, go here.
Click here to join my insider's community to get the inside scoop on everything going on with the Motivation Made Easy podcast and The Psychology of Wellness.